THE LIBRARY OF THE NEW YORK STATE SCHOOL OF INDUSTRIAL AND LABOR RELATIONS AT CORNELL UNIVERSITY p ^ Cornell University Library The original of tliis book is in tlie Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924002408429 NEW YORK (state INDUSTRIAL CODE 1920 Issued under the direction of THE INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION EDWARD F. BOYLE, Chairman JAMES M. LYNCH FRANCES PERKINS HENRY D. SAYER CYRUS W. PHILLIPS EDWARD W. BUCKLEY, Secretary BERNARD L. SHIENTAG, Counsel Prepared by the Bureau of Statistics and Information INTRODUCTORY NOTE This Industrial Code is supplementary to the Labor Law. It has been com- piled in the course of seven years by the State Industrial Board, in accordance with powers conferred by L. 1913, ch. 145 (§§ 50-52), and by its successor, the State Industrial Commission, in accordance with powers conferred by L. 1915, ch. 674 (§§ 51 -a, 52). Its revision and enlargement is the province of the Bureau of Industrial Code of the Commission. The Industrial Code has the force and effect of law and is enforceable in the same manner as the Labor Law. The general penalty prescribed by Penal Law, § 1275, for violation of, or non-compliance with, its provisions is the same as for violation of, or non-compliance with, the Labor Law's pro- visions. The text of Penal Law, § 1275, is given on page 225 of this pam- phlet. The principles of a line of court decisions determinative of tha employer's liability for violation of Labor Law, §§ 18, 70, 81, 202, etc., resulting in injury to his employee, are applicable to violations of the rules of the Industrial Code: Mautsewich v. U. S. ftypsum Co., 162 App. Div. 907; 217 N". Y. 593. The three sets of rules that govern mercantile establishments also govern all factories. They regulate window cleaning, lighting and sanitation. They are printed but once in this pamphlet, under the factory heading. Factories, mercantile establishments, etc., must post copies or abstracts of the Industrial Code's requirements in English and other languages in accordance with Labor Law, §§ 99-a and 173. The State Industrial Com- mission may grant variations from its provisions. Besides the general rule-making or order-making powers conferred upon the State Industrial Commission by Labor Law, §§ 51-a and 52, special rule- making or order -making powers are conferred upon It by Labor Law, § 2; § 8-a, subd. 5; § 17; § 20-b; § 60; § 78, subd. 3; § 79, subds. 2, 5; § 79-b, subds. 1, 2; § 79-c, subd. 4; § 79-e, subds. 2, 5, 10; § 79-f, subds. 2, 6, 11; § 81, subds. 1, 2, 4; § 83-a, subd. 1; § 86, subd. 3; § 88, aubds. 2, 3; § 88-a, subds. 1, 3, 5, 7; § ®3, subds. 1, 3, 4; § 97, subd. 4; § 98; J 99; § 117; § 119; § 125; § 168-e, subd. 6; § 168-f; and by Workmen's Compensation Law, § 29; § 67; §.96. The Commission may make rules and regulations for the safety of factory buildings more stringent than corresponding provisions of the Labor Law: Opinion of Attorney-General, August 26, 1913. It may make rules and regu- lations safeguarding employees against dangers mentioned in the Labor Law wherever said employees may be working, but not safeguarding the general public; fire hazards of moving picture theaters, for instance, are not within its jurisdiction: Opinion of Attorney-General, May 20, 1916. The Board of Standards and Appeals and the Fire Commissioner of New York city exercise exclusive rule-making powers relative to construction and alteration of buildings and to ifire dangers within the city's bounds. These powers have been conferred by L. 1916, ch. 503, adding §§ 718-a, 718-b, to the New York City Charter,- and by L. 1912, ch. 330, and L. 1917, ch. 634, adding and amending Labor Law, § S3-a. In exercise of them, the Board of 4 New York State Industeial Commission Standards and Appeala has 'been promulgating bodies of rules tbat supersede corresponding rules of the Industrial Code as concerns New York city. The Board has published these rules from time to time in its Weekly Bulletin. Labor Law, § 235-a, confers upon the Gtovernor war-time rule-making powers relative to explosives, etc. For reasons of economy, that part of Eule 850 of the Industrial Code relating to new installations of boilers and comprising paragraphs 1-377, 410-430, is omitted, these somewhat bulky and technical provisions' being of interest to boiler makers rather than to boiler users; the entire boiler code, separately printed, may be obtained upon application. A full index appears at the end of this pamphlet. In addition to this pamphlet, there can ibe supplied separately any of the Industrial Code Bules listed in the table of contents printed on the opposite page, and also in separate pamphlets: Industrial Code Relating to Mercantile Establishments. Industrial Code Kelating to Mines and Quarries. The Labor Law. The Workmen's Compensation Law. Miscellaneous Laws Relating to Labor (cpmprising laws affecting labor, other than the Labor Law, Industrial Code and Workmen's Compensation Law, classified by subjects). PROPERTY OF LIBRARY NEW YORK STATE SCHOOL INDUSTRIAL AND mm RELAISQriS CORNELL UNIVERSITY CONTENTS Rules Rules Applying to All Factories Page 2 Stairways 9 3 Combustible material storage 10 4 Fire escapes as exits 11 6 Window cleaning 13 10 Trough water closets 14 15 Smoking 15 25 Firedrills 18 50 Lighting 21 75 Sprinklers 27 100-19S Sanitation 38 375 Fire alarm signal systems 60 380 Fire escapes 70 400-484 Elevators and hoist.vays 71 500-513 Fireproof material 103 700-723 Dust removal ■. 115 800-850 Boilers 123 875-920 Maohmery 133 Rules Applying to Bakeries and Confectioneries 300-347 Sanitation 159 Rules Applying to Building Work ■1200-1270 Erection, repair or demoUtiou 167 Rules Applying to Canneries 1 Employment of women 187 200-232 Sanitation 188 Rules Applying to Compressed Air Work 1150-1188 Tvmnels, caissons and other places 197 Rules Applying to Foundries and Core Rooms 550-599 Sanitation; employment of women 213 Rules Applying to Mercantile Establishments 5 Window cleaning 13 50 Lighting. 21 100-198 Sanitation 38 404r484 Elevators and hoistways 71 Rules Applying to Milling Establishments 650-664 Construction, equipment and maintenance 223 Penalties for violations of Industrial Code 225 Index 227 RULES APPLYING TO ALL FACTORIES [7] RULE a: ENCLOSURE OF FACTORY STAIRWAYS [Supplementary to Labor Lww, § 79-6y originally adopted August 28, 1913, ana effective October 1, 1913 ; amended November 18, 1915 : revised and readopted February 10, 1916, effective March 1, 1916.] ^ Except as herein provided, in all factory buildings five stories or less in height, erected prior to October 1, 1913, in which there are more than twenty- five persons employed above the second floor, all interior stairways, serving as required means of exit, and the landings, platforms and passageways con- nected therewith, shall be enclosed on all sides by partitions of fire-resisting material extending continuously from the lowest point of the stairway in accordance with the following schedule: Number of stories Contents com- bustible, no sprinkler Contents non- combustible, no sprinkler Contents com- bustible and sprinkler Contents non- combustible and sprinkler Three Stairways Enclosed Four Stairways Enclosed Stairways Enclosed Five Stairways Enclosed Stairways Enclosed Stairways Enclosed The term " contents " as used above means articles, goods, wares and merchandise, packed, stored, manufactured or in the process of manufacture. The term " combustible " as used above means articles, goods, wares or merchandise which will burn or support combustion. The term " sprinkler " as used above means an adequate automatic sprink- ler equipment installed and maintained in good working order on each floor. Where the stairway extends to the top floor of the building, such parti- tions shall extend to three feet above the roof, except in buildings with roofs of non-combustible material in which case the partitions may stop at the under side of the roof. All openings in such partitions shall be provided with self-closing doors constructed of flre-resisting material, except where such openings are in the exterior wall of the building. The bottom of the enclosure shall be of fireproof material at least four inches thick unless the partition extends to the cellar bottom. Such enclosure of stairways shall not be required where there is an interior enclosed fireproof stairway, or where there is an exterior enclosed fireproof stairway. A horizontal exit, as defined in section 79-f, subdivision 9 of the Labor Law, will be accepted as a compliance with this rule. [9] RULE 3: STORAGE OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL ABOUT FACTORY STAIRWAYS ISupplementary to Labor Lwie, § 79-a to 79-f ; adopted August 28, 1913 ; effective Octoter 1, 1913.] In. all factory buildings no articles of wares of a conibustible nature shall be kept or stored inside the limits of any stairway enclosure or unenclosed stairway, or on the landings, platforms or passageways connected therewith, nor shall such articles or wares be kept or stored under any stairway unless such stairway and any partitions or doors thereunder are constructed of or covered with incombustible material. [10] RULE 4: FIRE ESCAPES AS MEANS OF EXIT ISupplementan/ to Labor Lam, § 79-S ; aaoptei June 20, 1916 ; effeative immediately.] When in accordance with the provisions of Section 79-b-l of the Labor Law, a fire escape is accepted as a required means of exit on buildings erected prior to October 1, 1913, such flre escape shall conform to the following require- ments : (a) Fire escapes hereafter erected on buildings five stories or less in height constructed prior to October 1, 1913, will not furnish safe and ade- quate means of escape for the occupants in case of fire in buildings in which there are more than twenty-five persons employed above the second floor unless such flre escapes comply with the provisions of Section 79-b-4, and in addition thereto, there is at least one opening on each and every floor leading to the balcony with an unobstructed width of at least two feet and an unob- structed height of at least six feet which shall be protected by a self-closing flre door or a fireproof casement window, extending to the floor level or within six inches thereof. Fire escapes hereafter erected on buildings five stories or less in height, constructed prior to October 1, I&IS, in which there are less than twenty-six persons employed above the second floor, shall com- ply with the provisions of Section 79-b-4. (b) Fire escapes erected prior to October 1, 1913, on buildings five stories or less in height, will not furnish safe and adequate means of escape for the occupants in case of fire in buildings in which there are more than twenty- five persons employed above the second floor, unless said fire escapes com- ply with the provisions of Section 79-b-5, and in addition thereto there shall be at least one opening on each balcony with an unobstructed width of at least two feet and an unobstructed height of at least six feet, except where fireproof windows have been installed, which permit of an unobstructed open- ing, three feet wide by three feet high. Where steps are required on the inside of a factory leading to the opening as above specified, the top step shall be not less than six inches, nor more than twelve inches below the level of the sill. The width of the balconies shall be not less than thirty- six inches. The balconies, well-holes and connecting stairs shall be properly guarded with railings at least three feet high. Passages between guard rail- ings and projecting parts of the building shall be not less than fourteen inches in the clear. Connecting stairs and well-holes shall be not less than eighteen inches in the clear. Treads shall be flat, at least six inches in width, and substantially constructed. Fire escapes erected prior to October 1, 1913, on buildings five stories or less in height, in which there are less than twenty- six persons employed above the second floor shall comply with the provisions of Section 79-b-5 and windows must permit of an imobstnicted opening of three feet wide by three feet high. (c) On buildings five stories or less in height, erected prior to October 1, 1913, fire escapes which do not comply with the above requirements, will not afford adequate and safe means of escape for the occupants of such buildings in case of fire, and will not be accepted as a required means of exit. (d) Fire escapes hereafter erected on buildings six, seven, eight and nine stories in height, constructed prior to October 1, 1913, shall comply with the [11] 12 New York State Indttsteial Commission provisions of Section 79-b-4, and in addition thereto, with the following require- ments: The halconies and stairs shall be screened on the outside to a height of at least five feet above the landings and the center of the treads. The screening may consist of No. 10 U. S. gauge wire with not more than one and one-half inch mesh, or bars at least one-half inch in diameter placed not more than six inches between centers, or with grille work; all to be substantially installed and braced. (e) Fire escapes erected prior to October 1, 1913, on buildings six, seven, eight and nine stories in height, shall comply with the provisions of Section 79-b-4, except that openings leading to balconies may be at or about window aill level; and except that balconies chall not be less than three feet wide and except that, if the building is not more than six stories high, the connecting stairs may be at an angle not to exceed 60 degrees from the horizontal. Steps shall be provided on the inside of the factory leading to openings. Balconies and stairs shall be screened as prescribed in subdivision "d" of this rule. (f ) Fire escapes will not be accepted as a required means of exit on build- ings more than nine stories in height. (g) Fire escapes serving as required means of exit shall be kept free from enow, ice and all obstruction. They shall be maintained structurally safe and kept well painted. (h) If there be safe egress from the roof to an adjoining or nearby struc- ture, the fire escapes shall be continued to the roof. [Note: For matters relating to "Existing Fire Escapes of Factories," see Eule 380, page 70.] RULE 5: WINDOW CLEANING IN FACTORIES AND MERCANTILE ESTABLISHMENTS ISupplementarv to Lalor Law, % 84 ; adopted July 1, 1918 ; effective immediately.'i MEANING OF TERMS The term "outside" shall mean 'wliolly without the building. The term " approved "shall mean approved by the Industrial Commission. REGULATIONS In factory buildings and mercantile establishments more than one (1) story high or in which the sills of windows are located more than ten (10) feet above grade or adjoining flat roof, safety devices for the protection of window cleaners shall be provided, when windows are cleaned from the outside. (a) When windows are cleaned from the sill, a safety belt of heavy leather, canvas, rope or other equally strong material shall be provided. Bolts, rings or other fittings for holding the belt shall be of bronze, brass or other approved durable metal, and shall be firmly fastened to sides of window or building at a point not less than fifty-one (51) inches above the sill. The ends of the belt shall be fitted with heavy metal safety terminals. (b) When windows are cleaned from a scaffold, it shall be of substantial construction aiid fitted at exposed side and ends with guard rail not less than thirty-six (36) inches high, and toeboards not less than six (6) inches high. The proper tackle and other necessary fittings shall be provided when swinging scaffold is used. (c) Portable ladders when used shall be fitted with safety feet or other suitable means to prevent slipping. (d) Window cleaners shall use safety devices provided for their protection. (e) Window cleaners shall not pass from window to window on the outside, except where a railing is installed. (f) The provisions of this rule shall not apply to windows leading to a fire escape. (g) Existing safety devices and methods of cleaning windows other than those specified above may be approved on application to the Industrial Com- mission. (h) Both the owner and tenant shall be responsible for the observance of this rule. [13] RULE 10: TROUGH WATER CLOSETS [Supplementary to Labor Law, § 88-a, suid. 3 ; adopted Novemier 20, 1917 ; effecHv December 16, 1917.] ^SPECIFICATION'S This rule shall not supersede any rule or ordinance of any municipality which calls for an equal or superior type of water closet. (a) Every trough or individual howl range hereafter installed shall be of the syphon type, and shall be flushed automatically from a tank or through flush valve at intervals not exceeding three (3) minutes, while factory is in operation. (b) At each flushing the &ow of water shall be at least five (5) gallons per seat, and shall have a speed of not less than three hundred (300) feet per minute. (c) Perforated wash-down pipes at front and rear shall be installed on every range, and shall be supplied with water whenever the tank dischargea to flush the sides of the range. (d) Discharge pipes shall be large enough to carry off excrement and paper without any noticeable clogging or backing up into the range; water- sealed traps shall be installed, which for five (5) seat ranges or less must be not less than four (4) inches in diameter, and for a greater number of seats, not less than five (5) inches in diameter. (e) Every range shall be made of enameled iron, porcelain or other approved materials, and there shall be maintained at all times a depth of water of not less than four (4) inches. (f) Seats made of wood or other non-heat absorbing materials shall be provided and shall be kept well varnished. When in their normal position the seats shall be level or slightly higher in front, and so arranged that they may be easily raised or removed. They shall be separated by partitions made of wood, metal, concrete or other approved materials, spaced not closer than twenty-six (26) inches and kept well painted or varnished. (g) Whenever, because of the nature of the industry carried on or other- wise, a continuously running stream of water is available, the provisions of sections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) shall not apply, except as to depth of water, which shall be not less than six (6) inches, and have sufficient speed to remove excrement and paper within three (3) minutes. Provided, however, that no such stream shall again be used for manufac- turing purposes. VENTILATION Toilet rooms and water-closet compartments shall be ventilated in accord- ance with the provisions of Industrial Code Pules 131, 132 133 136 137 138. ' > > , [14] RULE 15: SMOKING IN FACTORIES l8ut)ptementa*V to Laior Law, % 83-c ; effective November 15, 1917 ; amended and readopted; effective July 1, 1918.] MEANING OF TEEMS " Contents " means axticlea, goods, wares and merchandise packed, stored, manufactured or in process of manufacture. " Incombustible " means contents which will not support combustion. " Non-inflamfltnable " means contents which will support combustion, but will not readily burn. " Explosives " means and includes any chemical compound or any mechani- cal mixture that contains any oxidizing and combustible units, or other ingredients, in such proportions, quantities or packing that an ignition by fire, by friction, by concussion, by percussion or by detonator of any part of the compound or mixture may cause such a sudden generation of highly heated gases that the resultant gaseous pressures are capable of producing destructive effects to contiguous objects or of destroying life or limb. " Fireproof construction " means a building constructed as specified in Section 79-f of the Labor Law. "Mill construction " means a building not more than five (5) stories high, constructed of slow burning materials, and in which the exterior, division and party walls, skylights and roof covering are of fireproof material; stair- way and hoistway enclosures of fireproof material and openings in such enclosures protected by fire doors, and with floors and roofs of heavy plank and timber construction. "Approved" means approved by the Industrial Commission. " Tenant factory " building, for the purposes of this Eule, means a build- ing, separate parts of which are occupied and used by two or more persons, companies or corporations engaged at manufacturing, and where the ele- vator, hallways or exit stairs are used in common by more than one such person, company or corporation. EEGPOLATIONS (a) Smoking may be permitted in a factory upon written application by an employer, and after the issuance of a permit by the fire commissioner of the city of New York in such city, and elsewhere the Industrial Commission. The permit shall state the conditions under which, the hours between which, and the place or places in such factory where smoking may be permitted, and shall be framed and posted in a conspicuous place in the factory. (b) Smoking may be permitted as prescribed in this rule, on compliance with requirements in subdivision (a), when conditions are substantially as follows : In a factory building used ty one person, company or corporation for factory purposes : (1) If of fireproof construction where the contents are either non-inflam- mable or incombustible. (2) If of mill construction where the contents are incombustible. (3) If of other than fireproof or mill construction where contents are non- [15] 16 New Toek State Industiual, Commission inflammable and no manufacturing or other ■work in connection therewith is carried on above the second floor, provided there are at least two (2) approved exits remote from each other on the second floor, if such floor is used for factory purposes. (4) If of other than fireproof or miU construction where contents are non- inflammable and manufacturing or work in connection therewith is carried on above the second floor, in offices, sample rooms and separate rooms that are enclosed by partitions of fireproof or fire-resisting material, or in which an automatic sprinkler system, approved for the purpose, is installed. Manufacturing shall not be carried on in any such room. In a tenant factory hmldmg: (5) If of fireproof construction and equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler, system, except that smoking may be further restricted to a sepa- rate room or rooms set apart for the purpose and in which no inflammable material is manufactured, used or stored. (6) If of fireproof construction, or equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system, in factories where cigars or cigarettes are manufactured and smoking therein is permitted only for sampling, testing and' experimental purposes. (7) If of other than fireproof construction, in oflSces, sample rooms and separate rooms, for sampling, testing and experimental purposes in connec- tion with the manufacture of cigars or cigarettes, provided such room or rooms are enclosed by partitions of fireproof or fire-resisting material, or in lieu thereof there is installed therein an automatic sprinkler system approved for the purpose. (8) If of other than fireproof or mill construction where contents are non- inflammable and no manufacturing or other work in connection therewith is carried on above the second floor, provided there are at least two approved means of exit remote from each other on the second floor and an automatic sprinkler approved for the purpose installed on the first and second floors •of such building. In ei. All automatic wet pipe sprinkler systems shall be equipped with an alarm valve, so constructed that a flow of water through a one-half (%) inch orifice will operate an electric and mechanical gong. Dry pipe valves shall be equipped with a reliable device to give both an electrical and mechanical alarm. Both wet and dry pipe systems to be equipped with testing by passes. 29. Heating of Tanks. The water in aJl sprinkler supply tanks subject to freezing shall be protected by internally heating the water, or enclosing the tank in a frost-proof hooise, properly heated and lighted. tNoTE. — It la recommended that the method of heating be in accordance with regulations of the National Board of fire Underwriters.] 30. Concealed Pipe Systems. All pipe ini concealed pipe systems ahall be of standard full-weight wrought iron or steel, painted with two coats of pro- tective paint, one before and one after installation. Such pipe shall be installed in ducts or be encased in cement mortar, and shall be inspected prior to concealment. When installed in the concealed space between floor arches and ceiling, such pipe shall be supported by hangers and all pipe, fittings and hangers be protected with two coats of paint. [Note. — The above applies only to buildings of fire resistive construction.] 31. Preparation of Buildings. Moor or wall openings, and other structural defects which prevent the banking up of heated air and retard the automatic action of sprinkler heads, shall be provided with the necessary curtain boards and draft stops to permit speciflc control of the fire by the local sprinklers. Curtain board ahall project at least twelve (12) inches below the lowest sprinkler. - 32. Sprinkler System Tests. All automatic sprinkler systems, excluding the water supply tanks, shall be tested after installation at not less than 150 pounds pressure for two hours, and at 50 pounds in excess of the normal pressure, when the normal pressure is in excess of 100 pounds. All pressure tanks shall be tested after erection to a test pressure of one and one-half times the working pressure. To prevent the possibility of serious water damage in case of a break, the pressure shall be maintained by a small pump, the main controlling gate being meanwhile kept shut. In the case of dry systems with differential type of dry-pipe valve, the valve shall be held off its seat during the test, to prevent injuring the valve. Brine or other corrosive chemicals shall not be used for testing systems. Indtjsteiai, Code — Factoeiks 37 In dry systems an. air pressure of 40 pounds shall be pumped up, be held for 24 hours, and all leaks stopped ■which allow a loss of pressure of over 2 pounds for the 24 hours. Non-automatic systems shall be tested after installation at not less than fifty (50) pounds in excess of the pressure necessary to reach the highest line of sprinklers. 33. Existing Installations cmd Approvals. Automatic sprinkler systems and devices heretofore approved and accepted by the authorities having jurisdiction, may be accepted by the Industrial CJommission, if, after inspection, they are found to be in good working order and affording adequate protection. RULES 100-198: SANITATION OF FACTORIES AND MERCANTILE ESTABLISHMENTS [Adopted March 11, 1915 ; effective April 15, 1915 ; Rule 120 amended June 20, 1916 ; effective immediately; Rules 100 and 101 amended and Rule 198 added July 1, 1918 ; effective immediately. A list of sanitary materials and devices approved up to July 1, 1918, has ieen published by the State Industrial Commission.'i A. SANITARY CONVENIEITCES I. ToiLBrr EooMS, Wateb-closets and Ueinals [Supplementary to Labor Law, § 88-o, sutds. 5, 7, § 168-e, sutd. 6.1 1. DEFINITIONS Rule 100. — The rules on sanitation shall apply to all factories and mer- cantile establishments except as otherwise provided in rules for special industries. The term " owner " as used in these rules shall mean the owner or owners of the freehold of the premises, or the lessee or joint lessees of the whole thereof, or his, her or their agent in charge of the property. The term " tenant " as used in these rules shall be construed to mean the person, firm or corporation in actual possession of the premises. The term "approved" material shall mean material approved by the Industrial Commission. (A list of such approved materials will be on file in the Department of Labor.) The term " water-closet compartment " shall mean an enclosure surrounding an individual water-closet. The term " toilet-room " shall mean any room containing more than one water-closet or urinal or containing one or more water-closet compartments. The term " hereafter installed " shall mean installed after April 15, 1915. The term " existing " shall mean installed before April 15, 1915. 2. WATEB-CLOSETS EEQUIRED AND SEX DESIGNATION [Supplementary to Lator Law, § 88-o, suhds. 1, 2, § 94, § 168-e, suidi. 1, 2.] Rule loi. — Separate water-closet compartments or toilet-rooms shall be pro- vided for each sex in every factory and mercantile establishment where both males and females are employed. Such water-closets shall be designated for the use of males or females and clearly marked " Men " or " Women " at the entrance of the toilet-room or of the water-closet compartment if not located in a toilet-room. [The owner of a building Is responslWe for the observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] 3. NUMBEB Rule 102.— Water-closets shall be provided for each sex according to the following table. The number of watter-closets to be provided for each sex shall in every case be based upon the maximum number of persons of that sex em- [38] Industeial Code — Factoeies 39 ployed at any one time on the given floor, or floors, or in the given building for \rhich such closets are provided. No. of persons Closets Eatlo 1-15 1 (1 for 15) 16-35 2 (1 for 17%) 36-55 3 (1 for 18%) 56-80 4 (1 for 20) 81-110 5 (1 for 22) 111-150 6 (1 for 25) 151-190 7 (1 for 27 1/7) and thereafter at the rate of 1 closet for every 30 persons. Whenever a urinal is supplied, one closet less than the required number may be provided for males, when more than twenty (20) are employed; except that the number of closets in such cases may not be reduced to less than two-thirds (%) the required number. [The owner of a building is responsible for the observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] 4. LOCATION Rule 103.^ Water-closets shall be readily accessible to the persons using them. No water-closet shall be located more than one floor above or below the regular place of work of the persons using same, except in refrigerating plants, flour or cereal mills or elevators or such other classes of buildings as may be specified by the Industrial Board. When passenger elevators are provided in sufScient numbers and their use permitted for taking employees to toilet-room floors, this rule as to location shall not apply. [The owner of a building is responsiWe for the observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 104. — Where fifteen (15) or more persons of the same sex are employed on one floor of a tenant-factory having no elevator service for the use of such employees, the water-closets for their use, if located off public hallways or other parts of the building used in common, shall be provided on such floor; except that this rule shall not apply where any employer maintains his factory on two or more successive floors of a tenant-factory, and except that the Commissioner may issue a permit allowing the use of toilets for males and females on alter- nate floors. [The owner of a building Is responsiWe for the observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] [Note ■ — ■ It Is recommended that the water-closets be located, wherever possible, on the same floor as the place of work and that there should be a number of small Installations rather than a few large ones.] 5. SCKEENINQ [Supplementary to Labor Law, § 88-a, subi. 2, § 168-e, iubi. 2] a. Existing Installations Rule 105. — The entrance to every existing water-closet compartment which opens directly into a workroom shall be screened from view by a vestibule or a stationary screen, extending to a height of not less than six ( 6 ) feet, and not less than two (2) feet wider than the entrance door wherever space permits. [The owner of a building Is responsible for the observance of this rule (see Rule 19«).] 40 New Yoek State industrial (Jommission Hllle io6. — Where existing water-closets for males and females are in ad- joining compartments or toilet-rooms and the entrance doors are within ten (10) feet or less of each other, a stationary screen not less than six (6) feet high and either T or L shape shall be built across the doors. [Tbe owner of a building Is responsible for the observance of this rule (see Rule 198). J 6. New Installations Rule 107. — Every water-closet compartment hereafter installed shall be lo- cated in a toilet-room, or shall be built with a vestibule and door to screen the interior from view, and the entrance shall be remote from the entrance to a toilet for the opposite sex. [The owner of a buildlne is responsible for the observance of this rule (see Rule 19S).] 0. All Installations Rule 108. — Where persons of both sexes are employed, the water-closets for each sex shall be so placed or so screened that they shall not be visible, even when the door of the toilet-room or water-closet compartment is open, from any place where persons of the other sex have to work or pass. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule Tsee Rule IBS) .J Rule 109.— The door of every toilet-room and of every water-closet compart- ment, which is not located in a toilet-room, shall be fitted with an effective self- closing device to keep it closed. [Both owner and tenant of a building are responsible for the observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule no. — No water-closet or urinal compartment may be maintained in connection with rooms in which food products are manufactured or in which unvrrapped food products are packed or sold, imless such compartment is sepa- rated from such rooms by a vestibule with door. The doors of both compart- ment and vestibule shall be provided with self-closing devices. During the period between May 1st and November 1st, all windows in toilet-rooms, water- closet and urinal compartments proyided for such workrooms, shall have wire screens, not coarser than fourteen (14) mesh wire, and such screens shall be kept in good repair. [Both owner and tenant of a building are responsible for the observance of this role (see Rule 198).] 6. sepaeahon [Supplementary to Labor Law, J 8S-0, suJd. 2, i 168-e, tubd. 2] Rule III. — Every partition separating a water-closet compartment provided for males from a compartment provided for females shall extend from the floor to the ceiling and there shall be no direct connection between the compartments either by door or other opening. In existing installations, metal or tile covered wooden partitions may be used, the covering of which shall extend to a height of at least seven (7) feet. Such partitions hereafter installed shall measure not less than two and a half (2%) inches between the finished surfaces of the same. [The owner of a building la responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] - - Industeial Code — Factories 41 7. CONSTEUCTION a. All Installations Rule 112. — The outside partitions of every toilet-room and of every water- closet compartment not located in a toilet-room shall he of solid construction and shall extend to the ceiling or the area shall be independently ceiled over. Above the level of six { 6 ) feet the outside walls of a toilet-room may be pro- vided with glass that is translucent but not transparent. In foundries, rolling mills, blast furnaces, smelting and metal refining works, and such other classes of factories as are specified by the Industrial Board, the partitions enclosing toilet facilities shall not be required to be carried to the ceiling, provided they are carried to a height of not less than seven (7) feet, and provided such fa- cilities are located in rooms which females are not allowed to enter. [The owner of a building Is responsible for the observance of this rule (see RuU ie«).] IBupplementary to Labor Law, % 88-0, tubi. 4, | 168-e, tuld. 7] Rule 113. — Unless constructed of marble, cement plaster, tile, galvanized iron, glazed brick or other glazed material or concrete with admixture of water- proofing material, every toilet-room and water-closet compartment, including the ceiling, shall be kept well painted with a light colored nonabaorbent paint, varnish or other substance impervious to water. [Both the owner and the tenant of a building are responsible for the observance of this rule (see Bule 198).] Rule 114. — Every water-closet compartment used by females shall have a door fastened with a latch or look, Dwarf doors may be used for water-closet compartments located in a toilet-room; if used by females they shall not be less than forty-eight (48) inches in height and the top of same shall not bo less than sixty (60) inches from the floor. The Commissioner may require water-closet compartments used by males to be provided with doors. [Both the owner and the tenant of a building are responsible for the observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] &. New Installations Rule 115. — The floor of every toilet-room hereafter installed and the side walls to a height of not less than six ( 6 ) inches shall be constructed with sani- tary base and of material other than wood, which is impervious to moisture and which has a smooth surface. This material shall be marble, asphalt, Port- land cement, with admixture of approved waterproofing material, tile, glazed brick or other approved waterproof material. The angle formed by the floor and the base shall be covered. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 116. — Every water-closet compartment hereafter installed, except the door, shall be constructed to a height of not less than four (4) feet of material other than wood, which is impervious to moisture and has a smooth surface. This material shall be marble, tile, glazed brick, galvanized or enameled iron, Portland cement with admixture of approved waterproofing material, good quality slate oiled or otherwise made nonabsorbent, or other approved water- proof material. Where more than one water-closet is installed in a toilet- room, partitions between water-closets shall be provided and shall extend for- 42 New Yoek State Iitdtjsteial Commission ward not less than fifteen (15) inches further than the fixture. Such parti- tions and also end sections, if standing free from wall, may be dwarf construc- tion and may be built of wood if painted with nonabsorbent paint, varnish or other substance impervious to water. The top of same shall be not less than six ( 6 ) feet from the floor and extend not higher than one ( 1 ) foot from ceil- ing in toilet-rooms provided for females ; and not less than five ( o ) feet from the floor when provided for males. A space of not less than six (6) tmd not more than fourteen (14) inches shall be allowed between the floor and the bot- tom of such partitions. The distance between such partitions shall be not less than twenty-eight (28) inches. [The owner of a buildlne is responsible for observance of this rule (see Bule 198).] Rule 117. — Every water-closet compartment hereafter installed, if provided with a door, shall be not less than four (4) feet deep and for each water-closet there shall be provided not less than ninety (90) cubic feet of air space in the toilet-room or water-closet compartment. [The owner of a bulldlns Is responsible for observance of this rule (see Kule 198).] 8. WATim-CLOBET FIXTUKES [Supplementary to Labor Law, % 88-a, suiia. 3-4, g 168-e. aubdt. 3-5 ] Rule 118. — Every water-closet hereafter installed shall have a rim flush bowl made of vitreous china or of first quality cast iron, porcelain enameled inside and outside, or of other approved material. Every such bowl shall be set en- tirely free and open from all enclosing woodwork, and shall be so installed that the space behind and below may be easily cleaned. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Eule 198).] Rule 119.— Pan, plunger, washout and off-set water-closets shall not be per- mitted to be hereafter installed. Every such closet at present installed, if in foul or leaky condition, if not in working order, or if the bowl is cracked, shall be replaced by new installation, as prescribed in Rule 118. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Kule 198).] Rule 120.— The connection between soil pipe and water-closet hereafter in- stalled shall be made by means of a closet flange which shall have been ap- proved by the State Industrial Commission. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Eule 198).] Rule 121.— Every water-closet hereafter installed shall have a seat made of wood or other non-heatabsorbing material, which shall be finished with varnish or other substance to make it impervious to moisture 198n* owner of a buUdlng Is responsible for observance of this rule (see Eule Rule 122.— Every water-closet shall be flushed from a separate water-sup- plied cistern, or by means of flush valve. Every flushing cistern hereafter in- stalled shall use not less than three (3) gallons of water at each discharge Industeial Code ■ — Factokies 43 Every water-closet shall be discharged with sufiBcient force to clean the bowl at each flush and refill the seal with clean water. [The owner of a. bulldins is responsible for obserrance of this mle (see Rule 198).] Rule 133. — In futvtre installations, long hopper closets will be permitted only where there is unavoidable exposure to frost, and with the written ap- proval of the Industrial Board. They shall be of rim flush type and have a self-closing cover. [Note. — For specifications of trough water-closets see Eule 10 on page 14. Both the owner and the tenant are responsible for obeerrance of this rule (see Rule 19S).] 9. TJEINALS Rule 124. — Except in existing installations where water-closets are provided according to Rule 102, without diminution for urinals, urinals shall be provided in the following proportion, where more than ten (10) males are employed at any one time. When ten (10) to forty (40) men are employed, one (1) urinal, and thereafter one (1) additional urinal for every sixty (fiO) men employed. Two (2) linear feet of slab urinal shall be considered equivalent to one indi- vidual urinal. [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of thla rule (see Rule 198). 1 Rule 125. — Every urinal hereafter installed ihall be made of material that is impervious to moisture. Cast iron, galvanized iron, sheet metal or steel urinals are prohibited unless coated with vitreous enamel. Where slate is used, it shall be of the first quality. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 126. — Individual urinal stalls shall hereafter be installed and shall be provided with sides to give privacy. The sides and base of every urinal stall ■hall be made of material which is impervious to moisture and which has a ■mooth surface. The use of trough urinals in future installations is prohibited. [It is recommended that the wall or vertical slab urinal preferably made of vitreous ware be Installed. When individual bowls are installed, it Is recom- mended that they should be flushed by pedal action.] [The owner of a building is responsible toz the observance of this rule (see Rnle 198).] Role 127. — The floor to a distance of not less than twenty-four (24) inches in front of all urinals shall be constructed of approved waterproof material and whenever new wall or vertical slab urinals are installed, the floor in front of the urinals shall slope toward the urinal drain. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 128. — E^very urinal shall be flushed from a separate water-supplied cistern or through flush valve. Every such cistern hereafter installed shall use no less than one (1) gallon of water for each discharge for every fixture or stall. In place of such discharge from a flush cistern or valve, water may be allowed to run continuously over slab urinals. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 188).] 44 Kew Yoek State Industeial Commission Rule 129. — In foundries, rolling mills, blast furnaces, emelting and metal refining works and such other classes of factories as are specified by the Indus- trial Board, urinals need not be enclosed with partitions provided that they are properly screened, and provided they are located in rooms which females are not allowed to enter. For every urinal fixture or its equivalent, not less than ninety (90) cubic feet of air space shall be provided whenever a urinal is located in a compartment or toilet-room. [The owner of a building la responsible for observance of this rule (see Bule 198).] 10. HEATING ISupplementary to Labor Law, % 88-0, »ubi. 6, ] 16S-e, suftd. 7] Rule 130. — Every toilet-room and water-closet compartment shall be kept heated during working hours to not less than fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit from November first to April first. Heating facilities hereafter installed shall be so arranged as to permit thorough cleaning of floor and walls. [Both the owner and the tenant of a building are responsible for the observance of this rule (see Bule 198).] 11. VENTILATION a. Installations in New Buildings Rule 131. — Every toilet-room or every water-closet or urinal compartment shall have a window opening directly to the outdoor air. No such window shall be less than one (1) foot wide nor have an area of less than six (6) square feet, measured between stop beads, for one ( 1 ) water-closet or urinal. For every additional such fixture, the area of such window shall be increased at least one ( 1 ) square foot. A skylight shall be deemed the equivalent of a window provided that it has fixed or movable louvres with openings of the net openable area prescribed for such window. Every such window shall open upon a street or upon a, yard or open space, uncovered at the top, which in its least horizontal dimension shall be at least one-tenth (1/10) the height of the highest abutting wall but in no case less than six (6) feet. [Tbe owner of a building Is responsible for obfaerrance of this rale (see Rule 198).] Rule 132. — In addition to the requirements of Kule 131 for window or sky- light where under any special conditions the ventilation is inadequate, the Com- missioner may require such other ventilation as may be necessarv. [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 133. — The installation of water-closets or urinals with less window area than specified in Rule 131, or without direct connection with the outdoor air will be permitted if a mechanical system of ventilation is provided, maintained and regularly operated, as follows: Such system shall consist of metal or smoeth masonry ducts from the toilet-rooms or compartments arranged with fan or fans of sufficient capacity to exhaust u, volume of not less than thirty- five (35) cubic feet of air per minute for every water-closet or urinal. If the air is exhausted within two (2) feet of each fixture, this amount may be reduced to twenty-five (25) cubic feet of air per minute per fixture. [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of this rule (see Riile 198).] Industrial Code — Factoeies 45 6. Installations in Old Buildings ISupplementary to Lahor Law, 5 88-0, suM. 4, § 168-ej suM. 5] Rule 134. — In existing buildings every toilet-room or every water-closet or urinal compartment shall be ventilated to the outdoor air by window, skylight or ventilating duct. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 135.— Whenever any such toilet-room having more than two fixtures, either water-closets or urinals, is ventilated solely by ducts or whenever the window or skylight area is less than that required for new buildings by one- third (%) or more, positive ventilation complying with the requirements of Rule 133 shall be maintained. The Commissioner may modify this require- ment for four (4) or less fixtures, or may require ventilation for two (2) or less fixtures, when necessary.' [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 196).] c. AH Installations Rule 136. — Every window or skylight shall be so constructed and maintained as to be easily opened at least one-half ( % ) of its required area. [NOTB. — Windows or skylights should be kept partially open at all times during working hours except when extreme weather conditions prevent.] [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 137. — No ventilation shall be secured by means of openings to the out- door air which will permit drafts endangering the health or comfort of employees. [Both the owner and the tenant of a building are responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 138. — All exhaust fans shall discharge to the outdoor air at such point as not to cause offense to the occupants of the building or create any nuisance in the neighborhood. Whenever any airshaft used for ventilating toilet-rooms is covered by a skylight, the net area of openings in the skylight shall be equal to at least the required area of the airshaft. [The owner of a buUdlng is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] 12. ILLUMINATION ISupplementary to Labor Law, § 88-0, s«6iTSTErAi, Uommissioit The term " waste line " is applied to any vertical line of pipe having out- lets above the floor of first story for fixtures other than water-closets. I. New Instat.t.ations 1. SEWEB CONNECTION Eule 183. — The plumbing of evsry building shall be separately and inde- pendently connected with a sewer, except that where a building is located in the rear of another building under the same ownership, the plumbing system may be connected with the house sewer or house drain of the front building. If a sewer is not accessible, the plumbing of every building shall be connected with a cesspool or disposal system constructed according to local ordinances or according to the rules of the New York State Department of Health or the regulations" of the Public Health Council/except as otherwise specified in Rule 140. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 19»).] 2. HOUSE DEAIN AND HOUSE BEWEE Rule 184. — ^All pipes shall have a fall of at least one-quarter {%) inch per foot, all connections and changes in direction shall be made with proper fittings. SaddTe hubs and split fittings will not be permitted. [Tlie owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Bnle 19S).1 Rule 185.— The house sewer and house drain shall be at least four (4) inches in diameter when receiving the discharge of a water-closet. No house sewer or house^ drain shall be of less diameter than the largest line of pipes connecting thereon. The arrangement of all pipes shall be as straight and direct as possible. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Eule 168).] 3. SOIL AND WASTE PIPES Rule 186. — The diameters of soil and waste pipes shall be not less than those given in the following table: Inches Main soil stacks 4 Branch soil pipes 4 Main waste stacks 2 Branch wastes for slop sinks 3 Branch waste for urinals ^li Branch waste for sanitary cuspidors 1 Branch waste for drinking fountains lu Branch waste for other fixtures 11/ [Tbe owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] 4. TBAPS Rule 187.— Every fixture shall be separately trapped by a water-sealing trap plated as close to the fixture outlet as possible and no trap shall be placed more than two (2) feet from any fixture. A battery of lavatories may, how- ever, connect with a single trap, provided there is a total of not more' than eight ( 8 ) feet of untrapped pipe. Indttstkial Code — Factoeies 57 All exposed or accessible traps, except water-closet traps and other traps cast integral with the fixture, shall have brass trap screws for cleaning the trap, placed below the water level. loln^ °^^^^ **' ^ building is responsible for observance* of this rule (see Rule Rule 1 88.— No masons' cesspool, bell, pot, bottle or D-trap will be permitted. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198).] Rule 189.— The sizes for traps shall not be less than -those given in the fol- lowing table: Inches In diameter Traps for water-closets 2% Traps for not more than 2 urinals 1% Traps for a battery of more than 2 urinals 2 Traps for not more than 2 lavatories 1% Traps for a battery of more than 2 lavatories 2 Traps for slop sinks 2% Traps for shower baths 2 Traps for drinking fountains 1% Traps for sanitary cuspidors 1 Traps for other fixtures li^ [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of this rule (see Eule 1»8).] 5. WATEB SUPPLY AND FLUSH PIPES Rule igo. — Main service pipes for water supply shall be not less than three- quarters (%) inches in diameter. Water-closet flush pipes shall be not less than one and one-fourth (1%) Inches and urinal flush pipes not less than one ( 1 ) inch in diameter. [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of this rule (see EuU 198).] II. All Installations 1. woekmanship Rule igi. — ^All materials used in the plumbing shall be of good quality, free from defects which affect their strength, durability or sanitary condition, and all work shall be executed in a thoroughly workmanlike manner. [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of this rule (see Eule 198).] 2. LOW FIXTURES Rule 192. — No water-closet or urinal shall be installed or maintained in any part of a building where back water from the sewer interferes with the flushing out of such fixtures, except on permission of the Industrial Board, in which case a back water valve and quick-closing gate valve shall be used to cut off fixtures located below back water level. [The owner of a building Is responsible for observance of this rule (sse Eule 198).] 58 New York State Iitdusteial Commissioit 3. MAINTBNANCSE Rule 193.— The entire plumbing shall be kept at all times clean and eani- tary, in good repair and in water-tight condition. [Both the owner and the tenant are responsible for observance of this rule (m Eiile 198).] 4. TANKS Rule 194. — When the water pressure is not sufficient to supply freely and continuously all fixtures, there shall be provided a house supply tank which shall maintain and supply sufficient water to all fixtures at all times. Such tank and its connections shall be protected against frost. [Both the owner and the tenant are responsible for obserrance of this role (see Eule 198) J III. FnjNG Plans and Testing Nbw Installations 1. FILING OF ELANS Rule 195. — The drainage and plumbing of all buildings hereafter buUt shall be executed in accordance with the above rules of the Industrial Board, except- ing that the local ordinances, rules and regulations of any city, town or village, not inconsistent therewith, may also be enforced. Duplicate drawings and descriptions of the plumbing and drainage of all buildings hereafter built shall be filed by the owner, architect or builder, with the local officer having authority, and where no such officer exists, with the Commissioner. The drawing shall be drawn to scale in ink, or they shall be prints of such scale drawings, and shall consist of such floor plans and sections as may be necessary to show clearly all plumbing work to be done. No work upon any such plumbing or drainage may be begun until such plans have been approved by him and until the plumber who ia to do the work signs the specifications and makes affidavit that he is duly qualified and authorized to proceed with the work. Kepairs or minor alterations of plumbing may be made without filing dra'Wk ings and descriptions but such repairs or alterations shall not be construed to include cases where new vertical lines or horizontal branches of soil, waste, cr vent pipes are to be used. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rale (see Enle 198).] 2. TESTING THE PLUMBING SYSTEM Rule 196. — Every new plimibing system and every old system which has been extended shall be tested in the presence of the Commissioner in all locali- ties where the local authorities do not make such test. The water test shall be used for testing all plumbing work known as " rough- ing" except in freezing weather when some other method satisfactory to the Commissioner may be used. Such test shall include all house drain, soil and main waste pipes, and joints thereof, ferrule joints, and all traps and branch wastes which are to be enclosed. The house drain shall be extended outside the foundation walls before the test is made. All defects shall be remedied and the system made to comply with the specifications in all respects, within one (1) week from the date of testing. Industrial Code — Factories 59 If the Commissioner has not observed the above test within three ( 3) days after notice, the plumber may call upon two (2) witnesses to prove the testing who shall make affidavit thereon if the tested work has proved to be tight. The plumber may then empty the pipes and proceed with the work. After the plumbing is completed and the fixtures set, a smoke test shall be made in the presence of the Commissioner. [The owner of a building is responsible for observance of this rule (see Rule 198) .] DUTIES OF EMPLOYEES Rule 197. — Every employee shall be responsible for carrying out all rules which immediately concern or affect his conduct. RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER AND TENANT Rule 198. — Responsibility. The owner shall be responsible for the observ- ance, and punishable for the non-observance of the following rules provided in the Code, anything in any lease to the contrary notwithstanding namely: 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 111, 112, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 138, 140, 142, 145, 148, 151, 152, 153, 173, 174, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 195, 196. The tenant shall be responsible for the observance, and pimishable for the non-observance of the following rules provided in this Code, namely: 143, 155, 156, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 167, 168, 170, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180. Both the owner and the tenant shall be responsible for the observance, and punishable for the non-observance of the following rules provided in this Code, anything in any lease to the contrary notwithstanding, namely: 109, 110, 113, 114, 123, 130, 137, 139, 141, 144, 146, 147, 149, 150, 154, 157, 166, 169, 171, 193, 194. RULE 375: FIRE ALARM SIGNAL SYSTEMS OF FACTORIES [Supplementary to Labor Law, § 83-o; adopted July 8, 1914 ; elective August 15, 1914 ; amended and readopted May 16, 1916; effective May 16, 1916 ; the State Industrial Commission issues pamphlet lists of approved material for fire alarm signal systems; the first of these lists, published January 22, 1915, has been completed to May 1, 1918, and republished.] GENBEAL All devicea and equipment constructed and installed under these specifica- tions shall conform to the requirements of the State Industrial Commission. The Fire Commissioner in the city of New York and the State Industrial Commission in all other parts of the State are designated by law as the supervising authorities. Full information as required by the supervising authorities shall be furnished the supervising authorities and approved by them before the installation is begun. All systems to be installed in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the requirements of the supervising authority, but not inconsistent with these specifications. Fire alarm installations heretofore made in New York city and approved by the Fire Department of said city shall be accepted by the State Industrial Commission. Other installations heretofore made may be accepted in the discretion of the State Industrial Commission, upon formal application for such approval. Systems other than those specified herein may be accepted by the State Industrial Commission when after examination such systems are found reliable and workable in a manner satisfactory to the State Industrial Commission. All material shall be rigidly secured in position, and when attached to masonry walls, shall be properly fastened by through bolts, metal expansion shields or toggle bolts. Wooden plugs shall not be accepted. When deemed necessary by the supervising authority to mount fire alarm apparatus upon a back board, such back board shall be not less than seven- eighths of an inch (%") in thickness, filled with a, non-absorptive com- pound with an air space of at least one-quarter of an inch (%") behind the back board for the free circulation of air. There shall be a Board of Approval to consist of two representatives of the State Industrial Commission, to be designated by it, one of whom shall be a deputy commissioner from the Bureau of Industrial Code; and a repre- sentative of the Fire Commissioner of the city of New York, to be designated by him. The Board of Approval shall pass upon all devices and apparatus for use in approved installations. Such Board of Approval shall submit reports to the State Industrial Commission for consideration and final approval. TESTS The owner or contractor shall, upon the completion of the fire alarm system, make a satisfactory test of the entire equipment in the presence of and under the direction of the supervising authorities or their authorized [60] Industrial Code — Factokies 61 agent, before final approval and acceptance. All electrical systems shall Bhow an insulation resistance of not less than fifty (50) megohms. The owner or contractor shall, if required, furnish all the necessary tools and instruments to conduct this test. GUARANTEE {Reconvmended) It la suggested that the entire system, including all alarm boxes, signals, wiring, batteries, bells, whistles, horns and other devices, shall be guaranteed against any defects in material, workmanship or operation for a period of two years from the day of acceptance by the supervising authority; any defects which may develop in the equipment during this period to be remedied by the contractor without expense to the owner. It is recommended that contracts for installation of systema contain a clause stating that the final payment shall be withheld until acceptance by the supervising authority. EQUIPMENT Approved fire alarm equipment is manufactured by and can be procured from the leading manufacturers and electrical supply jobbers in the principal cities. Manufacturers must submit to the State Industrial Commission for general approval samples of their devices and equipment constructed for use under these requirements. Apparatus so submitted and approved shall again be subject to inspection upon installation and shall be rejected if working unsatisfactorily or if different from the sample , submitted for general approval. ACCESSORIES Automatically operated circuit breakers and engine stops for shutting down machinery in extremely noisy or hazardous premises may be required, connected with and made a part of the fire alarm system, but in no case shall such circuit breakers or engine stops be installed in such a manner as to cut off the power for lighting current or for operating elevators. APPROVAL OF SYSTEMS Systems shall be approved as follows: Glass A. — For installation in buildings not exceeding four stories in height, occupied by not more than one factory tenant, in which not more than one himdred persons are employed above the ground floor. Class B. — For installation in buildings not exceeding six stories in height, occupied by not more than one factory tenant, in which not more than one hundred and fifty persons are employed above the ground floor. Class C. — For installation in all buildings not specified under Classes A and B. [Note. — Class C system may be installed In any building.] Where a building is divided by fire walls, each section may, in the discre- tion of the supervising authority, be deemed a separate building for the purposes of these requirements. 62 New Yoek State Industbial Commission DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS Class A. — Whistles, bells, gongs or horns, mechanically or electrically, automatically or manually operated from all floors, and sufficient in number and slie to be clearly audible to all occupants under conditions which prevail when the factory is in full operation. Where electrically operated the systems must conform to the requirements for Class B and C installations. Glass B. — Open circuit electric systems with gongs or horns and sending stations on all floors, not necessarily sending coded rounds of signals. The methods of construction and the materials used shall be in accordance with the requirements for Class C systems, except as they apply to sending sta- tions, gongs and supervisory apparatus. Class O. — Systems employing boxes and signaling devices, giving rounda of signals, and operating entirely on closed circuits. For all closed cvrovAts. — The system shall be so constructed and main- tained to make it possible to have a current flow of at least 50 per cent in excess of the minimum current capable of transmitting a fire alarm signal; a weaker current, to constantly supervise each closed circuit, may be per- mitted imder conditions acceptable to the Board of Approval; A milliammeter or other approved current indicator shall be provided in every closed circuit. With Class C. — When an alarm has been sent in from any one of the alarm boxes, all the signaling devices on the various floors of the building shall automatically sound the number indicating the floor from which the alarm was sent at least four times. The fire alarm system shall not be used for any other purpose, except that daily exit signals may be given on it if approved by the supervising authorities. All alarm boxes, relay boxes and alarm box enclosing cases shall be fin- ished in red to distinguish them from other signaling apparatus. TROUBLE SIGNAIjS A trouble bell shall be provided in connection with each closed circuit, to ring continuously in case of weak batteries or an opening of the circuit. The bell, which shall be of an approved design of the vibrating type, must be placed in the engine room or other approved central point. At least four cells of open circuit battery of approved make and type shall be pro- vided for the bell. The bell and battery shall connect with the contacts of a relay having its magnet windings in series with each closed circuit. The armatures of all relays shall primarily depend on gravity for their operation, but operation may be assisted by springs if approved by the Board of Approval. MAINTENANCE The system shall be tested every morning immediately after the hour of starting work in the building to insure the system being in an operative condition. Daily dismissal signals, if permitted, shall not take the place of the test specified above. Each sending station shall be operated at least once every month to prove that mechanical and electrical equipment is in perfect working order. The use of the system for drill purposes may constitute a test of those parts of the system actually used. Industrial Code — Factokies 63 All apparatus requiring winding shall be rewound after each operation and kept in normal condition. A complete record shall be kept of the monthly tests and of all drills, which record will be subject to inspection by the supervising. authority, or their authorized agent. FIEE ALARM SENDING STATIONS AND OPERATING MECHANISM There shall be one or more fire alarm sending stations on each floor of the building and located in a natural path of escape from fire at a readily acces- sible point which always shall be kept clear. Sufficient sending stations shall be installed so that no point on any floor shall be more than 100 feet from the nearest sending station on that floor. Class A. — Where signal devices are operated mechanically, substantial cabinets of ample size shall enclose the •operating mechanism. All operating devices shall be of metal and shall i>e protected against corrosion and mechanical injury. The "pull" required at any sending station to operate system shall not exceed twenty-five (25) pounds. The operating mechanism shall have a factor of safety of not less than ten (10) based upon the maximum strain to which any part of the mechanism may be subjected. When pull wires or chains are used they shall be enclosed In rigid conduit. All pulleys, springs, cranks, expansion joints, and other vital parts of the system shall be placed in readily accessible position for inspection. Class B. — Stations shall have contact surface of sufficient capacity to carry the maximum current which may flow for at least one hour without appreciable heating. The contact shall be ample in size and mechanical strength in addition to the above requirement. These stations shall be of the break glass type arranged so that the break- ing of the glass permits the contacts to close automatically or may be other approved type. The contact shall be of the scraping type. All cur- rent carrying parts shall be insulated from parts of opposite or lower polarities in an approved manner, only ^approved insulating materials being used. The metal case enclosing the movement shall conform to the require- ments for Class C stations, except where inconsistent. Switches when used to transmit signals shall be constructed so as positively to break circuits at 100 per cent greater than the normal operating voltage. Class C. — Boxes shall be of an approved type and make and may be oper- ated by a lever or by breaking glass. The box should be so designed that when once started the proper transmission of a complete set of signals can- not be interfered with by manipulation of its starting devices. Each box shall be arranged to send a definite code of signals to indicate the floor or portion of same on which it is located. Not less than three taps or blasts shall be sounded at each revolution of the break wheel. Whenever fire alarm boxes are made a part of a system in which electro- mechanical gongs are employed, break wheels should be so designed that the signal duration shall be not less than one-half second with silent inter- val of not less than one-half second between signals, except between num- bers consisting of two or more digits and silent period between rounds. Lever boxes, except succession boxes, shall be designed to automatically wind when lever is pulled for alarm. All parts of the mechanism shall be of \^r ^""+ "'•ousTEiAL -uommission HOISTWAY Rule 471. — The hoistway for hand power freight elevators shall he guarded in the same maimer as hoistways for freight elevators, except as specifically exempted in Eule 473. Eule 472. — All hand power freight elevators, except sidewalk elevators, shall he equipped with a safety device that will immediately stop and hold the car with a full load if the ropes hreak, and with a hand operated brake operating in both directions, except that hand power freight elevators with a rise of more than 40' shall in addition be .provided with an automatic speed retarder. Safety devices shall be located below the car platform level and attached to the car frame, except that in the case of installations made between April 15, 1915, and the adoption of these rules, cross-head safeties may be accepted after inspection and approval by the Industrial Commission. This rule shall not apply to installations made prior to April 15, 1915. Rule 473. — -Slots not more than 10 inches wide and not less than 2, feet from the floor may be cut out of the hoistway enclosure in order to facilitate the operation of the pull rope from the landing floor. When the pull rope is located in front of the elevator entrance the enclosure gate shall be not less than 3' 6" high from the floor, provided that telltale chains not less than 4' long and 6" centers are suspended irom the bottom of the car platform across the full width of the opening. In existing installations the gates sliall be not less than 2' 6" high. SIDEWALK ELEVATORS POWEB DKEVEN Rule 474. — -(a) The ears of power driven sidewalk elevators hereafter installed shall be provided with a substantial metal bow not less than 6 feet high to open sidewallc doors, such doors to be automatic self-closing. (b) In existing and future installations it shall not be permissible to use bars or other means to hold sidewalk doors open when car is not at street level, unless the top and open ends are protected by a guard of wire mesh or slat construction. (c) In buildings erected before October 1, 1913, when a sidewalk elevator is located inside the building, the unprotected sides of hoistway must be enclosed at least 6 feet high at all landings. At each entrance there shall be provided gates or doors complying with the requirement of these, rules for freight elevators under the heading " Hoistway Gates and Doors." Where car is not provided with a top or bow irons mounted at the corners, the enclosure of the hoistway and gates at entrances thereto may be not less than 42 inches high at upper terminal. When sidewalk elevators are located outside of the building, the lower and intermediate landings shall be enclosed on all sides at least 6 feet high, except the loading sides. Loading -sides within the buildings shall be provided with gates or doors, as specified above. (d) In buildings erected after October 1, 1913, the hoistway if located inside the building shall meet the requirements of these rules for fireproof hoistways. (c) Hoisting chains or ropes may be used for sidewallc elevators, but the sheaves or dnuns for the ropes on power driven elevators of this type shall not be less than 10 inches in diameter. Industeial Code — Factories 97 COUNTERWEIGHTS Rule 475. — In future installation, all counterweights shall have their sec- tions strongly secured together with tie rods passing through all the sub= weights and at least one portion of the frame work. Counterweights at the bottom of the counterweight run shall he guarded on their exposed side with substantial metal shields made of not less than No. 16 U. S. standard gauge iron or steel plates, except where compensating chains are attached to the bottom of counterweights, shields will not be per- mitted. The height from the bottom of the pit to the top of the shields shall be not less than 6' 6" and the shields shall extend to within 18" of the bottom of the pit. Where the counterweight can be guarded on one side only, four telltale chains not less than 4' long shall be suspended from the bottom of the counterweight. Compensating ropes or chains attached to the counterweights will be accepted in lieu of telltale chains. Rule 476. — Where the counterweights run in Hie same hoistway as the car, and the back drum counterweights and the car counterweights run in the same guides they shall be protected on all sides on their uppermost position with shields of iron or steel of not less than No. 16 U. S. standard gauge, properly secured. Rule 477. — Counterweights that pass through the floors outside of the hoistway shall be guarded throughout their entire travel. DUMB WAITHES Rule 478. — (a) Existing hoistways in buildings erected before October 1, 1913, shall be provided with enclosures extending from the floor to a height not less than 6 feet on all sides not used for loading and unloading. The enclosure on the side or sides used for loading or unloading shall completely enclose the opening from the floor to a height of not less than 6 feet, except that portion necessary for the gates or doors. (h) Hoistways hereafter constructed in buildings erected before October 1, 1913, shall be provided with enclosures extending from the floor to a height not less than 6 feet on all sides not used for loading or unloading. The enclosure on the side or sides used for loading or unloading shall com- pletely enclose the opening from floor to ceiling, except that portion neces- sary for the gates or doors. (c) AU hoistway enclosures in buildings erected before October 1, 1913, shall be walls, mesh work, grille work, or slatted partitions. Wire mesh shall be not less than No. 10 U. S. standard gauge. Expanded metal shall be not less than No. 13 U. S. standard gauge. The openings shall not exceed 1% inches. Grille work shall be not more than 1% inches space between any two mem- bers, except where plain straight bars are used not filled in with scroll there shall not be more than 1 inch space between bars. Wood slats shall be not less than l^^ inches wide by % inch thick spaced not more than 1 inch between slats. All of the above shall be properly braced and securely fastened. Note.— In buildings erected after October 1, 1913, the hoistway shall be enclosed in fireproof partitions as specified in Sec. 79-a-6, and Sec. 79-f-5, of the Labor Law, as priated herein following rule 429. 4 9S jSIew Yoek State Indtjsteial Commission GATES OE DOOES Rule 479. — (a) For existing hoiatways in buildings erected before October 1, 1913, all openings in the boistway enclosure shall be provided with gates or doors not greater than the width and height of the car, except that one opening at the lowest terminal may have gates or doors of such width and height necessary for the installation of a car. (b) For new installations in buildings erected before October 1, 1913, all openings in the hoistway enclosure shall be provided with doors not greater than the width and height of the car, except that one opening at the lowest terminal may have doors of such width and height necessary for the installa- tion of a car. (c) For installations in buildings erected after October 1, 1913, all openings in the hoistway enclosure shall be protected by fire doors constructed as prescribed in section 79-f-6 of the iLabor Law and Eule 502 of the Industrial Code. (d) In existing installations in buildings erected before October 1, 1913, the gates or doors may be sliding or hinged. Hinged doors shall be equipped with an effective lock or latch. (e) In new installations in buildings erected before or after October 1, 1913, hoistway doors shall be self-closing or equipped with an interlock, electric contact or other approved device performing similar functions. Note. — It ia recommended that push button control dumb waiters be provided with a lock so arranged that a. door cannot be opened unless the car is opposite the landing. Rule 480. — In new installations the car shall be enclosed its full height on sides not used for loading or unloading. PUSH BUTTON ELEVATOES Rule 481. — Full automatic push button elevators hereafter installed shall be so designed and equipped that the car at its rated speed and load will auto- matically stop when the car floor is level with or not more than 3 inches above or below the designated landing floor. The car gates shall be equipped with electric contacts, as described in Rule 440, or other approved device performing similar functions, to prevent the operation of the car if any of the car gates are open. The hoistway doors shall be equipped with interlocking devices, as described in Eules 439-440 to prevent the operation of the car when any hoistway door is open or unlocked. Emergency release described in Rule 441 will not be required in either case. The hoistway doors shall be so' arranged that they cannot be opened until the floor of the car is brought to rest within 3 inches of the designated landing, nor after the ear leaves a landing, except in an emergency. Keys shall be provided for imlocking auei doors from the outside in case of emergency. A signaling device shall be provided in the car for the purpose of notifying the persons in charge of the premises, in case the car becomes stopped in the hoistway from any cause. GUIDE RAILS Rule iSZ. — In future installations, guide rails for both car and counter- weights of all elevators shall be of iron or steel except that for freight eleva- Industrial Code — Factories 99 tors with a rise not exceeding one hundred (100) feet and u, speed not in excess of one hundred (100) feet per minute^ wood guide rails may be installed. Cast iron shall not be used for guide rails. Guide rails shall be securely fastened with iron or steel brackets or their equivalent, of such strength, design and spacing that the guide rails and their fastenings shall not deflect more than one-fourth (14) inch under normal operation ; they shall withstand) the application of the " safety " when stopping a fully loaded car or the counterweight. The guiding surface of the guide rails for elevators requiring " safeties " shall be finished smooth and joints shall be tongued and grooved or doweled. The guide rails shall extend to the level of or above the overhead beams and shall be " bottomed " on suitable supports. Tlie weight of steel or iron guide rails shall be not less than as given in the following table: WEIGHT OF GUIDE RAILS PER LINEAL FOOT Total weight of car with live load for car guide rails; or weight of each set of counterweight guide raik, per pair of raila Weight of each car guide rail Weight of each counterweight guide rail With or without guide rail safeties With guide rail safeties Without guide rail safeties Pounds Founds per foot Pounds per foot Pounds per £oot Above Up to and including 4,000 15,000 4,000 16.000 40,000 II 30 11 30 n 14 The size of wood guide rails, where permitted, shall be not less than given in the following table: SIZE OF WOOD QinDE RAILS Total weight of car with live load per pair of rails. Maple guide rails Yellow pine guide rails Each rail Pounds Pounds Sectional ^area, inches Minimum dimensions, inches Above Up to and including Above Up to and including 6,000 10,000 12,500 6,000 10,000 12,500 17,500 4,500 7,000 9,000 11,000 28,000 4,500 7,000 9,000 11,000 28,000 43,000 S 7 12 21 33 4S 1' 4 5 6 ESCALATOES HEREAFTER INSTALLED Rule 483. — (a) Angle of Inclination: The angle of inclination of an esca- lator shall not exceed thirty (30) degrees from the horizontal. (b) Width: The width of all escalators shall be measured between balustrading at a vertical height of 24 inches above the nose line of treads. 100 New Yoek State Industrial Uommission ( 1 ) No escalator shall have a width less than 22 inches and the width shall not be greater than 29 inches unless a horizontal tread formation is utilized, (o) Load: The load capacity of an escalator shall he determined as follows : (1) For width up to and including 29 inches, the load capacity in pounds equals 110 times the horizontally projected length of incline in feet. (2) For widths greater than 29 inches, the load capacity in pounds equals 6 times the width in inches times the horizontally projected length of incline in feet. (d) Speed: The speed of an escalator shall not exceed 100 feet per minute. (e) Drive: Each escalator shall preferably be driven by an independent electric motor, but imder no circumstances shall more than two escalators be driven by one motor, and the latter arrangement shall only he permissible when the two escalators are placed so close together as to be practically a imit. (f) Chains: The chain or chains used for driving escalator treads shall be of sufficient strength to have a total safety factor of not less than ten (10) when the escalator is operating at its load capacity. (g) Handrails: All escalators shall be equipped on both sides with moving handrails operating at the speed of the escalator and in the same direction of travel. (h) Balustrading: Each escalator shall be enclosed on each side from the handrail to the escalator treads. These enclosures shall on the escalator side be smooth, without depressed or raised paneling or moulding. There shall be no jogs or abrupt changes in width between the enclosing sides. Should any change in width be necessary, same must not be more than 8 per cent, of the greatest width and the enclosing sides shall be moulded to such change in width at an angle not greater than 15 degrees from the line of escalator travel. (i) Electric Brake: Every escalator drive shall be provided with an elec- trically released mechanically applied brake which shall automatically and immediately stop the escalator when the circuit is opened. (j) Emergency Stops: There shall be a button or other type of switch located in a conspicuous position at the top and at the bottom of each esca- lator and accessible to the public. The operation of either one of these buttons or switches shall cause interruption of the power supply, application of the brake and stoppage of the escalator. Under no circumstances shall the arrangement he such that these buttons or switches can be used to start the escalator. (k) Safety Pawls or Safety Mechanism: Each escalator operated in the ascending direction shall be equipped with a safety pawl or safety mechanism at or near the lower landing, and applied to the upper line of the escalator chain. This safety pawl or mechanism shall under all circumstances prevent accidental reversal of motion of the escalator. On a reversible escalator this safety pawl or mechanism must be ao arranged as to be made inoperative when the escalator is operating in the Industrial Code — Factories 101 descending direction and operative when the escalator is used in the ascend- ing direction. The releasing device must be so interlocked with the starting device that the escalator can only be started in the direction for which the safety pawl or mechanism has been set. The safety pawl or mechanism shall be equipped with a contact, the opening of which upon operation of the safety will cause the interruption of the power supply, application of the electric brake and stoppage of the motor. (1) Excess Voltage Relay: The starter of a descending or reversible escalator operated -by a direct-current motor must be provided with an excess- voltage relay arranged to stop the escalator in case of excessive voltage of the motor armature. (m) Tread Guards: Every escalator must be provided with a stationary metal guard directly underneath and along the whole' length of the upper line of the escalator treads. (n) Strength of Truss or Girder: The lower end of the escalator truss or girder shall be of sufficient strength to safely retain the escalator treads with the maximum passenger load, should the tread chain break. (o) Track Arrangement: The track arrangement for guiding the escalator treads shall prevent the displacement of the upper line of treads in case the tread chain breaks. HOISTS Rule 484. — (a) In buildings erected before October 1, 1913, floor openings, of hoistways used for raising or lowering freight by means of a sling or hook shall be enclosed on all sides by a standard railing with toe board or vertical enclosure not less than 42 inches high, set not to exceed 12 inches from' the hoistway line. For the requirements of standard railing and vertical enclosures see Eule 418. Where trap doors are used, they shall be capable of sustaining a load of not less than 50 pounds per square foot when closed and so arranged to be opened and closed without entering enclosures. (b) In buildings erected after October 1, 1913, hoistways used for raising or lowering freight by means of a sling or hook shall be enclosed throughout their height as prescribed in section 79-a, subdivision 6, and section 79-f, subdivision 5, of the Labor Law. (c) In existing installations where it is necessary to maintain a passage- way under a hoist, in a stairway, hallway or exit, there shall be provided at the lowest terminal, a substantial floor or bulkhead capable of sustaining a load of not less than 100 pounds per square foot, and so located to provide head room of not less than 6 feet, 6 inches from the floor of the passageway. That portion of the passageway directly under a hoist not located in a stairway, hallway or exit, shall be enclosed on all sides by a standard rail- ing when hoist is in use. In future installations no hoist shall be permitted to descend into a hall- way, stairway or exit. (d) Riding on any material, hoist, or sliding down hoisting ropes, or chains, is prohibited. A notice to this effect shall be posted. (e) Hoisting ropes and chains shall be of sufficient strength to sustain four 102 JNTew Yoek State Industrial Commission times the load carried; defective hoisting equipment shall be removed and shall he so damaged that it cannot be again used. Note.— Wherever possible, the use of chains for hoisting purposes shall be avoided. Wire rope slings being preferable to chain slings, it is recommended that plow steel rope of six strands, nineteen wires to the strand, with hemp core be used. Manila rope when used should consist of the best quality long fibre hemp, and should be used only for comparatively light loads. (f) Slings shall be carefully and symmetrically placed about loads, proper hitches being made, so there will be no opportunity for the load to slip or tip. (g) No load, regardless of its weight shall be allowed to descend at an excessive speed. RULES 5CK>-513: FIREPROOF AND FIRE-RESISTING MATERIAL — FACTORY CONSTRUCTION AND TESTS [Under authority of Labor Law, § 79-f, aubd. 2 ; adopted October 29, 1914 ; effeo- tive November 15, 1914 ; tfta State Industrial Commission issues pamphlet lists 0} approved floor, roof and partition construction: the first of these lists, published January 1, -igio, has been completed to April 1, 1917, and repub- lished.] SPECIFICATIONS OF FIREPROOF MATERIALS Floors and Roofs ISupplementary to Labor Law, % 79-a, eubd. 1, % 79-f, subd. 1 ; for standard test see Rule 508 ] Rule 500. — All floors and roofs shall be constructed of steel or reinforced concrete beams and girders filled in between with (a) Segmental brick arches, having a rise of not less than 1 inch per foot of span, and a thick- ness of 4 inches and 8 inches respectively, for spans less or greater than 6 feet; (b) Or, hard burned, semi-porous or porous terra cotta hollow tile arches, with shells not less than % inch thick and webs not less than % inch thick, and laid in Portland cement mortar, and having an effective depth of not less than IV2 inches per foot of span in the case of flat arches, and a rise of not less than 1 inch per foot of span in the case of segmental arches. Segmental arches shall be not less than 6 inches in thickness; fiat arches shall be not less than 8 inches in thickness; (c) Or, reinforced stone concrete, consisting of one (1) part Portland cement and not more than sis (6) parts of a properly proportioned aggre- gate consisting of sand and stone passing a 1-inch ring, and not less than i inches thick in the case of floors, and not less than 3% inches thick in the case of roofs designed in accordance with the current regulations suggested in the report of the joint committee on concrete and reinforced concrete of the American Society of Civil Engineers, American Society for Testing Materials, American Railway Engineers Association and the Association of American Portland Cement Manufacturers; (d) Or, any form of construction not less than 4 inches thick in the case of floors and not less than 3% inches thick in the case of roofs which shaJl have passed successfully a standard four-hour fire, load and water test. FlKEPEOOr Pabtitions [Supplementary to Labor Law, % 79-a, subds. 3, 6, § 79-f, subds. 1, 5 ; for standard test see Rule 509 ] Rule 501. — Fireproof partitions when specified by the provisions of the Labor Law shall be built of (a) Brick or concrete not less than 8 inches in thickness for the upper- most 40 feet, increasing 4 inches in thickness for each additional lower 40 feet or part thereof; or when supported at vertical intervals of not over 40 feet, not less than 8 inches in thickness throughout their entire height; (b) Or, terra cotta bloclcs as described in Rule 500 not less than 6 inches in thickness, supported at vertical intervals of not over 25 feet; (c) Or, reinforced stone concrete of the same mixture as required for floors and roofs described in Rule 500 not less than 4 inches in thickness, supported at vertical intervals of not over 25 feet; 104 New Yoek State Industrial Commissioit (d) Or, reinforced cinder concrete consisting of one (1) part Portland cement and not more than seven (7) parts of a properly proportioned aggre- gate of sand and cinders, not less than 4 inches in thickness, supported at vertical intervals of not over 18 feet; (e) Or, any form of construction, when safely supported, which shall have successfully passed a standard three-hour fire and water test. The supporting steel framework of all partitions shall be properly encased on all sides with not less than 2 inches of fireproof material, securely fastened to the steel work. The reinforcement shall be protected by not leas than % inch of fireproof material on each side. All fireproof partitions shall be properly braced at the floor levels, through which they pass. FntE Doges IFor huiliUngs erechd after October 1, 1913 ; supplementary to Laior Law, § 79-a, auid. 6, § 79-f, subd. 6 ; for standard test see Rule 510 ] Rule 502. — Fire doors in buildings erected after October 1, 1913, when specified by the provisions of the Labor Law for elevator and stairway enclosures and openings in fire walls, are doors of any of the following materials and form of construction: (a) Tin clad. — Three thicknesses of %-inch dressed, tongued and grooved white pine or other non-resinous wood board not more than 8 inches wide, securely clinched with wrought iron nails, and covered with 14-inch by 20-inch sheets of terne plate of at least 1 C. quality, joints locked full % inch and nailed under seams with at least 12% gauge flat head, full barbed wire nails, 2 inches long. (b) Plate iron. — Wrought iron or steel plates at least 3/16 inch thick, having 2-inch by 2-inch by %-inch angle iron stiles and rails, center rails and center stiles on one face, or 3-ineh by %-inch flat bar stiles and rails on both faces; no unstiffened panel shall be more than 9 square feet in area; all parts shall be securely riveted with %-inch iron rivets. (c) Composite. — A skeleton framework of at least 1%-inch by 14, -inch channels, angles or T's covered on both sides with at least %-inch wrought iron or siteel plates, filled siolid with mineral fibre, asbestos, gypsum or other incombustible material. (d) Or, any form of door construction that shall have successfully passed a standard one hour fire and water test. (e) Fire doors in buildings erected after October 1, 1914, for other than stairway and elevator enclosures and openings in fire walls, are doors which shall meet the requirements of Rule 507-c. All fire doors shall be provided with approved self-closing devices and approved incombustible sills, frames and hardware, or, in lieu of frames, shall lap the sides and top of openings at least 4 inches. Sliding doors shall lap the sides and top of openings at least 4 inches. The name of the manufacturer shall be placed on every fire door in such manner as to be easily seen when door is in place. FiBEPRoop Windows IBapplementar]/ to Laior Law, § 79-a, subd. 6, § 79-f, lubd. 7 ; far itandard Utt see Rule 611 ] Rule 503.— Fireproof windows when specified by the provisions of the Labor Law are stationary or self-closing windows of wired glass, with selvage removed, not less than %. inch thick, with panes not greater than 720 square Industeial Code — Factoeies 103 inches, nor more than 48 inches in any dimension, each pane of glass set between stops and rabbets at least % inch deep with bearings of at least % inch at all points, with incombustible material for weather-proofing. The frames for holding the wired glass shall not exceed 5 feet by 9 feet between supports, and frames and sash shall be constructed of (a) Masonry. — That is, the glass may be set directly in the masonry opening, with bearings other than in muntins at least 1^ inches at all points; (b) Or, hollow-sheet metal at least No. 24 U. S. standard gauge galvanized iron, or 20-ounce copper. The several parts of the frames and sash to be of one piece of metal where possible. All joints to be made with interlocking seams, or riveted or brazed in a substantial manner. No soldered joints to be used in essential parts; (c) Or, wrought iron or steel of the following minimum dimensions, frames 3%-inch by %-inch flat iron, welded or riveted; sash 1%-inch by 1%-inch by %-inch angle iron, welded at corners; muntins 1%-ineh by 1%-inch by %-inch T-iron, welded to each other at each intersection and to the stiles and rails. Stops holding the glass in the frames to be 1-inch by 1-inch by %-inch angle iron, fastened with bolts, so that they can be removed for reglazing; (d) Or, metal covered. — Wood covered with at least 24 U. S. standard gauge galvanized iron, or 20-ounce copper. The several parts of the frames and sash to be covered with one piece of metal where possible. All joints to be made with interlocking seams, or riveted, or brazed in a substantial manner. No soldered joints to be used in essential parts. The metal to be continuous around all parts of the frame and sash, behind all beads, and must be turned back between the frame and masonry on both faces for at least 1 inch and be securely fastened to the frame by flat head, full barbed wire nails not less than % inch long. (e) Or, any form of frame and sash that shall have successfully passed a standard three-qua/rter hour fire and water test. MuUions dividing fireproof windows shall in all cases be either solid masonry at least 12 inches wide outside face or I beams not less than 5 inches in depth or other metal section of equal strength, fireproofed with at least 2 inches of fireproofing, the metal frames to be securely attached to the reinforcing members. Where movable sash is used, it shall close automatically by the failure of a fusible link, or by other approved means of effecting closure. The name of the manufacturer shall be placed on every fireproof window in such manner as to be easily seen when window is in place. FIEE-RESISTING MATEEIAL [Supplementarv to Labor Law, § 79-b, suM. 2 ; for staniard test see Rule 512] Stairway Enclosttbes Rule 504. — (a) Any form of fireproof partition as previously defined. (b) Any form of partition construction that has successfully passed a standard one hour fire and water test; (c) Or, wood studs not less than 2 inches by 4 inches lathed each side with at least No. 24 U. S. standard gauge metal lath and plastered with Portland cement mortar finishing at least % inch thick on each side; 106 iNew Yoek State Indcsteial Commission (d) Or, wood studs not less than 2 inches by 4 inches properly bridged to support filling and filled in with mineral wool, asbestos, gypsum, or other similar incombustible material, packed to density of at least 25 lbs. per cubic foot, or cinder fill one to ten mix, covered on each side with plaster board, or asbestos board, at least % inch thick, and plastered with Portland cement mortar, finishing at least 1% inches thick, including board thickness, or covered on each side with metal lath or wire netting nailed directly to the studs, and plastered with Portland cement mortar, finishing at least % inch thick; (e) Or, wood studs not less than 2 inches by 4 inches filled in with masonry four inches thick, and plastered on each side with Portland cement mortar finishing at least % inch thick; (f) Or, existing wood stud, lath and plaster partitions, stripped of all wood base and other trim and covered with at least No. 24 U. S. standard gauge metal lath on each side, firmly secured to the studs by staples through the existing lath, and plastered on each side with Portland cement mortar, finishing at least % inch thick. (g) Any form of partition construction that has successfully passed a standard one hour fire test. Rule 505. — Fire-resisting partitions shall be continued through wood floors or shall extend from the upper side of the wood floor in any story to the underside of the wood floor and timbers in the story above to which they shall be safely secured, and shall form, with the fire-resisting doors, floors and ceilings, an unbroken fire-resisting protection, separating the stairway and exit passageways from the non-fire-resisting portions of the building. In unfilled wood stud partitions, the space between the beams shall be fire stopped by approved fire-resisting materials. In general, fire-resisting partitions shall be self-supporting or safely sup- ported on fireproofed steel or reinforced concrete beams, girders and columns, or upon wood beams, girders and columns made fire-resisting by approved fire-resisting materials. In special cases, in existing buildings, where the fire-resisting partitions are not in a vertical line, they may rest upon wood beams and girders, pro- vided, that all the header and trimmer beams supporting said partitions are made fire-resisting by approved fire-resisting materials on that portion where the extreme fibre stress exceeds three-quarters of the safe allowable working stress. Wire glass not less than M, inch thick will be permitted in fire-resisting partitions and doors when set in stationary fireproof sash and frames, not exceeding, however, 360 square inches for any single pane of glass and not exceeding 720 square inches on any story. Provided that in each case, the approval for the use of wire glass is given by the Commissioner of Labor. Rule 506. — Fire-resisting partitions, now in place, constructed in sush man- ner and of such fire-resisting material, as have heretofore been approved by the local authorities exercising supervision over the construction and altera- tion of buildings, will be accepted when complying with iSie following requirements : (a) Each side of existing partition covered with %-inch approved plaster board protected by not less than 26 U. S. standard gauge metal, both nailed to the woodwork. Ikdusteial Code — Factories 107 (b) Each side of the existing partition covered with 2 thicknesses of %-inch approved asbestos board with staggered seams, provided that where in the opinion of the Commissioner of Labor protection is necessary against mechanical injury, such protection shall be provided. (c) And in buildings not over 6 stories in height existing wooden par- titions, double thickness, %-inch board covered on both sides with 20 U. S. standard gauge metal, or with 26 U. S. standard gauge metal with lapped seams. FiBE DOOBS IFor buildings erected prior to October 1, 1913 ; supplementary to Labor Law, % 79-b, subds. 2, i, § 79-f, subd. 6 ; for standard test see Rules 510, 513] Rule 507. — Fire doors in buildings erected prior to October 1, 1913, when specified by the provisions of the Labor Law are doors of the following materials and form of construction: (a) Any form of fire door as previously defined in Eule 502; (b) Any form of fire door that has been heretofore installed which shall meet the approval of 'the Commissioner of Labor; (c) Or, any door that shall have successfully passed a one-hour fire test. (See Eule No. 513.) All fire doors shall be provided with approved self-closing devices and approved incombustible sills, frames and hardware or, in lieu of frames, shall lap the sides and top of openings at least 4 inches. Sliding doors shall lap the sides and top of openings at least 4 inches. The name of the manufacturer shall be placed on every fire door in such manner as to be easily seen when door is in place. Standakd Tests Note. — In Rules 508 to 513, following, are given the methods of conaucting tests to determine the flre-reslstlng qualities of various materials and forms of construction used In building practice. These methods are stated In full detail, as to the construction of the test huts or chambers, the method of conducting tha teats and recording the results of same, In order to fully set forth for Immediate use the course of procedure to be followed for the purpose of obtaining the approval of any new material or form of construction. However, the Industrial Board may recognize tests and methods of testing, other than those hereinafter specified, when the same are of equal severity, and when duly authenticated records of such tests are submitted. To be acceptable, such other tests shall have been arranged on scientific lines and conducted at laboratories of recognized standing by disinterested scientific men. All reports of such tests shall state the facts and occurrences, and shall be accompanied with tables, diagrams, illustrations and a log of the test in sufficient detail to give an accurate description of the test specimen, a complete record of the skilled conduct of the test and the effect of the test upon the construction under observation. A list of the professional men In attendance shall accompany each report. ITEST OF FIEEPEOOF FLOORS AND EOOP, CONSTaTHTnOW ISee Rule 500] Rule 508. — The test structure may be located at any place convenient to the applicant subject to the approval of the Industrial Board, where all the neces- sary facilities for properly conducting the test are provided. The entire expense of the tests is to be sustained by the applicant. It is understood that the workmanship and materials in the test structure 108 IISTew Yoek State Indtjbteial Commission represent ordinary conditions, constructed as in actual practice, with the quality of material ordinarily used in that system as in a finished floor. If the proposed construction is approved, the standard of workmanship and material is to be maintained in any and all work thereafter constructed. The maximum thickness of fireproof protection upon the exposed parts of the beams and girders of the system tested must be maintained thereafter in actual installation. The walls of the test structure may be constructed of any material and thickness that will carry the imposed load and safely withstand and confine the fire for the required time. The floor or construction to be tested shall form the roof of the test structure. At a height of not less than 2 feet 6 inches nor more than 3 feet above the groimd level, a, metal grate, properly supported, shall be provided, covering the whole inside area of the building. In the walls below this grate level, draught openings shall be provided, as many as possible, furnishing openings with an aggregate area of not less than 1 square foot for every 10 square feet of grate surface. Means for tem- porarily closing these openings should be provided. In the wall, immediately above the grate level, a firing door, 3 feet 6 inches by 5 feet high, must be provided in the side of the building at right angles to the floor beams. A second door must be added when the span of the floor slab under test exceeds 10 feet. Flues should be supplied at each of the corners, and oftener in case of a test structure exceeding 250 square feet of grate surface, with suflicieut open- ing to insure a proper draught, securely supported and disposed at the sides of the structure in such manner as not to rest on the floor under test. In no case should a flue area be less than 180 square inches. The horizontal dimensions of the test structure will depend upon the number and the span of the systems under consideration. The clear span of the floor beams is to be not less than 14 feet. The distance between floor beams, or span of slab, may be varied according to the design of the system to be tested, and should be as near as possible to usual practice. The under- side of the construction under test must be not less than 9 feet 6 inches nor more than 10 feet above the grate level. The construction to be tested should be designed for a working load of 150 pounds per square foot. The load is to be uniformly distributed in segregated piles without arching effect, and is to be carried on the floor during the fire test. The floor may be tested as soon after construction as desired but within forty days. Artificial drying will be allowed if desired. No plastering shall be applied to the underside of the floor construction under test. The floor shall be subjected for four hours to the continuous heat of a fire of an average temperature of not less than 1700° F. ; the fuel used being either oil, wood, gas, or other fuel, so introduced as to cause an even distri- bution of heat throughout the test structure. When fuel other than wood is used, modifications in the test oven above described may be made, subject to the approval of the Industrial Board. Industrial Code- — ■ Factories 109 The temperatures obtained shall be measured by means of standard pyrometers, under the direction of an experienced person. The type of pyrometer is immaterial so long as its accuracy is secured by proper stand- ardization. The temperature should be measured at not less than two points when the main floor span is not more than 10 feet and one additional point when it exceeds 10 feet. Readings at each point are to be taken every thr«e minutes. The heat determination shall be made at points directly beneath the floor so as to secure a fair average. At the end of the fire test a stream of water shall be directed against the imderside of the floor, discharged through a 1%-inch nozzle, under 60 pounds nozzle pressure, for five minutes, the nozzle being held not more than 3 feet from the firing door during the application of the water. The hose stream shall be played backward and forward over the entire under surface of the floor under test. The top of the floor is then flooded at low pressure for five minutes, after which the water is again applied to the underside at 60 pounds nozzle pressure for five minutes longer. The actual water pressure obtained must be accurately determined at the nozzle by means of nozzle stream Pitot tube with pressure gauge. After the floor has suflSciently cooled the load on the same shall be in- creased to 600 pounds per square foot, uniformly distributed in segregated piles without arching. Deflection readings shall be taken before starting the fire test, during the fire test, at maximum load and after release of load. The test shall not be regarded as successful unless the following conditions are met. No fire or a considerable volume of smoke shall pass through the floor during the fire test; the floor must safely sustain the loads prescribed; the permanent deflection must not exceed one-eighth inch for each foot of span in either slab or beam. In case the system satisfactorily withstands the tests prescribed in this article and approval is granted for its use in this State, the maximum span that could be used in practice must not exceed that of the arch as tested, and the live loads must not exceed 150 pounds per square foot. No increase of capacities or change in details of construction will be permitted because of shorter spans being used. If the approval of greater live loads than 150 pounds per square foot for any construction or the approval of any material change in detail is desired, further tests will be required. Whenever so directed by the Industrial Board, the owner or constructor at his own expense, shall cause to have made load and other tests to prove the quality of the workmanship and materials employed in the fireproof floor or roof installation in any building. The floor arches shall in all cases develop in thirty days after erection a, strength equal to twice the live load they are designed to support without signs of failure. The loads shall consist of such material and shall be so placed as to form a uniformly distributed load on the entire area to be tested, without arching efi'ect. Test loads shall ' remain in place at least twenty-four hours. All floor construction which shows signs of failure when tested, as herein described, shall be condemned by the Industrial Board and shall be replaced by the owner or contractor by approved floors. 110 [New Yoek State Indtjstbiai, Commission All tests intended to comply with the above specifications shall be cott ducted by a competent, disinterested authority approved by the Industrial Board. Reports on all such tests, whether the construction is approved or disapproved, shall be placed on file in the Department of Labor. These reports shall state the facts and occurrences, and shall be accompanied with tables, diagrams, illustrations and a log of the test in sufficient detail to give an accurate description of the test specimen, a complete record of the skilled conduct of the test and the effect of the test upon the construction under observation. A list of the professional men in attendance shall accompany each report. In all cases where the materials or devices are submitted to the Industrial iBoard by an applicant for approval of the same and are disapproved after test or examination by the Industrial Board, the applicant shall be entitled upon request, to a copy of the report of such test or examination. TEST OP KIKEPEOOF PAETITION CWNSTETTOTIOIf [/gee Bale 501] Rule 509. — The test structure may be located at any place convenient to the applicant subject to the approval of the Industrial Board, where all the necessary facilities for properly conducting the test are provided. The entire expense of the tests is to be sustained by the applicant. The test structure shall be of such design that the construction to be tested shall form at least one side of the structure. The ends, roof, and foundations of the structure may be of materials and design that will with- stand and confine the fire within the test structure for the required time. At a height of not less than 2 feet 8 inches nor more than 3 feet above the ground level, a metal grate, properly supported, shall be provided, cover- ing the whole inside area of the building. In the walls below the grate level, draught openings shall be provided, as many as possible, furnishing openings with an aggregate of not less than 1 square foot for every 10 square feet of grate surface. Means for temporarily closing these openings shall be provided. Immediately above the grate level, in one of the end walls of the structure, a firing door 3 feet 6 inches wide by 5 feet high must be provided. Flues shall be supplied at each of the corners, and more often for a test structure with more than 250 square feet of grate surface, with sufficient opening to insure a proper draught. In no case shall a flue area be less than 180 square inches. The size of the test structure will depend on the area of the partition con- struction to be tested. In no case shall the side wall construction in which the test partition is erected be less than 9 feet 6 inches high, nor less than 14 feet 6 inches long. This entire area must be above the level of the grate bars, and within such dimensions, must not be reinforced or braced in any manner other than is done as an inherent and essential part of the system of construction. The edges may be supported in any manner representing the conditions of support in good practice. It is understood that the workmanship upon the partitions represents that obtaining in common practice and that the material is of a quality ordinarily Industeial Codts — Factoeies 111 used in that method of partition construction. If the proposed construction 13 approved the standard of workmanship and material is to be maintained in any and all work thereafter produced. The length of time intervening between the construction of the test wall and the time of the test, in order to allow the material to dry out, may vary with the different makes, and generally will be at the discretion of the applicant, but should not exceed thirty days. Artificial drying may be resorted to. The construction to be tested shall be subjected for three hours to the con- tinuous heat of a fire, rising in temperature to 1700° F. by the end of the first half hour, and maintained at an average temperature of 1700° F. for the balance of the test; the fuel used being either wood, gas, oil, or other fuel, so introduced as to cause an even distribution of the heat throughout the test structure. When fuel other than wood is used, modifications in the test oven above described may be made subject to the approval of the In- dustrial Board. The temperature obtained shall be measured by means of standard pyrom- eters under the direction of an experienced person. The type of pyrometer is immaterial so long as its accuracy is secured by proper standardization. The temperature should be measured near the center of the test structure about 6 inches below the roof or ceiling, and also at the center of each partition under test about 7 feet above the grate level. In case the partition under test is more than 15 feet long, additional pyrometers shall be used, symmetrically disposed and not more than 12 feet apart. Temperature read- ings at each point shall he taken every three minutes, and the average used as the controlling temperature. At the end of the fire test, a stream of water shall be directed against the construction under test, discharged through a 1%-inch nozzle, under 30 pounds nozzle pressure for two and one-half minutes, the nozzle being held within 2 feet of the firing door and the hose stream being played backward and forward over the entire fire side surface of the partition under test. The actual water pressure obtained shall be accurately determined at the nozzle by means of a nozzle stream Pitot tube with pressure gauge. The test shall not be regarded as successful unless the following conditions are met: No fire or a considerable volume of smoke shall pass through the partition during the fire test; the partition must safely sustain the pressure of the hose stream; the approval of the construction under test may be withheld if the partitions should warp or bulge to an extent deemed dangerous by the Industrial Board. It is suggested, although not obligatory, that a chamber be constructed on the unexposed side of the partition under test which will permit of easy access to the person or persons conducting the test, in order to obtain useful data upon radiated heat and facilitate observations upon the passage of Ere or smoke. All tests intended to comply with the above specifications shall be con- ducted by a competent, disinterested authority approved by the Industrial Board. Reports on all such tests, whether the construction is approved or disapproved, shall be placed on file in the Department of Labor. These reports should state the facta and occurrences, and shall be accompanied with tables, 112 OSTew York State Industrial Commission diagrams, illustrations and a log of the test in sufiBcient detail to give an accurate description of the test specimen, a, complete record of the skilled conduct of the test and the effect of the test upon the construction under observation. A list of the professional men in attendance shall accompany each report. In all cases where the materials or devices are submitted to the Industrial Board by an applicant for approval of the same and are disapproved after test or examination by the Industrial Board, the applicant shall be entitled, upon request, to a copy of the report of such test or examination. TEST OF FIBE DOCES [Subject to Rule 5C2J Sule 510. — The test structure may be located ai cny place convenient to the applicant subject to the approval of the Industrial Board, where all the necessary facilities for properly conducting the test are provided. The test structure shall be of such design that the door construction to be tested shall form the covering of an opening in at least one side wall of the structure. The doors shall be himg or otherwise erected as in practice. The ends, roof and foundations of the structure may be of materials and design that will safely withstand and confine the fire within the test structure for the required time. The entire expense of the tests is to be sustained by the applicant. At a height not less than 2 feet 6 inches nor more than 3 feet above the ground level, a metal grate, properly supported, shall be provided, covering the whole inside area of the building. In the walls below the grate level, draught openings shall be provided, with an aggregate area of not less than one square foot for every ten square feet of grate surface. Means for temporarily closing these openings shall be provided. Immediately above the grate level, in one of the end walls of the structure, a firing door 3 feet 6 inches by 5 feet high must be provided. Flues should be supplied at each of the corners, and more often for a test structure with more than 250 square feet of grate surface with sufiBcient dpening to insure a proper draught. In no case shall a flue area be less than 180 square inches. It is understood that the workmanship upon the doors and fittings repre- sents that obtaining in common practice and that the material and fittings are of a quality ordinarily used in that method of door construction. If the proposed construction is approved the standard of workmanship, material and fittings is to be maintained in any and all work thereafter produced and constructed. The size of the test structure will depend on the area of the door con- struction to be tested. In no case shall the side wall construction in which the test door is erected be less than 9 feet 6 inches high nor less than 14 feet 6 inches long. This entire area must be above the level of the grate bars. Swinging or eliding doors which lap the edges of the wall shall be in- stalled on the fire side of the wall. Doors which swing and close into rabbets shall open toward the fire. The size of door to be tested shall be not less than 5 feet by 7 feet for the ordinary type of sliding door and for swinging doors the size shall be not less than 3 feet by 7 feet. Industrial Cods — Factomes 113 The door construction to be tested shall be subjected for one hour to the continuous. heat of a fire, rising in temperature to 1700° F. by the end of the first half hour, and maintained at an average temperature of 1700° F. for the balance of the test; the fuel used being either -wood, gas, oil, or other fuel, so introduced as to cause an even distribution of the heat throughout the test structure. When fuel other than wood is used, modifications in the test oven above described may be made subject to the approval of the Industrial Board. It is recommended that the test specimen be equipped vpith an automatic self-closing device or a fusible link attachment which will effect closure by the action of the temperature in the test structure. The temperature obtained shall be measured by means of standard pyrom- eters under the direction of an experienced person. The type of pyrometer is immaterial so long as its accuracy is secured by proper standardization. The temperature should be measured near the center of the test structure about 6 inches below the roof or ceiling and also at least two points in the wall in which the test door, or doors, are erected at a distance from an edge of the opening not greater than 1 foot and not less than 4 feet from the grate level. A temperature reading in the door or doors themselves is optional, as well as is the record of the heat conducted through the door or doors. Temperature readings at each point shall be taken every three minutes and the average used as the controlling temperature. At the end of the fire test, a stream of water shall be directed against the construction under test, discharged through a 1%-ineh nozzle, under 30 pounds nozzle pressure for two and one-half minutes, the nozzle being held within 2 feet of the firing door and the hose stream being played backward and forward over the entire fire side surface of the door or doors under test. The actual water pressure obtained shall be accurately determined at the nozzle by means of a nozzle stream Pitot tube with pressure gauge. The test shall not be regarded as successful unless the following conditions are met: No fire or a considerable volume of smoke shall pass through the door or doors during the first test; the doors must safely sustain the pres- sure of the hose stream; the approval of the construction under test may be withheld if the door or doors should allow flames to pass about their edges or if they warp or bulge to an extent deemed to be dangerous by the Industrial Board. It is suggested, although not obligatory, that a chamber be constructed on the unexposed side of the wall in which the door or doors are erected, which will permit of easy access to the person or persons conducting the test, in order to obtain useful data upon radiated heat and facilitate observa- tions upon the passage of fire or smoke. All tests intended to comply with the above specifications shall be conducted by a competent, disinterested authority approved by the Industrial Board. Reports on all such tests, whether the construction is approved or disap- proved, shall be placed on file in the Department of Labor. These reports should state the facts and occurrences, and shall be accompanied with tables, diagrams, illustrations and a log of the test specimen, a complete record of the skilled conduct of the test and the effect of the test upon the construction under observation. A list of the professional men in attendance shall accom- pany each report. 114 New Yoek State Industkial i^ommission In all eases where the materials or devices are submitted to the Industrial Board by an applicant for approval of the same and are disapproved after test or examination by the Industrial Board, the applicant shall be entitled, upon request, to a copy of the report of such test or examination. TEST OF ITBEPBOOF WINDOWS [See Rule 503] Rule 511. — The test will comply in every detail to that required for the acceptance of a fireproof door, except that the window shall be subjected for three-quarters of an hour, instead of one hour, to the continuous heat of a fire, rising in temperature to 1600° F. by the end of the first half-hour and maintained at an average temperature of 1600° F. for the balance of the test. It is understood that the size of wall opening in which the test window is installed represents that obtaining in common practice, and that the size of the frame and sash to be used, if the test is successful, will not be greater in any dimension than in the test window. Also with the following exceptions in regard to automatic closing: It is recommended that the test specimen be equipped with an automatic self-closing device or a fusible link attachment which will effect closure by the action of the temperature in the test structure. The test shall not be regarded as successful unless the following conditions are met: No fire or a considerable volume of smoke shall pass through the window during the fire test; the window must safely sustain the pressure of the hose stream; the approval of the construction under test may be withheld if the window should allow flames to pass about its edges or if it warps or bulges to an extent deemed dangerous by the Industrial Board. TEST OF ITRE-EESISTING PABTITIONS [See Rules 504-5061 Rule 512. — The test will comply in every detail to that required for the acceptance of a fireproof partition except that the wall shall be subjected for one hour instead of three hours to the continuous heat of a fire rising in temperature to 1700° F. by the end of the first half hour and maintained at an average temperature of 1700° F. for the balance of the test. The water application will be omitted. TEST OF ITRE DOGES ISuhject to Rule 507] Rule 513. — The test will comply in every detail to that required for the acceptance of a fire proof door except that the door or doors shall be sub- jected for one hour to the continuous heat of a fire, rising in temperature to 1700° F. by the end of the first half hour and maintained at an average temperature of 1700° F. for the balance of the test. The water application will be omitted. RULES 700-723: REMOVAL OF DTJST, GASES AND FUMES FROM FACTORIES [.Adopted May 5, 1915 ; effective May 15, 19i5.] A. ETILES FOR GRINDING, POLISHING AND B.UFFING WHEELS [Supplementary to LaT>or Law, § 81, su6d. 2] I. Hoods Rule 700. — Every grinding, polishing and buffing wheel, except such wheela as are used in the manufacture of articles of gold and platinum, shall be pro- vided with a hood connected by means of a pipe to an exhaust fan or other suction device, in such manner as to carry away the dust and refuse thrown off by such wheel to some receptacle so placed as to receive and confine the dust. Every such hood shall be made of metal or other suitable material and be of such form and so located in relation to the grinding surface of the wheel that the dust and refuse therefrom will fall into or be drawn into the hood and be carried oS by the pipe attached to it. An emery wheel which is used occasionally by workmen for grinding tools used in the shop shall not be required to be so equipped, provided it has a hood, casing or other device to prevent particles from being thrown upon the operator. Every grinding wheel upon which water is used at the point of grinding contact shall be simi- larly guarded, but connection with an exhaust shall not be required iinlesg dust is thrown off from such wheel. Every hood shall be so constructed as to expose the smallest portion of the wheel consistent with efficient operation, and its free edges shall be turned back or faced to prevent injury to the hands of workmen. Where there is likelihood that the hood may scratch the work, the edges of the hood should be covered with leather or other suitable covering. The Commissioner may modify the requirements of this rule for machines of special types for which it proves impracticable to provide hoods. XL Size op Bkanch Pipes Rule 701. The minimum sizes of the branch pipes for different sized emery or other grinding wheels shall be as follows throughout their entire length: Diameter of Wheels 6" or leas, not over 1" thick ......... 7" to 9" inclusive, not over 15" thick 10" to 10" inclusive, not over 2" thick. 17" to 19" inclusive, not over 3" thick. 20" to 24" inclusive, not over 4" thick . 25" to 30" inclusive, not over 5" thick. . Marimum Minimum grinding diameter surface. of branch square pipe in inches inches 19 3 43 3i 101 4 180 45 302 5 472 6 If a wheel is thicker than given in the above table, or if a disc is used, it shall have a branch pipe not smaller than is called for by its grinding surface as above specified. m.=;i 116 iNEw York State Indtjsteiai, UOMMissioif Rule 702. — The mmuniua sizes of branch pipes for different sized buffing oi' polishing wheels shall be as follows throughout their entire length: DiAMBTBB OF WhSBLS MaTrimiim Minimum polishing diameter surface. of branch square pipe in inches inches 19 3i 75 4 151 4J 251 5 377 5J 565 6i 6" or less, not over V thick 7" to 12" inclusive, not over 2" thick 13* to 16" inclusive, not over 3* thick 17" to 20" inclusive, not over 4" thick 21" to 24" inclusive, not over 5" thick 25" to 30" inclusive, not over 6" thick If a wheel is thicker than given in the above table, it shall have a branch pipe not smaller than is called for by its polishing surface as above specified. In old installations, however, the Commissioner may approve modifications of Rules 701 and 702, provided that the static suction as required in Eule 704 is maintained and the dust and particles are effectively removed. Buffing wheels six (6) inches or less in diameter used for jewelry work may have a three (3) inch branch pipe. III. Size of Matn Pipes and Fan Inlets and Outlets Eule 703. — The area of the main suction pipe at any point shaU be not less than the combined areas of the branch pipes entering it between such point and the tail end of the system, and the increase shall be carried proportion- ately throughout the entire length of the main pipe, except that in systems installed previous to the adoption of these rules, the Commissioner may approve a main suction pipe smaller than the combined areas of such branch pipes and without proportionate increase, provided that static suction as required in Rule 704 is maintained, and that dust does not settle in the main. The inlet and outlet of the fan or casing and the discharge pipe throughout its entire length shall be at least equal to the main pipe at the fan inlet. The main suction pipe should preferably receive only one (1) branch in a section of uniform area, whenever space permits, and in no case should it receive more than two (2) branches in such a section. It is recommended that the main suction pipe should be twenty per cent (2090) greater than the combined areas of the branch pipes. Note. — Compare table on p. 122, post. IV. Suction Rule 704. — Sufficient static suction shall be maintained in every branch pipe within one (1) foot of the hood to produce a, difference of level of at least two (2) inches of water between the two (2) sides of a U-shaped tube. Test shall be made by placing one end of a rubber tube over a small hole made in pipe, the other end of tube being connected to one side of U-shaped water-gauge. Such test shall be made with all branch pipes open and un- obstructed. IndtjSteial Code — Factories 117 V. Abbanqement and Consteuction of Pipes Rule 705. — Every branch pipe shall enter the main pipe at top or side and at an angle not exceeding forty-five (45) degrees; it shall incline in the direction of the air flow at junction with the main. Branch pipes shall not project into the main. Every branch pipe shall lead out of the hood as nearly as possible at the point where the dust will naturally be thrown into it by the wheel. In the case of undershot wheels (i. e., when the top of the wheel runs toward the operator), the main suction pipe should be back of and below the wheels, and as close to them as practicable. The main suction and discharge pipes shall be made as short and with as few bends as possible. They should be not less than six (6) inches above the floor at every point, or at least six (6) inches below any ceiling they may run under. Eule 706. — Every lap in piping shall be made in the direction of the air flow and every enlargement in the size of pipe shall be made on a taper and not by an abrupt change. Every bend, turn or elbow shall be made with a radius in the throat at least equal to one and one-half (1%) times the diameter of the pipe on which it is connected. It is recommended, however, that every such bend, turn or elbow should be made with a radius in the throat of twice the diameter of the pipe on which it is connected, wherever space permits. In future installations the main suction pipe shall be blanked off with removable cap. Rule 707. — In future installations all pipes shall be constructed of not less than the following gauge metal : Gauge Siie of pipe. o' metal 8'or less in greatest dimension 24 9*-20'' in greatest dimension 22 21''-30" in greatest dimension 20 30' and upwards 1* All elbows should be made of metal two (2) gauges heavier than the pipe on which they are connected. Flanges and hoods for the protection of grinding wheels shall be con- structed according to the rules for dangerous machinery. Rule 708. — In a tenant factory the owner shall install or permit the tenant to install the main and branch pipes as required by these rules between the floor occupied by the tenant and the roof and ground floor of such building. VI. Clean-Out Doobs Rule 709. — Every main pipe, both suction and discharge, shall be provided with clean-out doors so spaced as to allow the pipe to be thoroughly cleaned. VII. Dampers and Fiee Doges Rule 710. — Branch pipes may be equipped with shut-off dampers which may be closed when the wheel is not in use. Every such damper shall be of the sliding type and shall be kept open whenever the wheel is in operation. The stove pipe or butterfly type of damper will not be permitted for branch pipes. 118 JSTew Yoek State Iitdhstbial Commissiok Eule 711. — Every pipe shall be kept open and unobstructed throughout its length, and no fixed screen may be placed in it. The use of a trap at the junction of the hood and branch pipe is recommended, provided it is not allowed to fill up with dust. Rule 712. — Pipes shall be provided with fire doors as required by the rules on fire protection. Eule 713. — Every exhaust system shall at all times be kept in good repair and clean condition, and operated in conformity with these rules while the machinery for which it is provided is in use. VIII. Ventilation Kule 714. — No air outlet from a dust collector shall discharge into any work- room, except when an approved separator is used which eflfectually removes all dust from the air. No permanent inlets for air shall be allowed in any workroom which will subject the employees to any draft or local current of air more than ten (10) degrees below the general temperature of the room. IX. Belts Rule 715. — Every belt or strap used for grinding, polishing or buffing shall be equipped, as far as practicable, with an exhaust system so designed and attached that it will carry off the dust at its point of origin. X. Plans Rule 716. — Duplicate plans or drawings made in ink to scale, or prints of such scale drawings, and specifications, showing location and size of all hoods, main and branch pipes, fans and dust separators, and wheels, and the kind of work for which they are to be used, may be filed by the owner or contractor with the Commissioner for examination and approval, as to design, whenever an exhaust system is to be installed, extended or altered. The employer or contractor, upon completion of any installation, shall notify the Commissioner and the test specified in Eule 704 shall be obtained by him before the system is approved. B. Machines Creating Dust or Fumes Rule 717. — Every machine used for cutting, drilling, dressing and polishing stone, glass or mother-of-pearl, or for picking, carding or garnetting fibrous substances or shoddies, shall be provided with a hood connected by means of a pipe to an exhaust fan or other suction device. Every pot used for melting lead or metal compounds in any process of manufacture shall be provided with a hood connected by means of a pipe to an exliaust fan or other suction device or such hood shall be connected to a flue having efficient natural draft. Every such hood shall be so located in relation to the machine that the dust, refuse or fumes therefrom will fall into or be drawn into the hood and be carried off by the pipe attached to it. Thia rule shall not apply to portable machines. NEW YORK STATE INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION DEPARTMENT OF LABOR BUREAU OF INSPECTION DIVISION OF ENGINEERING Ul Indxtstbial Cobe — Factoeies 119 C. FUMES, VAPORS OR GASES ISwpplementar'y to Labor Lmi>, % 86, subd. 2] Suie 718.— All fumes, vapors and gases emitted or created in or in connec- tion with any process of manufacture composed of acrolein hydrochloric acid amyl acetate hydrofluoric acid arseniuretted hydrogen mercury or salts of mercury carbon tetrachloride salts of lead chromium and chromium, salts nitric acid formaldehyde methyl alcohol hydrocyanic acid sulphuric and sulphurous acid ammonia phosgene amylic alcohol phosphorus and its compounds carbon bisulphide zinc and its compounds chlorine shall be removed by means of auction devices as far as practicable at their point of origin. Rule 719. — Every workroom in which carbon monoxide is emitted or created in or in connection with any process of manufacture shall be pro- vided with such ventilation that the carbon monoxide shall not exceed one- half part in ten thousand volumes of air in any occupied part of such workroom. Rule 720. — All gas piping and connections used in the process of manu- facture shall be kept tight and free from leaks. D. Lead Dusts and Fumes Rule 721. — Every work or process in the manufacture or use of white lead, red lead, litharge, sugar of lead, arsenate of lead, lead chromate, lead sul- phate, lead nitrate or fluo-silioate, or in the manufacture of pottery, tiles or porcelain enameled sanitary ware, including the corroding or oxidizing of lead, and the crushing, mixing, sifting, grinding and packing of all lead salts or other compound's shall be so conducted, and such adequate devices pro- vided and maintained by the employer as to protect the employee, as far as possible, from contact with lead dust or lead fumes. Every kettle, vessel, receptacle or furnace in which lead in any form above enumerated is being melted or treated, and any place where the contents of such kettles, re- ceptacles or furnaces are discharged, shall be provided with a hood so con- structed and located that the dust or funaes will be drawn into it, and con- nected with an efficient air exhaust; all vessels or containers in which dry lead in any chemical form or combination above enumerated is being con- veyed from one place to another within the factory shall be equipped, at the places where the same are filled or discharged, with hoods having connection with an efficient air-exhaust; and all hoppers, chutes, conveyors, elevators, separators, vents from separators, dumips, pulverizers, chasers, dry-pans, other apparatus for drying pulp lead, dry-pans dump, and all barrel packers and cars or other receptacles into which corrosions are at the time being emptied, shall be connected with an efficient dust-collecting system. Such system shall be regulated by the discharge of air from a fan, or other apparatus, either through a cloth dust-collector having an area of not less than one-half (1/.) square foot of cloth to every cubic foot of air passing through it per 120 New York State Industeial OommisSioit minute, the dust-collector to be placed in a separate room which no employee shall be required or allowed to enter, except for essential repairs, while the works are in operation; or such other apparatus as will efficiently remove the lead dusts from the air before it is discharged into the outdoor air. Rule 722. — The employer shall provide, and renew when necessary, at least two (2) respirators of approved type for each employee who is engaged in any work or process which produces lead dusts. Rule 723. — Duplicate plans or drawings made in ink to scale, or prints of such scale drawings, and specifications, showing location and size of all hoods, main and branch pipes and fans and the kind of work for which they are to be used, may be filed by the owner or contractor with the Com- missioner for examination, whenever an exhaust system is to be installed, extended or altered, under the rules of subdivisions B, C and D. The employer or contractor, upon completion of any installation, shall notify the Commissioner, and a test to determine its efficiency shall be made by him before the system is approved. EECOMMBNDATIONS Eecommendations for the size of the cyclone separator or dust collector are hard to give, as the separator must he proportioned to suit operating conditions, light dusts requiring a larger separator than heavy dusts. The following table,, repro- duced from the catalog of a prominent separator manufacturer, gives dimensions of separators stated to be suitable for metallic dusts and wood shavings. A separator should be selected the area of whose inlet is at least as large as the area of the discharge pipe from the fan. For light buffing dusts, lint, etc., the air outlet from the top of the separator should be so large that the velocity of discharge will not exceed 300 to 480 feet per minute ; a separator should be selected of which the other dimensions are proportionate. The air outlet should be provided with a proper canopy or elhow to exclude the weather but should be otherwise unob- structed. There should be ample clearance under the separator for the accumula- tion or storage of the dust which should never be allowed to pile up as high as the bottom of the separator. To give a sample illustration, the appended drawing shows an exhaust system laid out in conformity with these specifications for eight 14-inch emery wheels. For eight 14-lnch buffing wheels, the branch pipes would have to be not less than 4% inches in diameter, and the increased size of the main suction duct and the fan determined in accordance with Eule 703. The main discharge pipe and the cyclone separator should be considerably larger for buffing wheels than for emery wheels. [Note. — The reference and dimension letters on the drawing are merely for the convenience of our inspectors in reporting on exhaust systems.] Industeial Codk — Factories 121 DUST SEPARATORS .9 1" Openings in Sepasatok Dimensions of Separator .3 f bo a 1 Diameter of fan outlet in inches .0 h C/3 •s.s III Sua Q iii m a ^•s.a ^lll 1^- °.a .3 30 38 38 or SO 63 78 9S or 113 133 or IS4 177 301 or 337 3S4 383 or 346 380 41S or 4S3 491 S3I S73 631 660 707 7S4 or 804 85S 908 963 1,017 or I,07S 1,134 1,194 or 1.356 1,330 six 9 3 xioj 3ixI3 4ixl6 5 X18 Six 31 6ix34 7 X27 S X3a 8ix33 9 X3S 9 X40 10 X41 ioix43 11 X4S II X48 II X SI iiixS4 13 XS7 13 x6o I3ix63 13 x66 I3i X 69 14 X73 I4i X 7S 15 X78 ISixSl 16 x84 33 33 47 73 90 IIS IS6 189 340 373 31S 360 410 4SI 49S 538 S6i 621 684 720 807 858 933 1,008 i,o87 i.170 I,3SS 1,344 8J 10 13 IS 17 30 23i 36 28 31 33 36 39 41 44 46 49 S3 SS S8 61 67 70 73 76 79 S3 78 133 176 337 314 433 S3I 61S 754 8SS 1,017 1,194 i,330 1,520 1,662 1,885 3,133 2,375 3,643 3,933 3,317 3,525 3,848 4,i8S 4,S36 4,901 S,28l 3 4 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 II II 13 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 29i 35 i 4ii 47i S3i 'S9i 6si 7li 77i 83i S9i 93i 97i loii 105 109 113 117 131 125 I39i 133 137 141 I45i I49i iS3i IS7i 14 iSi I8i 31 23 26 29 32 35 38 41 46 47 49 51 54 57 60 tl 69 73 75 78 81 84 87 90 36i 32i 37i 43i SO 56 6ii 67i 72i 77i 82J 85i 89 93 97 99 103 109 III IIS Il8i 123 136 139 I33i I37i i4ii 14s i 70 I::::::::: or 8 140 I7S 10 24s II or 12 3IS or 39S 490 i6 or 17 S7S 18 . 7IS or 87S 21 930 1,000 or 1,093 31: 1,455 si::::::::: 1,600 27 1,700 28 .. 1,855 29 2.03s 2,ISS 3,350 33 2,430 2.555 2,745 or 37 2,900 3,06s 39 3,235 3,39S Note: It should be distinctly understood that the above table is reproduced merely for the convenience o£ any who may wish to refer to it and that the Department of Labor assumes no responsibility whatever for the proper working of any separator selected or proportioned in accord- ance therewith. 122 New Yoek State Industrial Commission With reference to Rule 703, p. 87, ante, the following table gives the diameter in Inches of the main suction duct at any point for any number of unlform-siaa branch pipes when the area of the main at any point is made equal to the com- bined areas of the branch pipes preceding that point plus twenty per cent (20%) — the minimum required by these specifications : Number of branch pipes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 H 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Diameter of branch pipes in inches 8.484 3i 4i 5} g* 7t 8i 8i 9i 9| 10| 11 Hi lU 12i 12} 13i 13! 14 141 14} ISi 15i 15} 16J 16J 16} III 17} 18 3 3i 4 4i 5 5i 6 6i 7 Area of each branch pipe in square inches 7.07 9.62 12.566 15.9 19.635 23.758 28.274 33.183 38.485 Area of each branch pipe plus 20 per cent (square inches) 11.544 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15' 15l 16} 16 17 171 18 18i 18J 19} 191 20 20f 20 1 21 15.08 4} ^ 71 8} 9} 10} 111 12} 13} 13i 14} 15} 15} 16J 17 17} 18} 18} 19i 191 20} 201 21} 21} 22 22} 22} 23} 23f 24 19.08 23.562 28.51 33.93 39.82 •5 7 8} 9J 11 12} 13} 14 14} 15} 16} 17} 17} 18} 19i 19} 201 21 21} 22 22 23 23 24 24 26 25 26 26 27 5} 7} 9} 11 12} 13} 14} 15} 16} 17} 18} 19 19} 20} 21} 22 22} 23} 23} 24} 25} 25} 26} 26} 27} 28 28} 29 29} 30 10} 12} 13} 141 16 17} 18} 19} 20 20} 21: 22 23 24 24 25 26 27 271 28} 29 29} 30} 30} 31} 32 32} 33 6 9 11 13 14- 16- 17 18 19 20: 21 22- 23 24 25 26 27; 27- 28 29 30 30; 31 32' 32- 33} 34 34: 35 36 7} 10} 12} 14} 16 17} 18} 20} 211 22} 231 24} 25f 26} 27} 28} 29} 30} 31} 31} 32} 33} 34} 34} 35} 36} 37 37J 38} 39 46.182 7} 10} 13} III 18} 20} 21} 23 24} 25} 26f 27} 28} 29} 30} 31} 32t 33| 34} 35} 36 36! 37} 38} 39} 39} 40f 41i 42 RULES 800-850: STEAM BOILERS IN FACTORIES, MINES, TUNNELS AND QUARRIES [Supplementary to Labor Law §§ 91 and 124; adopted June 5, 1917; ejfee- tive as to part published here, July 1, 1917; revised and readopted, effective July 1, 1920; only the part of the boiler code governing the inspection and maintenance of steam boilers is published here} the omitted part, namely paragraphs 1-377' and 410-430 of Rule 850, pertains solely to construction and installation and beeame effective January 1, 1918; separate copies of the entire boiler code may be obtained upon application. '\ Inspectiok of Steam Boilers Rule 8oo. — All boilers used for generating steam or heat which carry a steam pressure of more than fifteen pounds to the square inch, shall be subject to a regular internal and external inspection at least once each year. No such boiler shall be used until after an internal and external inspection has been made by the Industrial Commission or a duly authorized insurance company, as required by section 91 of the iiabor Law. No owner, and no user, shall use or cause to be used, or permit to be used, such boiler until after a certificate of inspection has been issued showing the boiler to be safe for the steam pressure allowed, said certificate to be posted as provided in Rule 809 of this Code. Rule 8oi. — Whoever owns, uses or causes to be used a portable boiler subject to inspection, as provided in section 91 of the Labor Law, shall report the location of such boiler to the Industrial Commission, or to the boiler insur- ance company insuring such boiler, thirty days prior to the expiration of the certificate of inspection of such boiler. Rule 8o2. — The owner or user of the boiler or boilers herein required to be inspected, shall, on a, date specified by the Industrial Commission or an authorized insui-ance company, which shall be not less than fifteen days after date of such notice, unless by consent of the owner, prepare the boiler for internal inspection, or hydrostatic pressure test if necessary. To prepare a boiler for internal inspection, the water shall be drawn off and the boiler thoroughly washed. All manhole and handhole plates and washout plugs in boilers and water column connection shall be removed, and the furnace and combustion chambers thoroughy cooled and cleaned. Enough of the brick work shall be removed to determine the condition of the boiler, furnace or other parts, at each annual inspection, if necessary. The steam gage shall be removed for testing. If a boiler has not been properly prepared for internal inspection as pro- vided for in this rule, the inspector may decline to make such inspection and certificate shall be withheld until the boiler has been properly prepared and inspected. Rule 803. — If it is found that steam or hot water is leaking into the boiler, the source of such leakage shall be disconnected and so drained as to cut out such steam or hot water from the boiler to be inspected. Rule 804. — If the boiler is jacketed so that the longitudinal seams of shells, drums or domes cannot be seen, and if it cannot 'Otherwise be de- termined, enough of the jacketing, setting wall or other covering shall be removed so that the size and pitch of the rivets and such other data as may be necessary can be determined at first data inspection. 124 New Yoek State Industrial Commission Rule 805. — ^In preparing a boiler for hydrostatic test, the boiler shall be filled to the stop valve. If boiler to be tested is connected with other boilers that are under steam pressure, such connection shall be blanked off unless there be double stop valves on all connecting pipes, with an opea drain between. Inspection by Insueance Company Rule 806. — All boilers subject to periodic inspection by duly authorized insurance companies shall be exempt from regular annual inspection by the Industrial Commission on the following conditions: a. The insurance companies' regulations shall conform with these Rules. b. The insurance companies' inspectors who inspect boilers operated in this state shall hold certificates of competency issued by the Indus- trial Commission, as hereinafter provided. c. Keports and certificates of inspection shall be made upon forms approved by the Commission, and a certificate of inspection shall be issued when the boiler is found to conform in all respects with these Eules. d. A copy of all internal and external inspection reports shall be filed with the Commission within twenty-one days after the inspection is made. e. Insurance companies, whose inspectors hold certificates of competency, shall immediately report to this Commission the name of the owner or user, and the location of every boiler on which insurance has been refused, cancelled or discontinued because of existing dangerous defects and shall within a reasonable time report all other refusals, can- cellations or discontinuances. Ceeheicate of Competency Rule 807. — Certificates of competency and conamission as an inspector of steam boilers shall be issued to persons in the employ of duly authorized boiler insurance companies who pass a written examination as to their knowledge of the construction, installation, maintenance and repair of steam boilers and their appurtenances. Provided, however, that a person holding a certificate of competency as an inspector of steam boilers for a state that has a standard of examination equal to the standard set by the Industrial Commission of the State of New York, may upon written request of a duly authorized boiler insurance company, by whom such person is employed, be granted a certificate of com- petency and a commission as an inspector of steam boilers for the State of New York without further examination. The commission shall be retained by the insurance company and shall be immediately returned to the Industrial Commission when the inspector ceases to be employed by the said company. Inspectors' certificate shall be issued by the Industrial Commission upon recommendation of an examining board appointed by the Industrial Commission, composed of one representative of each of the following interests: a representative of boiler manufacturers, the duly authorized boiler insurance companies, the operating engineers, the Boiler Inspection Division of the Industrial Commission, and such others as the Industrial Commission may designate. Certificates of competency and commission issued to boiler inspectors may bo revoked upon ten days' notice to the inspector and to the employer of such Industrial Code — I actoeies 125 inspector, for incompetency or untrustworthiuess, for wilful falsification of any matter or statement contained in his application, or in any report of any inspection, or for other sufficient reasons; but the holder of such cer- tificate of competency shall be entitled to a hearing before the Industrial Commission before the revocation of said certificate. [Note : Cancellation of the commission of an inspector under this rule does not disqualify him from employment by a city exempted from the commissioner's supervision by Labor Law, § 91. Letter of Attorney-General, July 27, 1920.] Rule 8o8. — An applicant who fails to pass an examination shall not be granted a new examination until after the expiration of ninety days. Geneeal Rule 8og. — When a certificate of inspection has been issued it shall be con- spicuously posted under glass in the boiler or the engine room. The cer- tificate of inspection for a portable boiler shall be on the premises where the boiler is being operated and shall be accessible at all times. Rule 8io. — In case a defect affecting the safety of a steam boiler is dis- covered, the owner or user of the boiler shall immediately discontinue the boiler from service and notify the Industrial Commission. An inspection shall be made and a certificate of inspection issued before the boiler is again placed in service. Rule 8ii. — 'Any boiler in this state at the time these rules take effect, if hereafter installed, may be operated after a thorough internal and external inspection and a hydrostatic pressure test and a certificate issued. The maxi- mum allowable working pressure on such boiler shall be determined as provided in par. 378 of [Rule 850. The equipment of such boiler shall be in accordance with Pars. 269 to 328, inclusive, except Pars. 323 and 324.* In all cases where repairs and replacements are made or new fittings or appurtenances installed, the material and workmanship shall be in accord- ance with Part I, Section 1. In replacing fire or water tubes they shall be in accordance with Pars. 250, 251 and 252.* ; Rule 8i2. — Xo boiler shall be operated at a pressure in excess of the safe working pressure [allowed by the annual inspection certificate, which pressure is to be ascertained by means of these rules. Rule 813. — (a)> A single boiler, or two or more boilers connected to a common steam main and allowed the same pressure; the minimum size of safety valve for each boiler shall be governed by the pressure allowed, as stated in the certificate of inspection, and by the grate area of the boiler. (b) When two or more boilers which are allowed different pressures, are connected to a common steam main, the miinimum size for each safety valve shall be governed by the pressure allowed, as stated in the certificate of inspection, and by the grate area of the boiler; and all safety valves shall be set a pressure not exceeding the lowest pressure allowed. The a,ggre- gate valve area shall not be less than that required for .the aggregate grate area, based on the lowest pressure allowed, as shown by the table. (c) When two or more boilers which are allowed different pressures, are connected to a common steam main, and all safety valves are not set at a pressure not exceeding the lowest pressure allowed, the boiler or boilers • This is a reference to provisions omitted here but appearing in separate boiler code issued as Bulletin No. 14. 126 ■ISTew York State Inditstimal Commission allowed the lower pressures shall each be protected by a safety valve or valves placed on the connecting pipe to the steam main; the area or com- bined area of the safety valve or valves placed on the connecting pipe to the steam main shall not be less than the area of the connecting pipe, except when the steam main is smaller than the connecting pipe, when the area or combined area of safety valve or valves placed on the connecting pipe shall not be less than the area of the steam main. Each safety valve placed on the connecting pipe shall be set at a pressure not exceeding the pressure allowed on the boiler it protects. Rule 814. — N"o person shall remove or tamper with any safety appliance prescribed by these rules, and no person shall in any manner load the safety valve to greater pressure than that allowed by the certificate of inspection. Rule 815, — If there are valves in the connection between water column and boiler, at least one steam gauge shall be connected directly to steam space of boiler, with but one cock between said gage and boiler. Rule 816. — The discharge of safety valves, blow-ofi pipes, or other out- lets, shall be so located that there will be no danger from scalding. Rule 817. — Safety valves, try cocks, water column and water blow-offs on boilers, operated at a pressure of more than fifteen (15) pounds to the square inch, shall be tested daily when the boiler is in operation. Rule 818. — All patches on a boiler shell or drum, whkh exceed twenty- four inches in length, measured on a line parallel to the longitudinal seam, and between the center lines of the extreme rivet holes, shall be calculated for safe working pressure from said patch seam, the efficiency of which shall be determined in the usual manner. The efiiciency of the patch seam may then be increased by multiplying said efficiency by a factor which is deter- mined by the angularity of the inclined patch seam to the girth seam, accord- ing to the following table: Angle Factor Angle 30 degrees i . 51 50 degrees 35 " 142 55 " 40 " 1.34 60 " 45 " 1-27 65 " Factor 1.20 I. II 1.08 Rule 819. — A table of areas of grate surfaces, in square feet for other than direct spring-loaded safety valves, follows : Maximum Presaure Allowed Per Zero to Over 25 to Over 50 to Square Inch on the Boiler 25 Lbs. 50 Lbs. 100 Lbs. Diameter of Valve, in Inches Area of Valve, in Square Inches Area of Grate, in Square Feet 1 .7854 1.50 1.75 2.00 li 1.2272 2.25 2.50 3.00 u 1,7671 3.00 3.75 4.00 2 3.1416 5.50 6.50 7.25 2J 4.9087 8.25 10.00 11.00 3 7.0686 11.75 14.25 16.00 3i 9.6211 16.00 19.50 21.75 i 12.5660 21.00 25.50 28 25 a 15.9040 26.75 32.50 36.00 6 19.6350 32.75 40.00 44.00 Industrial Codi: — Factories 127 Rule 820. — A table of areas of grate surfaces, in square feet, for direct spring-loaded safety valves on boilers installed prior to July 1, 1920, follows : 75 100 160 160 200 240 W= ■w= W= W=^— W= W= 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 P= 40 P= 65 P= 115 P= 140 P= 190 P= 240 A=.401 A=.329 A=.297 A=.244 A=.224 A=.213 Maximum P r es s ur e Zero Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over allowed per Sqxiare to 25 to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 200 Inch on the Boiler Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds Pounds Diameter Area of of Valve, Valve, in Area of Grate, in Square Feet in Inches Square Inches 1 .7S54 2.00 2.50 2.75 3.25 3.5 3.75 11 1.2272 3.25 4.00 4.25 5.00 5.5 5.75 IJ 1.7671 4.50 5.50 6.00 7.25 8.0 8.50 2 3.1416 8.00 9.75 10.75 13.00 14.0 15.00 2J 4.9087 12.50 15.00 16.50 20.00 22.0 23.00 3 7.0686 17.75 21.50 24.00 29.00 31.5 33,25 Si 9.6211 24.00 29.50 32.50 39.60 43.0 45.25 4 12.5680 31.50 38.25 42.50 51.50 56.0 59.00 a 15.9040 40.00 48.50 53.50 65.00 71.0 74.25 5 19.6350 49.00 60.00 68.00 80.00 88.0 92.25 Rule 821. — When the conditions exceed those on which the table (Bule 819) is based, the following formula shall be used for boilers installed prior to July 1, 1920: WTO A=: X 11. A = Area of direct spring-loaded safety valve in square inches per square foot of grate surface. W = Weight of water in pounds evaporated per square foot of grate surface per second. P = Pressure (absolute) at which the safety valve is set to blow. If more than one safety valve is used, the minimum combined area shall be in accordance with the table. Rule 822. — All boilers condemned after an inspection by the Chief Engineer in charge of boiler inspection shall be discontinued from service. Such boilers shall have distinctly stamped thereon CONDEMNED N. r. STATE I. G. in a location as specified in Par. 333 of Rule 850. Rule 850.— (Paragraphs 378-409.) EXISTING INSTALLATIONS PART II Masimum Allowable Woeking Pressure 378. The maximum allowable working pressure on the shell of a boiler or drum shall be determined by the strength of the weakest course, computed 128 New York State Industrial Commissioit from the thicknesa of the plate, the tensile strength of the plate, the eflBciency of the longitudinal joint, the inside diameter of the course and the factor of safety allowed by these rules. T8 XtXE ■ = maximum allowable working pressure, lb. per sq. in. BXF8 where T/Si = ultimate tensile strength of shell plates, lb. per sq. in. t = thickness of shell plate, in weakest course, in. E *= eflBciency of longitudinal joint, method of determining which is given in Par, 181, of these Kules. R = inside radius of the weakest course of the shell or drum, in. F8 = factor of safety allowed by these Eules. 379. The factor of safety for boilers, the longitudinal joints of which are of butt and double strap construction shall be not less than the following: 4 for boilers not over 10 years old, 4% for boilers over 10 and not more than 20 years old. At the beginning of each five year period thereafter, the factor of safety shall be increased by not less than five-tenths, provided, however, that after a thorough internal and external inspection and a hydrostatic pressure test to one and one-half times the pressure allowed, during which no distress or leakage develops, the pressure allowed may be continued at a factor of safety of five. In no case shall the maximimi allowable working pressure on old boilers be increased, unless they are being operated at a lesser pressure than would be allowable for new boilers, in which case the changed pressure shall not exceed that allowable for new boilers of the same construction. The owner or user of such boiler shall prepare the boiler for hydrostatic pressure test by uncovering all riveted joints. 380. The factor of safety for boilers, the longitudinal joints of which are of lap riveted construction, shall be not less than the following: 4>4 for boilers not over five years old. 4% for boilers over Ave and not more than ten years old. 4% for boilers over ten and not more than fifteen years old. 5 for boilers over fifteen and not more than twenty years old. At the beginning of each five-year period thereafter, the factor of safety shall be increased by not less than five-tenths, provided, however, that after a thorough internal and external inspection and a hydrostatic pressure test to one and one-half times the pressure allowed, during which no distress or leakage develops, the pressure allowed may be continued at a factor of safety of five. The owner or user of such boiler shall prepare the boiler for hydrostatic pressure test by uncovering all riveted joints. 381. Second-hand boilers, by which are meant boilers where both the owner- ship and location are changed, shall have a factor of safety of at least 51^ by the formula Par. 378 unless constructed in accordance with the Rules contained in Part I, when the factor shall be at least 5. 382. Cast-iron Headers and Mud Drums. The maximum allowable working pressure on a water tube boiler, the tubes of which are secured to cast-iron Industrial Codk — Factoeies 129 or malleable iron headers, or whicli have cast-iron mud drums, shall not exceed 160 lbs. per sq. in. 383. Steam Beating Boilers. The maximum allowable working pressure shall not exceed 15 lbs. per sq. in. on a boiler used exclusively for low pres- sure steam heating, and such boiler shall be equipped with a low pressure spring safety valve, set to blow off at not exceeding 15 lbs. per sq. in., and low pressure steam gage graduated to 30 lbs. 384. The shell or drum of a boiler in which a, typical " lap seam crack " is discovered along a longitudinal riveted joint for either butt seam or lap joints shall be permanently discontinued for use under steam pressure. By " lap seam, crack " is meant the typical crack frequently found in lap seams extending parallel to the longitudinal joint and located either between or adjacent to rivet holes. Strength of Matftrtat.s 385. Tensile Strength. When the tensile strength of steel or wrought-iron shell plates is not known, it shall be taken at 55,000 lbs. per sq. in. for steel, and 45,000 lbs. per sq. in. for wrought-iron. 386. Strength of Rivets in Shear. In computing the ultimate strength of rivets in shear the following values in poimds per square inch of the cross- sectional area, of the rivet shank shall be used: Iron rivets In single shear 38,000 Iron rivets in double shear 76,000 Steel rivets in single shear 44,000 Steel rivets In double shear 88.000 The cross-sectional area shall be that of the rivet shank after driving. 387. Crushing Strength of Mild Steel. The resistance to crushing of mild steel shall be taken at 95,000 lbs. per sq. in. of cross-sectional area. TABLE 10 — SIZES OF RIVETS BASED ON PLATE THICKNESS Thickness of plate Diameter of rivet after driving Thickness of plate Diameter of rivet after driving 4- A' A' 55' 3" B W iV !• r H° i'." a- i- iV r «» if iS' lA' liV 388. Rivets. When the diameter of the rivet holes in the longitudinal joints of a boiler is not known, the diameter and cross-sectional area of rivets, after driving, may be ascertained from Table 10 (-Par. 387, above), or by cutting out one or m^ore rivets in the body of the joint. Sapettt Valves fok Power Boilers 389. The safety valve capacity of each boiler shall be such that the safety valve or valves will discharge all the steam that can be generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise more than 6 per cent above the maximum allowable working pressure, or more than 6 per cent above the high- est pressure to which any valve is set. 390. One or more safety valves on every boiler shall be set at or below the maximum allowable working pressure. The remaining valves may be set . within a range of 3 per cent above the maximum allowable working pressure, but the range of setting of all of the valves on a boiler shall not exceed 10 per cent of the highest pressure to which any valve is set. 130 iNew Yoek State Industeial Commission 391. Safety valve capacity may be ctecked in any one of three different ways, and if found suflScient, additional capacity need not be provided: a. By making an accumulation test, that is, by shutting off all other steajn discharge outlets from the boiler and forcing the fires to the maximum. The safety valve equipment shall be sufficient to prevent an excess pressure beyond that specified in Par. 270.* b. By measuring the maximiun amount of fuel that can be burned and com- puting the corresponding evaporative capacity upon the basis of the heating value of the fuel. See Appendix, 420 to 426.* c. By determining the maximum evaporative capacity by measuring the feedwater. The simi of the safety valve capacities shall be equal to or greater than the maximum evaporative capacity of the boiler. 392. In case either of the methods outlined in sections 6 or c of Par. 391, is employed, the safety valve capacities shall be taken at the maximum values given in Table 15* for spring-loaded pop safety valves, or 0.66 times the maximum values given in Table 15*, for lever safety valves. (See pages llg-120).* 393. When additional valve capacity is required, any valves added shall conform to the requirements in Part I*t of the rules or Rule 819-820. 394. Safety valve or valves shall be placed as close to the boiler as possible. No valve of any description shall be placed between the safety valve and the boiler, nor on the discharge pipe .between the safety valve and the atmosphere. When a discharge pipe is used, it shall be not less than the full size of the valve, and the discharge pipe shall be fitted v?ith an open drain to prevent water lodging in the upper part of the safety valve or in the pipe. If a muffler is used on a safety valve it shall have sufficient outlet area to prevent back pressure from interfering with the proper operation and discharge capacity of the valve. The muffler plates or other devices shall be so constructed as to avoid any possibility of restriction of the steam passages due to deposit. When an elbow is placed on a safety valve discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the safety valve outlet or the pipe shall be securely anchored and supported. All safety valve discharges shall be so located or piped as to be carried clear from running boards or working platforms used In controlling the main stop valves of boilers or steam headers. FiTTTNGS AND APPLIANCES 335. (a) Water Glasses and Gage Cooks. Each steam boiler shall have at least one water glass, the lowest visible part of which shall be not less than 2 in. above the lowest permissible water level. (b) Every boiler, except boilers using gas as fuel, having more than 100 sq. ft. of heating surface, shall be fitted with one or more fusible plugs, in accordance with Pars. 428, 429 and 430.* 396. Each boiler shall have three or more gage cocks, located within the range of the visible length of the water glass, when the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 15 lbs. per sq. in., except when such boiler has two water glasses with independent connections to the boiler, located on the same horizontal line and not less than 2 ft. apart. • This is a reference to provisions omitted here but appearing in separate boiler code issued as Bulletin No. 14. t That is, of Rule 850. Industrial Code — Factokies 131 397. No outlet connections, except for damper regulator, feed-water regulator, drains or steam gages, shall be placed on the pipes connecting a water column to a power boiler. 398. Steam Gages. Each boiler shall have a steam gage connected to the steam space or to the water column or to its steam connection. The steam gage shall be connected to a syphon or equivalent device of sufaciemt capacity to keep the gage tube filled with water and so arranged that the gage cannot be shut off from the boiler except by a cock placed near the gage and provided with a tee or lever handle arranged to be parallel to the pipe in which it is located when the cock is open. 'Connections to gages shall be of brass, copper or bronze composition. Where the use of a long pipe becomes necessary, an exception may be made to the rule that the gage must be arranged so that it cannot be shut off except by a cock placed near the gage and a shut-off valve or cock arranged so that it can be locked or sealed open may be used near the boiler. Such a pipe shall be of ample size and arranged so that it may be cleared by blowing out. Each boiler shall be provided with a ^-in. pipe sized valved connection for attaching a test gage when the boiler is in service, so that the accuracy of the boiler steam gage can be ascertained. 399. Stop Valve. Each steam outlet from a power boiler (except safety valve connections) shall be fitted with a stop valve located as close as practi- cable to the boiler. Where two or more boilers are connected in battery, each boiler shall be fitted with two stop valves with ample free blow drain between said stop valves. The discharge of this drain shall be visible to the operator manipulat- ing the valve. The stop valve may consist of one automatic non-return valve set next to the bailer, and a second valye of the outside screw yoke type. 400. When a stop valve is so located that water can accumulate, ample drains shall be provided. 401. Bottom Blow-off Pipes. Each boiler shall have a blow-off pipe fitted with a valve or cock, in direct connection with the lowest water space practicable. 402. When the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 125 lbs. per sq. in., the blow-off pipe shall be extra heavy from boiler to valve or valves, and shall run full size without reducers or bushings. All fittings between the boiler and valve shall be steel or extra heavy fittings of bronze, brass, malleable iron or cast-iron. In case of replacement of pipe or fittings in the blow-off lines, as specified in this paragraph, they shall be installed in accordance with the rules for new installations (see Pars. 307-313).* 403. When the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 125 lbs. per sq. in., each bottom blow-off pipe shall be fitted with an extra heavy valve or cock. Preferably two calves, or a valve and a cock should be used on each blow-off, in which case such valves, or valve and cock, shall be extra heavy. 404. A bottom blow-off pipe when exposed to direct furnace heat, shall be protected from the products of combustion by firebrick, a substantial cast- iron removable sleeve, or a covering of non-conducting material. * This is a reference to provisions omitted here but appearing in separate boiler code issued «« Bulletin No. 14. 133 New Yobk State Industbial Commissiost 405. An opening in the boiler setting for a blow-off pipe shall be arranged to provide for free expansion and contraction. 406. Feed-Piping. The feed pipe of a steam boiler shall be provided vrith a check valve near the boiler and a valve or cock between the check valve and the boiler, and when two or more boilers are fed from a common source, there shall also be a valve on the branch to each boiler, between the check valve and the source of supply. When a globe valve is used on a feed pipe, the inlet shall be under the disc of the valve. The main feed in boilers shall not enter the boiler through the blow-off unless clearly impracticable to introduce it elsewhere. When a pump, inspirator or injector is required to supply feed water to a boiler plant having over 17 feet of grate area, more than one such mechanical appliance shall be provided. On boilers of more than ten horse power, feed pipes shall be not less than %" in diameter. 407. Lamphrey Fronts. Each boiler fitted with a Lamphrey boiler furnace mouth protector, or similar appliance, having valves on the pipes connecting them to the boiler, shall have these valves locked or sealed open. Such valves, when used, shall be of the straightway type. Hydbostatic Pbessttbe Tests 408. Test Pressure. When a hydrostatic test is applied the required teat pressure shall be one and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure. The pressure shall be under proper control so that in no case shall the required test pressure be exceeded by more than 2 per cent. 409. During a hydrostatic test of a boiler, the safety valve or valves shall be removed or each valve disc shall be held to its seat by means of a test- ing clamp and not by screwing down the compression screw upon the spring. RULES 875-920: GTIARDIWG OF DATfGEROUS MACHINERY, VAXS, PANS AND ELEVATED RUNWAYS I Supplementary to Labor Law, § 81, suhd. 1 ; § 93, sulds. 1, 2 ; adopted July 1, 1918, effective immediately.] Depinihons Rule 875. Guarded. Unless otherwige specified, the term " guarded " sliall mean that the object is so covered, fenced or enclosed that accidental contact with the point of danger is reasonably remote. (a) Emposed to Contact. The term "exposed to contact" shall mean that the location of an object is so accessible that a person may come into contact with it and be injured. (b) Approved. The term "approved", as used in these rules, shall mean approved by the Industrial Commission. General Rule 876. Duties of Employees. Every employee shall be responsible for carrying out all rules which immediately concern or affect his conduct, and shall use safety devices furnished for his protection. Rule 877. Substantial barriers or screens of suitable height and width shall be provided where necessary to protect persons from flying particles. Rule 878. All guards shall be constructed and installed in a substantial manner. EAUJlirGS AND TOBBOABDS Note. — Metal railings are preferable. Rule 879. Standard Railing, (a) A standard railing (without toeboard) shall be not less than three (3) feet six (6) inches high, with an additional rail aproximately midway between top rail and floor level. (b) A standard railing (with toeboard) shall be not less than three (3) feet six (6) inches high, having a toeboard not less than four (4) inches high, and with an additional rail approximately midway between top rail and top of toeboard. (c) Railings shall be constructed in a permanent and substantial manner of either pipe, metal -work or wood. One (1) or more sides may be hinged or supported in sockets. (d) Metal railings shall be constructed of not less than one and one-quarter (1%) inches standard pipe, of angle iron not less than one and one-half (1%) inches by one and one-half (1%) inches by three-sixteenths (3/16) inch supported on uprights of at least equal dimensions, spaced not more than eight (8) feet center to center. (e) Wooden railings shall be of sound lumber, dressed on four (4) sides, and constructed as follows: Top railing shall be not less than two (2) inches by four (4) inches, or one (1) inch by four (4) inches, provided another board of not less than one (1) inch by four (4) inches is securely nailed to sides of posts and to top rail. Center railing shall be not less than one (1) inch by four (4) inches, supported on not less than two (2) inch by four (4) inch posts, spaced not more than eight (8) feet center to center. Note. — It is recommended that four (4) inch by four (4) inch posts be used. [133] 134 New Yoek State Industrial Commission- Dimensions given atove are rougli lumber sizes; dressed lumber will be from one-eighth (%) inch to three-eighths (%) inch smaller, and will be accepted. (f) Center rail may be omitted when space between top rail and floor, or top of toeboard, is paneled or filled with substantial material properly con- structed and fastened. (g) Existing railings not less than three (3) feet high, with an additional rail approximately midway between the top rail aod floor or top of toeboard, if of substantial construction and affording proper protection, may be accepted. Rule 880. Standard Toehoards. Standard toeboards shall be not less than four (4) inches high, constructed in a substantial manner, either of metal or wood, installed along the edge of any floor opening, platform or runway. Existing toeboards, substantially installed, not less than two (2) inches in height, may be accepted. BLHVATEn) Ktjnwats Kule 881. Elevated B/wmmays. The term "elevated runway" shall mean any permanent rimway or platform, suspended from above or supported from underneath. (a) If six (6) feet or more above floor level, it shall be provided with standard railing and standard toeboard. Substantial chains or ropes may be used in place of the standard railing at points on platforms where materials are usually raised or lowered over the edge of the platform in the regular course of the business. Where chains or ropes are used they shall be taut when in place. (b) Safe means shall be provided for reaching all elevated runways. Whenever permanent elevated platforms are in general use, they must be equipped with a permanent stairway or stationary ladder. Exceptions. These rules for elevated runways shall not apply First: To small platforms for motors or other similar equipment, unless there is standing room of at least eighteen (18) inches in width on the plat- form beside the equipment; Second: To shelves used for the storage of material, on which persons have no occasion to stand; Third: To oiling runways constructed for the sole purpose of oiling or repairing transmission equipment, provided the platform is at least eighteen (18) inches in width, and is equipped with a standard railing on one side; Fourth: To platforms used for loading and unloading freight. Fifth: To runways used in filling tank cars when equipped with standard railing on one side; Sixth: To platforms used for pouring molten metal; Seventh: Toeboards and intermediate rails are not required on platforms used only for storing lumber. Teansmission Apparatus and General Machinery Rule 882. Horizontal Shafting. All revolving main line, counter or jack shafts within seven ( 7 ) feet of the floor or other working level, if exposed to contact, shall be substantially encased or shall be guarded by standard rail- Iin)usTRiAL Code — Factoeies 135 inga not leas tlian twelve (12) inches nor more than twenty (20) inchea away from any moving part. Shafting under bench machines ahall be sub- stantially encased. A shaft end exposed two (2) inches or more shall be cut oflf or protected by a safety sleeve. Rule 883. Vertical or Inclined Shafting. All revolving vertical or inclined shafting, if exposed to contact, shall be subatantially encased to a height of six (6) feet above the floor or other working level, or ahall be guarded by atandard railings placed not less than twelve (12) inches nor more than twenty (20) inches away from any moving part. Existing guards for shafting (horizontal, vertical and inclined), if of sub- stantial construction and affording proper protection, may be accepted. Rule 884. Clutches and Cotuplmgs. All shaft couplings hereafter installed shall be of the safety type, with bolts and nuts countersunk or protected by a flange. Couplings not of the safety type, and all clutches, if exposed to contact, shall be substantially encaaed unless mounted on shafting which is guarded by standard railings placed not less than twelve (12) inches nor more than twenty (20) inches from any moving part. Rule 885. Set Screws and Projecting Parts, (a) All projecting keys in revolving shafts shall be made flush or protected with cylindrical safety sleeves or by a stationary enclosure. (b) All projections in revolving objects which extend beyond the plane of the rim of a pulley, gear or wheel, shall be guarded by cylindrical safety sleeves, or by a stationary enclosure. (e) All set screws in collars on shafting shall not project beyond the sur- face (or flanges) of the collar. (The covering of set screws with leather bands or wooden block shall not be permitted.) Note: A standard railing shall not be considered an approved guard for set screws or projecting parts. Note: Keys, set screws or set bolts in the hubs of pulleys outside of plane of rim shall be guarded as required above. They shall also be guarded if located on the hubs of pulleys twenty-four (24) inches or more in diameter, when such hubs are within six (6) feet of floor, or within eighteen (18) inches of a shafting bearing. Rule 886. Gea/rs, Sprockets and Chains. Gears, friction drives and sprockets, except where guarded by their location on a machine, shall be guarded as follows : (a) They shall be completely enclosed or fitted with a band guard covering face and having side flanges extending inward beyond the root of the teeth. In the case of arm or spoke gears or sprockets over twelve (12) inches in diameter, having a spoke hazard, provision must be made to guard the open- ing between arms or spokes. (b) By a substantial solid casing or screen guard covered on the top, unless the sides of the guard are at least three (3) feet high and extend at least two (2) feet above the top of the gear. The maximum required height for such guards shall be six (6) feet. 136 New Yobk State Industeial Commission (c) The chains of chain drives, located within seven (7) feet of the floor or other working level, and traveling at a speed of forty (40) feet or more per minute, shall be enclosed on all exposed sides, or guarded by a standard railing. Note: This rule shall not apply to hoisting chains on cranes, or to chain conveyors. Rule 887. Belts and Pulleys. Belts more than three (3) inches wide or with a speed of more than one thousand (1,000) feet per minute, and all rope drives, shall be guarded as follows: Guards shall not be required for belts or pulleys that are effectively guarded by location on a machine, or so located otherwise that they are not exposed to contact. Where space between machines, or between machines and walls or adjacent objects is so limited as to prevent the use of such space as pas- sageway or aisle, the guarding of all belts or pulleys located in such space shall not be required if such space is effectively barred against use. 1. Vertical and Inclined Belts: (a) No guard hereafter installed shall be more than twenty (20) inches from any belt. (b) If guard is placed four (4) inches or less from belt, with an enclosure on all exposed sides to a height of not less than six (6) feet above floor or other working level. The maximum size of openings shall not exceed one ( 1 ) inch in at least one direction. (c) If guard is placed not leas than four (4) inches and not more than fifteen (15) inches from belt, with an enclosure on all exposed sides to a height of not less than five (5) feet above floor or other working level. If guard is constructed of wire mesh, it shall not have openings greater than two (2) inches in size. Slatted guards shall not have openings greater than one (1) inch in width. (d) If guard is placed not less than flfteen (15) inches and not more than twenty (20) inches from the belt, with an enclosure on all exposed sides to a height not less than three (3) feet six (6) inches above floor or other working level, or by a standard railing. (e) Guards for inclined belts shall be so installed that the vertical distance between the lower run of belt and the floor shall be not less than six (6) feet at any point outside of guard. 2. Borizontal Belts: (a) No guard hereafter installed shall be placed more than twenty (20) inches from any belt. (b) If upper part of belt is less than six (6) feet from floor or other working level, the guard shall extend at least fifteen (15) inches above the belt or to a height of six (6) feet, but in no case shall it be less than forty- two (42) inches high, unless the belt is completely enclosed or guarded by a standard railing not less than fifteen (15) nor more than twenty (20) inches from belt. If guard is placed four (4) inches or less from belt, the maximum size of openings shall not exceed one ( 1 ) inch in at least one direc- tion. If guard is constructed of wire mesh, it shall not have openings greater than two (2) inches in size; slatted guards shall not have openings greater than one ( 1 ) inch in width. InduSteial Code — Factories 137 (c) If lower part of belt is less than seven (7) feet from floor or other working level, to lie guarded on sides and bottom, unless the space under the belt is barred against passage. (d) Horizontal belts ten (10) inches or more in width, used for trans- mitting power from a prime mover (including motors) to a line shaft or between two (2) line shafts, shall be guarded whenever running over a passageway, or where employees are regularly working underneath. (e) Every spoke pulley revolving at a speed of more than fifty (50) revolutions per minute, the bottom of which is six (6) feet or less above the floor, or other working level, shall be protected by filling in the spokes or by guarding as required for belts. 3. Eocceptions : Vertical, Inclined and Horizontal Belts. (a) Flat belts two (2) inches or less in width, and round belts three- quarters ( % ) of an inch or less in diameter, need not be guarded unless they run at a speed in excess of seventeen hundred (1700) feet per minute. (b) Belts over two (2) inches wide and not over three (3) inches wide, running at a speed of not over one thousand (1,000) feet per minute, shall be guarded to a point six ( 6 ) inches above the top of the pulley, if the bottom of the pulley is within twelve (12) inches or less from the floor or other working level. If a, standard railing is used, it shall be not less" than fifteen (15) inches nor more than twenty (20) inches from belt. (c) Inside cone pulley belts requiring frequent manipulation by hand need not be guarded. Overhung cone belts shall have a, fence or standard railing to guard the back and end of the cone, or an enclosure extending the height of the cone, when the latter is less than three (3) feet six (6) inches high. (d) Where it is necessary to have access to parts enclosed by guard, suitable doors or gates may be provided in guard. (e) Existing belt and pulley guards, if of substantial construction and affording proper protection, may be accepted. (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Rule 887, the Industrial Commission may require guards for belts and pulleys in any case- where a special hazard exists. Rule 888. Passage ietiveen Belts. Where passageway between upper and lower part of the belt is necessary, the sides of belt up to the point of pas- sageway shall be guarded, and a substantial passageway completely enclosed on sides and top shall be provided, or space traversed by belt barred against passage. In rooms or parts of rooms used exclusively for transmission machinery, the Industrial Commission may define certain passageways for the use of oilers and millwrights and require the guarding of pulleys, belts and shafts along these passageways only. Rule 889; Fly Wheel Guards. All fly wheels on prime movers shall be guarded in the following manner: (a) If a standard railing is used, it must be placed not less than six (6) inches nor more than twenty (20) inches from the wheel, provided that such railing shall be not less than fifteen (15) inches from spokes of wheel or projections. If wheel runs in a pit or within two (2) inches of the floor, a standard toeboard shall also be installed. If passage over journal is necea- 138 New Yoek State Istdusteial Commission" sary, the railing and toeboard shall be carried over journal at standard height. (b) If guard is placed less than six (6) inches from wheel, it shall be not less than five (5) feet high and constructed of either solid material or wire mesh of not more tham two (2) inches between members, except that when fly wheel is less than five (5) feet in height, the guard shall be not leas than the height of the wheel from the floor. In no case, however, shall guard be leas than three (3) feet six (6) inches high, imless wheel is completely enclosed including the top. (c) Fly wheels other than those on prime movers shall be guarded as set forth in this rule, or in accordance with the provisions of Eule 887, subdivision 2-e. (d) Existing fly wheel guards, if of substantial construction and affording proper protection, may be accepted. Rule 890. Cranks and Connecting Bod*. Cranks and connecting rods, unless guarded by location, shall be enclosed in such a way as to prevent accidental contact with them, or shall be guarded by a standard railing placed not less than fifteen (15) inches nor more than twenty (20) inches from the moving parts. Rule 891. Tail Rods or Extension Piston Rods. Tail rods shall be enclosed in such a way as to prevent accidental contact with them, or shall be guarded by a standard railing on sides and end, with a clearance at end of not less than fifteen (15) inches when rod is fully extended. Rule 892. Governors. Every engine shall be equipped with an effective governor to automatically control the speed of the engine under varied loads; except in case of reversing engines without fly wheels, or an engine connected by shaft, coupling or gears to a constant load, such as a blower, centrifugal machine, or hydro-extractor. (a) Revolving governor balls six (6) feet or less from the floor, or other working level, shall be guarded by a substantial wire screen of not less than No. 20 U. S. standard gauge, or solid enclosure extending to the top of the governor balls when at their highest position. Rule 893. Engine Stops. Any engine of five hundred (500) or more horsepower, where a regular operator is not constantly in attendance, shall be equipped with an automatic stopping device independent of the regulating governor. Note: It is recommended that an automatic stopping device be installed on all engines less than five hundred ( 500 ) horsepower, where a regular operator is not constantly in attendance. Rule 894. Valves. When valves in daily use are so located that they cannot be reached from the floor, a permanent platform, runway or other safe means shall be provided for their manipulation or operation. Rule 895. Clutch or Loose Pulley on Machines. Every machine not oper- ated by individual motor shall be equipped with a clutch, loose pulley or other device for disengaging power. Where a loose pulley is used, a belt shifter shall be provided. The mechanism for stopping machines shall be convenient to the operator. The provisions of this rule shall not apply to (a) group-driven machines where the shut-off device is within a reasonable Im&uSTEiAL Code — Pacxoeii^ 139 distance of each operator; (b) grinding, buffing or polishing wheels operated in groups of ten (10) frames or less; (c) grindstones; (d) blowers; (e) centrifugal pumps. Rule 896. Counterweight. All counterweights exposed to contact shall be guarded the entire distance from the floor or bottom support. Such guard shall be constructed of wood or metal, and shall extend to at least one-half ( V2 ) the height of the counterweight, when it is at its highest position ; other equally effective devices may be used. This rule shall not apply to elevator counterweights, governor counterweights, and all other kinds of counterweights of less than ten (10) pounds weight, when the bottom of the weight at the highest point of its travel is eight (8) feet or less from the floor. Rule 897. Grinding and Polishing Machinery. — Grinding wheels six (6) inches or more in diameter, constructed of emery or other abrasive material liable to fracture, shall be guarded by either protection hoods, protection flanges, or protection chucks, as follows: Eoods: (a) Protection hoods must be securely fastened in place. (b) Hoods shall be designed and constructed so that the peripheral pro- tecting member can be adjusted to the constantly decreasing diameter of the wheel by means of an adjustable tongue, or its equivalent, so that maximum protection is afforded the operator at all times. (c) Hoods shall be either cast or fabricated. (d) Cast hoods shall be defined as hoods which have the peripheral pro- tecting member cast integral with at least one side member. (e) Fabricated hoods shall be defined as hoods which are built up or con- structed by either bolting, pinning, riveting, or welding the peripheral pro- tecting member to the side members. (f) Cast hoods may be made either of gray iron castings, malleable iron castings or steel castings. (g) Fabricated hoods may be made either of structural steel plate, wrought iron plate or a material possessing an equivalent tensile strength. (h) Cups, cylinders and sectional ring wheels shall be either protected with hoods, enclosed in protection chucks, or surrounded with protection bands. Not more than one-quarter (%) of the height of such grinding wheels shall protrude beyond the provided protection. Flanges (a) Wheels shall never be run without flanges on each side. (b) All straight flanges and tapered flanges ten (10) inches and smaller in diameter may be made of cast iron. All tapered flanges over ten (10) inches in diameter shall be of steel, or other material of equal strength. (c) Both flanges, whether straight or tapered, in contact with the wheels shall be of the same diameter. (d) Bach flange, whether straight or tapered, shall be relieved or recessed at the center at least one-sixteenth (1/16) of an inch on the side next to the wheel for a distance as specified in the respective tables of dimensions for straight and tapered flanges. 140 New Yoek State iNDasTEiAL Commission Straight Flanges Size of straight flanges for straight wheels shall not be less than shown in column B of Tahle A. TABLE A Dimensions for Straight Flanges Used with Straight Wheels Which are Fbotectzd WITH Hoods A B c D Diameter of Minimum outside Minimum diameter Minimum thicknesH wheel in inches diameter of flange of recess of flange at bore 6 2 1 'A 8 3 2 ^ 10 3H 2)4 % 12 4 254 ^ 14 4^ 3 3^ 16 53^ 3H M IS 6 4 ^ 20 7 4H ^ 22 7H 5 5^ 24 8 syi fi/^ 26 . 8K 6 H 28 10 7 M 30 10 7 ^ 36 12 8 j^ 48 16 12 IK TABLE B Dimensions fob Tapered Flanges Used with Tapered Wheels Which are not Pro- tected WITH Hoods A — Maximum flat spot at center of flange. B — Flat spot at center of wheel. C — Minimimi diameter of flange. D — - Minimum thickness of flange at bore. E — Minimum diameter of recess in taper flange. F — Minimum thickness of each flange for single taper at bore. Diam. of wheel in A B C D E F inches 6 1 3 M 2 ^ 8 1 5 H sa ^ 10 2 6 1^ 4 r^ 12 4K 6 fiz 4 14 4 4H 8 ^ SH 1^ 16 4 6 10 ^ 7 fg 18 4 6 12 5^ S J 20 4 6 14 M 9 22 24 4 4 6 6 16 18 'i 10)^ 12 1^ 26 4 6 20 i 13}^ 114 28 4 6 22 14H \t£ 30 4 6 24 16 \L£ 36 4 6 28 1 20 m Inbtistbial Code — Factoeibs 141 For Future iTistallations: MlNIMTTM SiZBS OP Machine Spindles in Inches FOR VABIO0B DlAMBTEBS AND Thicknesses OF Grinding Wheels Diameter THICKNESS OP WHEEL IN INCHES in inches H % 3^ % M 1 IK IH IM 2 2M 2}^ 2^ 3 3K 3K 4 4M 5 6 ;a y^ M K M H ^ ^ ?i "% 5i M M M ?i M ^ 7 /^ M 3^ ^ ^ ^ 5^ 5^ ?^ M M M 8 P$ ^ ^ 5^ M ^ M 54 ?i 134 IK IK 9 5^ /^ ^ M M M M IK 1/4 134 1/4 1J4 ill 10 %: M ^ M /^ M M IK IM IK 1/4 1)€ 134 13^ 12 M ^ M M M 1/4 1/4 Iji IM IK 13^ 14 K /^ 1^ j^ 1 iM 1/4 IM IM 1J€ 1/4 1/4 13^ iM 1/^ 1/^ IM 16 IJi 11^ li Ijl iji IJ^ IM IK IM IM 1^ 15^ 18 IJii 1/4 IM IJ^ IJ^ IM 1/^ IH IM 1?4 iM li i>i 20 ij^ IJ^ IM 1}^ IM IK 1/^ IM iM 1^ IJ^ 1^ IK 24 1^ 1/^ ij^ 1/4 IM IM m 2 2 2 2 2 26 IH 1^ IM IM 1^ iM 2 2 2 2 234 2K 2K 30 IK iM 2 2 2 2 2 2K 2J€ 2K 2K 36 2 2M 2M 2M 2H 2J^ 2K 2M 254 3 3 Ends of spindles shall be so threaded that the nuts on both ends will tend to tighten as the spindles revolve. Suitable eye protection shall be provided for operators on grinding wheels. Rule 898. Metal Planers. The openings in the bed of all metal planers shall be covered with substantial metal or other suitable covering. Where the table or work thereon travels to within eighteen (18) inches of a wall or other object, the clearance space between the end of a table or work thereon and such wall or object, shall be protected by a standard railing on each side of such clearance space. Rule 899. Machines Where Bar Stock is Used. Bar stock projecting beyond the headstock of machine and revolved by power shall have a substantial guard extending the entire length of such stock. Rule 900. Feed Rolls of Machines, (a) All roller-fed machines on which operator's hands come within danger zone, shall be guarded at point of opera- tion where nature of work will permit. (b) Garnett machines shall not be cleaned of oiled while in motion, and openingsi in lower frame and between lower frame and floor shall be guarded. Where metal guard is used, it shall be not less than No. 20 U. S. standard gauge. Rule goi. Breaking and MiaAng Rolls for Plaastio Material. All breaking and mixing rolls shall be equipped with a stopping device so arranged that the machine can be instantly shut down by the operator while in his uslnal working position. Rule 902. Machines Having a Shea/ring, Pimohvng, Pressing, Squeezing, Drawimg or Cutting Action. All auch machines on which operator's hands come within danger zone shall be guarded at point of operation, where nature of work will permit. WooD-WoKKiNG Machinery The following rules apply only to woodhworking machinery and are in addi- tion to rules specified elsewhere for general machinery. Rule 903. Bamd Saws. Band saw wheels shall be encased, and all portions of the blade shall be enclosed or guarded, except the portion of blade between 142 J^Ew YoEK State Industrial Commissioit the guide and table. Where metal guard is used, it shall be not less than No. 20 U. S. standard gauge. Rule 904. Scroll Savfs. The crank of all scroll saws shall be guarded so that operator's foot cannot be caught. Where metal guard is used, it shall be not less than No. 20 U. S. standard gauge. Rule 905. Circulcur Rip Sav>s. Circular rip saws shall be equipped with a stationary or adjustable hood or guard, and in addition thereto, where the nature of the work will permit by a spreader. Circular saws that are exposed to contact beneath the table shall be com- pletely enclosed on the underside. Where metal guard is used, it shall be not less than No. 20 U. S. standard gauge. Rule go6. Self-Feed Circular Rip Saws. Tooth sprockets or feed rolls shall be guarded on the front to within three-eighths ( % ) inch of the work. Where metal guard is used, it shall be not less than No. 20 U. S. standard gauge. Rule 907. Circular Cross Cut Saws. Circular cross cut saws having fixed bearings shall be equipped with stationary or adjustable guards. Circular saws that are exposed to contact beneath the table shall be com- pletely enclosed on the underside. Wliere metal guard is used, it shall be not less than No. 20 U. S. standard gauge. Where special operations require the removal of saw guards, when it is impossible to perform the work with the gua,rd in place, such guard shall be replaced upon completion of such special work. Rule 908. Swinging Cross Cut Saws. Swinging cross cut saws shall have the saw encased to prevent accidiental contact, a stop to prevent the saw swinging beyond the front edge of table, and belt protected by a shield or knuckle guard. An effective stop shall be placed at the end of the counter- weight lever, so that weight cannot accidentally slip off the lever. Rule gog. Moulding and Sticking Madhines^ The cutting heads of mould- ing and sticking machines when exposed to contact shall be guarded. Rule 9 10. Tenoning Machines. Knife heads, saws and all other exposed moving parts shall be guarded. Rule 911. Wood Shapers. The cutting heads of wood ehapers shall be pro- vided with a guard that will prevent the hands of the operator from coming in contact with the knives. Where special operations require the removal of shaper guards, when it is impossible to perform the work with the guard in place, such guard shall be replaced upon completion of such special work. Rule 912. Jointers. Hand jointers shall be equipped with cylindrical cutter head and u guard which adjusts automatically over the knives. Where special operations require the removal of jointer guards, when it is impossible to perform the work with the guard in place, such guard shall be replaced upon completion of such special work. A safety pusher shall be provided where short pieces are jointed. Rule 913. Sanding Machines. Disc Sanders shall have the periphery and back of revolving head guarded, and the space between revolving disc and edge of table shall not be greater than one-quarter ( % ) inch. Industrial Code — Factories 143 Rule 914. Post or Column Sander. Post or column sanders shall have the belt from swivel to head guarded. Rule 913. Mortising Machines. Mortising Machines shall be provided with thumb stops on each side of chisel. Rule 916. Floor Space a/round Wood-worhing Machinery. The floor where operator stands in operating machines such as wood shapera, jointers and circular saws, must be provided with approved means of preventing slipping. [Note. — Wood AlilUng Machines. It is recommenaed that an air blast be directed against the work and away from the operator while machine is in operation.] Vats and Pans Rule 917. (a) Vats and Pa/ns. All vats, pans and tanks containing hot liquids, acids or other injurious chemicals, when so set that the opening or top thereof is less than thirty (30) inches from the floor or other working level, shall be guarded on all sides by a standard railing or by a substantial railing of such height that the distance from floor or other working level to the top of such railing, shall be not less than three (3) feet, or the top shall be entirely covered up except when loading and unloading. In the ease of such open vats, pans, and tanks, where the top is less than three (3) inches from the floor or other working level, a standard toeboard shall be installed in addition to the railing. (b) The sides of tanks used in connection with paper mill beater engines shall, in existing installations, be not less than thirty-six (36) inches above the floor or other working level; and, in future installations, not less than forty -two (42) inches above the floor or other working level. If less than thirty-six (36) inches in existing installations and forty-two (42) inches in future installations, such tanks shall be guarded by a substantial rail not less than forty-two (42) inches nor more than fifty-four (54) inches from the floor, extending to a point not less than seven (7) feet from cover of beater cylinder. This rule shall not apply to grainers, salt works, or soaking vats in tanneries. Cbanes The following rules apply only to traveling cranes and are in addition to rules specified elsewhere for general machinery, but do not apply to traveling cranes operated by hand. Rule 918. Traveling Cage Cra/nes. It is recommended that no person shall operate any traveling cage crane except the regular crane operator, author- ized substitute, crane repair man, or an inspector. Foot brakes, or other approved means, shall be provided to control the bridge travel of all traveling cranes operated from cages. All cranes of five (5) or more tons' capacity shall be provided with two (2) brakes for each hoist, either an electrical and mechanical or two (2) elec- trical. The tracks on which all overhead traveling cranes run shall have at each end thereof and attached thereto bumpers. The height of bumper above rail shall be equal to at least one-third (1/3) of the truck wheel diameter. 144 New Yoek State Indtjsteial Commission Bumpers shall be built up of plates and angles or made of steel casting. This rule shall also apply to trolley as well as bridge tracks. It is recommended that both truck wheel bumpers and trolley bumpers be fastened to the girder and not to the rails. On all tra.Teling cage cranes, except monorail cranes, there shall be pro- vided a footwalk along the entire length of the bridge, preferably on the motor side. Such walk shall be at least five (5) feet, preferably six (6) feet six (6) inches, below the bottom of the overhead trusses, and shall not be less than eighteen (18) inches in width, except where it passes the bridge motor, where it may be reduced to fifteen (15) inches. A standard railing shall also be provided on the outer side of footwalk. Standard toeboard shall be installed on 'all open sides or the opening between footwalk and bridge girder may be closed. Safe means shall be provided for passing from crane cab to bridge foot- walks and shall consist of fixed ladders or stairs with hand rails. Each crane shall be provided with a stairway with hand rails or perma- nent ladder giving access to the crane cab. If ladder is used, it shall extend not less than four (4) feet above the floor of the crane eab. The opening between the crane cab and ladder or stairway shall not exceed eighteen (18) inches. All bridge truck wheels shall be equipped with fenders, which shall project in front of wheels and extend slightly below top of rail on each side. It is recommended that all cranes shall be equipped with a hand or foot- operated signal gong. If such signaling device is provided, a tray or other suitable device shall be placed under it in such manner as to prevent gong or parts falling. Tool box or other receptacle shall be placed i» the cage or on the runway in which shall be kept oil cans, tools, etc. The rated capacity of each crane in tons shall be marked on the bridge girder in such manner as to be clearly legible from the floor. Rule gig. Gantry Cranes. All bridge truck wheels shall be equipped with fenders, which shall project in front of wheels and extend slightly below top of rail on each side. An imobstructed passageway not less than thirty (30) inches wide, shall be maintained parallel to and extending the entire length of the tracks upon which any gantry crane is operated. It is recommended that an automatically operated bell or other eflfective warning device, which shall operate at all times while crane is traveling, shall be provided on all gantry cranes. Rule 920. Monorail Cranes. All monorail crane systems operating on vari- ous tracks or spurs shall be so arranged or constructed that it will be impossi- ble to run the crane into an open switch. Where traveling bridge or transfer serves several spur tracks, a lock shall be provided that will assure positive alignment for traveling hoist. [Note. — The rules for guarding dangerous machinery will be supplemented from time to time by rules for guarding machines other than those specifically referred to therein, and in the absence of such additional rules, the Industrial Commission may require guards in any case where a special hazard exists.l Industrial Codk — Factories 145 Recommendations It is recommended ia relation to female operatives : That where their hair is in danger of being caught in moving machinery, they shall wear caps or hair-nets. That where their clothing is in danger of being caught in moving machinery, they shall wear overalls. That they wear shoes with low heels. SAFETY CODE FOR THE USE, CARE AND PROTECTION OF ABRASIVE WHEELS AND THE PARTS OP GRINDING MACHINES RELATED THERETO [The followmg Code has been prepared hy the Abrasive Wheel Manufacturers of the United States and Canada, and is printed for the guidance of users of grinding wheels. The suggestions contained im this Code are recommendations and not mandatory requirements.] Storage and Inspection of New Wheels Care shall be exercised in the storage of wheels. They should be stored in dry places, and should be supported on edge in rack except the shellac and rubber bonded wheels of %" or less in tlilckness, which should be laid flat on a straight surface to prevent warpage. Immediately upon receipt, all wheels shall be closely inspected to make sure that they have not been injured in transit or otherwise. For added precaution, wheels should be tapped lightly with a hammer ; if they do not ring with a clear tone they should not be used. Damp wheels when tapped with a hammer may not give a clear tone. Wheels must be dry and free from sawdust when applying the test. Machines Grinding machines shall be sufBciently heavy and rigid to prevent vibration. They should be securely mounted on substantial floors, benches, foundations, or otlier structures. No user of wheels shall operate on any given machine a wheel of larger diameter or greater thickness than specified by the machine builder. Grinding machines should be provided with a stop or some method of fixing the maximum size of wheel which may be used. Boxes must be of the proper length to provide an ample bearing surface, thereby preventing heating or rapid wear. It is important that an automatic method of lubrication be provided, and that the boxes be so designed as to provide for taking up in case of wear. Grinding rooms shall be well ventilated, well lighted and kept warm and dry. Machines used for dry grinding shall be provided with a dust-exhausting system. Besides protecting the workmen, the dust-exhausting system prevents wear and tear on machinery and belts. Exhaust systems are not considered necessary on such machines as are only used occasionally for touching up tools, etc., or on wet grinding. 146 New Yoek State industrial Commission Minimum Sizes of Machine Spindles in Inches fob Vabiotjs Diametebs and Thicknebseb OF Ghindinq Wheels Diameter THICSNTIBB OF WHEEL IN INCHES in inches H H H f^ 5i 1 iJi IK 1^ 2 2M 2K 25i 3 3J< 3K 4 4K 5 6 Vf M K j^ ^ M ^ ^ ?i 8^ 8^ % H .K H ?< 1 7 y^ •^ J^ It ^ 5^ 5^ M M 5^ 5^ ^ M 8 5^ 5^ ^ 5^ ^ ^ 5^ M IJi IM ji^ 9 H yi 5^ ^ M M ^ M IM li< 1¥ IM IM 1^ 10 % 5i 5^ M y^ M 5^ M IJ^ iH ij^ 1« IJ^ IK 12 M ^ 5^ M M 1 IM }^ IJ^ IK IK IK 14 ^« ^8 1 IK IM IM iH Ij^ IM IM 1^ IK IK IK IK 16 IH 1J€ IH IM IM IK IK IK 13^ IJ^ 1^ IM IM 15^ 18 IH 1^ IK IK IK IK IK IK li^ IM IM I5i IM iK IK 20 IM IK IK IK iH IK IK 1^ IK IK 1% 24 1/^ li^ IK IM 1^ IM IM iM IM 2 2 2 2 ?. 26 IK IK IM IM i$i 1?^ 2 2 a 2 liK 2V 2M 30 1% l«4 2 2 2 2 2 2iif 2K 2v; 21^ 36 2 2>4 iiM 2>^ 2M 2K 2>4 2M- 2M 3 3 Ends of spindles shall be so threaded that the nuts on both ends will tend to tighten as the spindles rfivolve. Care should be taken in setting up machines that the spindles are arranged to revolve in the proper direction, else the nuts on the ends will loosen. (See last paragraph under "Mounting", page 152.) A simple rule for proper threading of the spindle end nut is : Face the side of the grinding wheel and looli along the spindle. If the rotation of the nearest wheel Is counter-clocltwise the thread should be right hand. If the rotation Is clockwise the thread should be left hand. When wheel flanges and nuts are in place the ends of the spindle should come at least flush with the nut after it has been tightened up, thus providing a bearing for the entire length of the nut. Wheel arbor holes shall be made 0.005" larger than the machine arbor. Protection Hoods Protection hoods shall always be used with wheels not provided with protection flanges, and even when such flanges are used' hoods are recommendedl as an addi- tional protection. In internal grinding operations the work is ample protection. Protection hoods must be securely fastened to the grinding machine or the floor. Hoods shall be designed and constructed of such materials and in such a manner as to retain any part of the grinding wheel used in them, should such a wheel break while in service and revolving at a speed not to exceed G.OOO surface feet per minute. [Note. — 9,000 surface feet per minute is the usual speed at which wheels are tested for safety by the manufacturer, and thereby a factor of safety from 3 to 4 is established.] The hood shall enclose the spindle end, nut and flanges. [NOTB. — Protection hoods on cylindrical grinding machines In all operations, where the work provides a suitable measure of protection M the operator, may be so constructed that the spindle end. nut and flanges are exposed ; and where the nature of the work is such as to entirely cover the side of the wheel, the side cover of the guard may be omitted.] Hoods on machines used for dry grinding shall have provisions made for connec- tion to an approved exhaust system. The size of such connections shall be in con- formity with the following specified dimensions : Uinimum Diameter Diameter of Wheel ot Branch Pipe 6" or less in diameter 3" 7" to 16" in diameter 4" 17" to 24" in diameter 5" 25" to 30" in diameter 6" [Note. — A modification of the above requirements will be allowed in the case of narrow wheels used for light work where very little dust is generated, and where a smaller pipe will satisfactorily remove it. An example of this class of work is cutter grinding. On such work the diameter of the smallest orifice, through which the dust is drawn, need not be greater than the inside width of the hood.] Inditsteial Code — Factoeies 147 The maximum exposure of the grinding wheel periphery allowed for hoods used on machines known as Bench and Floor Stands shall not exceed 90° or one-fourth of the periphery. This exposure shall begin at a point not more than 65° above the horizontal plane of the wheel spindle. See figure 1. Wherever the nature of the work requires contact with the wheel below the horizontal plane of the spindle, the exposure shall not exceed 125°. This exposure shall begin at a point not more than 65° above and extend to a point not more than 60° below the horizontal plane of the wheel spindle. See figure 2. Tin. 1 Fig. 2 An exception to the above will be permitted in the case of cylindrical grinding machines which because of their construction provide additional protection to the operator. For these machines a greater opening at the bottom of the wheel guard may be permitted, provided the opening above the horizontal center line is no greater than 65°. The maximum exposure of the grinding wheel periphery allowed for hoods used on machines known as Swing Frame Grinding Machines shall not exceed 180°, and the top half of the grinding wheel must be protected at all times. In operations where the work is ground on the top of the wheel, the exposure of the grinding wheel periphery shall be as small as practicable, with a maximum exposure of 60°, and the balance of the periphery must be protected. Wherever the nature of the operation permits, more complete enclosure of the grinding wheel periphery is recommended'. Hoods shall be designed and constructed so that the peripheral protecting mem- ber can be adjusted to the constantly decreasing diameter of the wheel by means of an adjustable tongue, or its equivalent, so that maximum protection is afforded the operator at all times. Hoods shall be designed and constructed so that it is not necessary when chang- ing wheels to detach the peripheral protecting member from the side member which is connected to the machine. Hoods shall be of two types, cast and fabricated. Cast hoods shall he defined as hoods which have the peripheral protecting mem- ber cast integral with at least one side member. Fabricated hoods shall be defined as hoods which are built up or constructed by either bolting, pinning, riveting, or welding the peripheral protecting member to the side members. Cast hoods may be made either of gray iron castings, malleable iron castings or steel castings. 148 New Yoek State Indtjsteial Commission Fabricated hoods may be made either of structural steel plate, wrought iron plate, or an assembly of either of these in combination with gray iron castings, malleable iron castings or steel castings, or a material possessing an equivalent tensile strength. Fabricated hoods shall be designed and constructed so that the connections between the peripheral and side members will have a strength in a radial direction at least equal to the ultimate strength of the material of which the hoods are constructed. [Note. — As a guide for the construction of fabricated hoods of plate steel or wrought iron the following drawings have been prepared. Other types offering equal protection will also be accepted.] See sketches on following page z D T B U a Diameter of wiieel Maximum space be- tween new wheel and hood at periphery Maximum width of hood Length of tongue Bolts for tongue Supports for tongue and rest Rivets for sup- ports Con- nect- ing bolts 16" and smaller IK" 2" wider than wheel 6" A" 2" X 2" X rV M" H" 17" to 24" IK" 2" wider than wheel 6" t'b" 2" X 2" X Vi" w f." Over 24" iVi" 2" wider than wheel 7" Vs" 2K"x2H"xK" A" %" Minimum Sizes and Spacing op Rivets, Bolts and Studs for Connecting Feripkbraz, AND Side Members in Fabricated Hoods of Wrought Iron and Steel Plate Thickness For aide plate (B-1) attached to macliine For detachable side plate (B-2) of plates bemg connected Diameter of rivets Maximum distance between centers Diameter of bolts or studs Maximum distance between centers y^l and A^ 3 ff M" %Ail 11 2"' I'A" 2" 2" ^ IH" 5 ff 1 i 9 M 18 Off 3» 3» 3" K 4" 4" 3H' 3» 3" 3' 3" 3" 3" Iniujstrial Code — Factories 149 AfittuBV Tb Bk £4uA^ AnAub^ IDE ANSi-esf© tSBCTH ''^^r^ ir^:! Sccrion Showing Stuo Threaded INTO Anaue mon Oni-t 150 l^Ew YoEK State Industeial Commission Materials used In the construction of both cast and fabricated hoods shall conform to and be in accordance with the following designated specifications of the American Society for Testing Materials : a. Gray iron castings — A 48. b. Malleable iron castings — A 47. c. Steel castings — A 27 (Class A). d. Structural steel plate — ^A 9 (excluding specifications for rivet steel). e. Wrought iron plate — ^A 42 (Class A). MruiunM Dimensions fob the Pbeipheeal PBOTBCTiNa Membee and the Side Hembbe That is Connected to the Machine ■Sectidn J beii^ino minimum Tt>ickne,sscf peripierafprotecfiftf member tninimuni thickness ofjF/aer^emoe^ connectet/to macAihe Max. GRINDING WHEEL GROUPS BY DIAMETERS M&terifil Used in Constructing Grinding Wheel 3"to6" 7" to 12" 13" to 16" 17" to 20" 21 "to 24" 2S"to3«" 31" to 48" A B A B A. B A B A B A B A B 2" Vi 'A 'A ft H H H H H H 1 H IH 1 Cast Iron 4'' A A H ft 'A 'A H H 1 H IH H 1« I •0 6" H ft H ft a a 1 H IM a IH H IK IH « 2" H H 'A ft -H H % H ~« % H H 1 % (A Malleable Iron 4" A ft % A H H H a H M Vi H IH H a 0" H ft N ft H K H H J< K 1 H iH K ■ 2" H a Si Vi H 'A a ft H M H K H H Steel Castings 4" H a H H N H H ft H M ■ « % 1 K 6" a H H H H H M a H H H a IH K 2" a ft ft H ft ft a H ft a % ft M K ."g Structuial Steel 4" li ft ft H ft ft H H ft a % ft H K s 6" A ii K H H ft H H M H ft ft H K 2" H ft ft H H ft ft H K a ft ft K Vi ■s Wroucht Iron 4" H ft a M H ft ft a K H ft ft H H £ 0" ft ft a M ft ft » H ft H H ft » 4 Cups, cylinders and sectional ring wheels shall be either protected with hoods, enclosed in protection chucks, or surrounded with protection bands Not more than one-quarter (%) of the height of such grinding wheels shall protrude beyond the provided protection. Whenever a wheel breaks in a protection hood, a careful inspection should be made to be sure that the hood has not been damaged ; otherwise it may fail under a subsequent breakage and cause injury. Flanges (a) General Wheels shall never be run without flanges. All tapered flanges over ten inches (10") in diameter shall ho nf ot.oi material of equal strength. All other flanges may be made of cast iron! Industeial Code — Factoeies 151 AU flanges shall be accurately turned, correct to dimensions and in balance, except flanges which are purposely made out of balance. Such flanges are known as balancing flanges and are sometimes used to counteract out of balance condition in an abrasive wheel. Both flanges, whether straight or tapered in contact with the wheels shall be of the same diameter. Each flange, whether straight or tapered, shall be relieved or recessed at the center at least one-sixteenth (1/16) of an inch on the side next to the wheel for a distance as specifled in the respective tables of dimensions for straight and tapered flanges. The inner flange shall be either shrunk, keyed, or screwed on to the spindle. (b) Steaight Flanges Size of straight flanges for straight wheels shall not be less than shown In column B of the following table. DZMBNSIONS FOB StBAIQHT F1.ANGB3 USED WTTH StBAIQHT WhBBLS WhICH ARE PBO- TBCTBD WITH HoODS A B c D Minimum outside Minimum diameter Minimum thicknesB wheel in inches diameter of flange of recess of flange at bore 6 8 2 3 1 2 H 10 12 3H 2K n 14 4H 3 ^ 16 5>i m J4 18 6 4 fo 20 7 4H 1^ 22 7H 5 ys 24 8 SH (9 26 SH 6 7^ 28 10 7 f£ 30 10 7 M. 36 12 8 j^ 48 16 12 i}i (c) Protection (Tapeehd) Flanges The Abrasive Wheel Manufacturers recommend protection flanges of the double or single concave type, used in conjunction with wheels having double or single convex tapered sides or side. Flanges of the sizes shown opposite wheel diameters in column C of the follow, ing table, shall be used. As the wheel wears, the size of the flanges, as indicated In column C of the following table, shall^ be maintained. New installations of protection flanges for double tapered wheels shall have a taper of not less than three-quarters (%) of an inch to the foot for each flangH 152 New Yoek State Inbtjsteial CommisSiOIT and the center of flange shall conform with the dimensions shown in column B of the following table. Such flanges shall be of a thickness not less than is shown In column D of the following table. New installations of protection flanges for single tapered wheels shall have a taper of not less than three-quarters ( % ) of an inch to the foot, and the center of flange shall conform with dimensions shown in column B of the following table. Thickness of such flanges shall be as shown in column F of the following table. Dimensions foe Tapered Flanges Used With Tapered Wheels Which Aeb Not Photected With Hoods A — Maximum flat spot at center of flange. B — Flat spot at center of wheel. C — Minimum diameter of flange. D — Minimum thickness of flange at bore. E — Minimum diameter of recess in taper flanges. F — Minimum thickness of each flange for single taper at bore. Diam. of wheel in A B C D E F inches 6 1 3 % 2 H 8 10 12 14 16 4 4 4 1 2 5 6 6 8 10 1 3M 4 1 18 4 6 12 8^ 8 20 4 6 14 5a g if 22 24 26 28 30 36 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 le 18 20 22 24 28 1 If' 13J4 If" 20 [Note.— Wbere hoods are used in conjunction with tapered wheels and tapered flanges the specifications given for straight flanges and straight wheels mav be followed.] Mounting Before mounting, all wheels shall again be closely inspected to make snre that they have not been injured in transit, storage or otherwise. Grinding wheels shall fit freely on the spindles ; they shall not be forced on, nor shall they be too loose. The surfaces of wheels in contact with straight or tapered flanges, the surfaces of the flanges in contact with the wheels and the wheel washers between the flanges and wheels shall be clean, smooth and free from foreign material. Industeial Code — Factoeies 153 The soft metal bushing shall not extend beyond the sides of the wheel at the center. Wheel washers of compressible material, such as blotting paper, rubber or leather, not thicker than approximately 0.025", shall be fitted between the wheel and its flanges. Rubber or leather washers with a maximum thicliness of %" can be used. The wheel washers should be slightly larger than the diameter of the flanges used. When tightening spindle end nuts, care shall be taken to tighten same only enough to hold the wheel firmly, otherwise the clamping strain is liable to damage the wheel. Operating Speed (1) A speed of 5,000 peripheral feet per minute is recommended as the standard operating speed for all shapes of vitrified and silicate straight wheels, except those known as cup and cylinder wheels, which are used on bench, floor, swing frame and other machines for rough grinding. Speeds exceeding 5,000 feet may be used upon recommendation of the wheel manufacturer, but in no case shall a speed of 6,500 peripheral feet per minute be exceeded. (2) A speed of 4,500 peripheral feet per minute is recommended as standard operating speed for Titrifled and silicate wheels of the cup and cylinder shape, used on bench, floor, swing frame and other machines for rough grinding. Speeds exceeding 4,500 peripheral feet per minute may be used upon recommendation of the wheel manufacturer, but in no case shall 5,500 peripheral feet per minute be exceeded. (a) A speed of 8,000 peripheral feet per minute is recommended as the standard operating speed for all rubber bonded wheels. Speeds exceeding 8,000 surface feet per minute may be used on recommendation of the individual wheel manufacturer, but in no case shall this speed' exceed 10,000 surface feet per minute. (b) The standard and maximum operating speeds for rubber bonded wheels shall also apply to shellac bonded wheels used for cutting-ofE. (c) The standard and maximum operating speeds for vitrified wheels, shown under " operating speed " above, shall apply to all other shellac bonded wheels. For precision grinding an operating speed of 6,500 peripheral feet per minute may be recommended. Speeds higher than 6,500 peripheral feet per minute can be used only upon special recommendation. 164 New York State Industrial Commission" Revolutions per Minute fob Vabious Sizes of Gbindinq Wheels to Give Peripheral Speed IN Feet per Minute as Indicated Diameter of wheel in inches 4,000 4.500 5.000 5.500 6.000 6.500 S. F. M. S. F. M. S. F. M. S. F. M. S. F. M. S. F. M. 1 15,279 17,200 19,099 21,000 22,918 24,850 2 7,639 8,590 9,549 10,500 11,459 12,420 3 5,093 5,725 6,366 7,000 7,639 8,270 4 3,820 4,295 4,775 5,250 5,730 6,205 5 3,058 3,440 3,820 4,200 4,584 5,970 6 2,546 2,865 3,183 3,500 3,820 4,140 7 2,183 2,455 2,728 3,000 3,274 3,550 8 1,910 2,150 2,387 2,635 2,865 3,100 10 1,528 1,720 1,910 2,100 2,292 2,485 12 1,273 1,453 1,592 1,750 1,910 2,070 14 1,091 1,228 1,364 1,600 1,637 1,773 16 955 1,075 1,194 1,314 1,432 1,552 18 849 957 1,061 1,167 1,273 1,380 20 764 860 955 1,050 1,146 1,241 22 694 782 868 952 1,042 1,128 24 637 716 796 876 955 1.035 26 586 661 733 809 879 955 28 546 614 683 749 819 887 30 509 573 637 700 764 827 32 477 537 596 657 716 776 34 449 506 561 618 674 730 36 424 477 531 584 637 689 38 402 453 503 553 603 653 40 382 430 478 525 573 621 42 364 409 455 500 546 591 44 347 391 434 477 521 564 46 332 374 415 456 498 539 48 318 358 397 438 477 517 60 306 344 383 420 459 497 52 294 331 369 404 441 487 54 283 318 354 389 425 459 56 273 307 341 366 410 443 58 264 296 330 354 396 428 60 255 277 319 350 383 414 Machine spindle speeds shall be tested and determined correct for siie of wheel to be operated before the wheel is mounted, and shall nerer be changed as a wheel is reduced in diameter, except by men assigned for such duties. If a wheel spindle is driven by a variable speed motor, speed control of the motor shall be enclosed in a locked case, or some device shall be used which prevents motor from being run at too high speeds. Operating Suggestions Competent men shall be assigned to the mounting, care and inspection of grinding wheels and machines. The maximum size pf wheel which should be used with given operating speeds should be indicated on or over each machine. Cone pulleys determining the speed of a wheel should never be used unless belt locking devices are provided. Flanges, whether straight or tapered, must be frequently Inspected to guard against the use of flanges which have become bent or sprung out of true, or out of balance. If a tapered wheel has broken, the tapered flanges must be carefully in-^ spected for truth before using with a new wheel. Spindle nuts shall also be in- spected. The work rest must be kept adjusted close to the wheel to prevent the work from being caught. Work rests must be rigid and always securely clamped after each adjustment. Work rests should not be adjusted while the wheel is in motion. Wheels which wear out of round shall be trued by a man assigned to that duty. If wheels become out of balance through wear and cannot be balanced by truing or dressing, they should be removed from the machine. IlTDUSTEIAL COBE FACTORIES 155 A wheel used in wet grinding shall not be allowed to stand partly immersed in the water. The water-soalsed portion may throw the wheel dangerously out of balance. Work shall not be forced against a cold wheel, but applied gradually, giving the wheel an opportunity to warm and thereby eliminate possible breakage. This applies to starting work in tlie morning in grinding rooms which are not heated in winter, and new wheels which have been stored in a cold place. After mounting a new wheel, care should be taken to see that the protection hood is properly replaced. Wheel dressers should be equipped with rigid sheet metal or other guards over the tops of the cutters to protect the operator from flying pieces of broken cutters or wheel particles. Wheels should be tested for balance occasionally and rebalanced if necessary. The space about the machine shall be kept dry, clean and as free as possible from castings or other obstructions. Eye Protection Goggles shall be provided for the use of grinding wheel operators where there Is danger of eye injury. They should be readily accessible, or better, should be the individual property of the operator. Where this is not done, men should be urged to wash their faces immediately before and after using the goggles. It is recom- mended that goggles be cleaned and sterilized periodically. For protection against iiying chips, etc., plate glass in metal frames can be placed just above tlie grinding spaces of the wheels. Where it is impracticable or undesirable to use a glass shield, a leather flap may be attached to the hood and adjusted so as to interrupt sparks and dust RULES APPLYING TO BAKERIES AND CONFECTIONERIES [1571 RULES 300-347: SANITARY CODE FOR BAKERIES AND CONFEC- TIONERIES [Effective June 15. 19jl4, under Labor Lam, § 117 ; no* applicable to cities of the first class; the bakery code governs when in conflict with general samdtary rule* for factories.^ CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE ISupplementary to Labor Law, §§ 84, 84-a, 111, 112] Rule 300. — In existing bakeries or confectioneries side walls shall either be of plain brick painted a light color with a good oil or enamel paint, or glazed brick; or smoothly plastered, tiled or wainscoted. In new installa- tions side walls shall be eonstructed either of (a) brick which, unless glazed, shall be painted a light color, with a good oil or enamel paint; (b) tile; (c) hard plaster (either cement or gypsum plaster) laid over brick or metal or metal lath and painted a light color with a good oil or enamel paint, or (d-) other waterproof material approved by the Industrial Board. Walls and ceilings shall be kept free from holes, cracks or ragged edges. Ceilings shall either be (a) plastered; (b) ceiled with metal or wood; (c) of open joists, if exposed surfaces are planed and double floors used im- mediately above, which shall be of tongued and grooved material- if of .wood; or (d) smooth concrete. No new wainscoting shall be installed in an existing bakery or confectionery; the Commissioner of Labor shall have power to order the removal of existing wainscoting when in his opinion the same leads to unsanitary conditions and may order the substitution of materials specified above for new installations. Rule 301. — All walls and ceilings shall be tept well painted with oil or enamel paint or lime washed or calcimined, and all interior or exposed wood- work shall be kept well painted with oil or enamel paint or kept well varnished. All paint or varnish shall be of a light color. Rule 302. — The angles where floor and walls and ceiling join shall be so maintained as to be rat proof. Rule 303. — Floors in workrooms shall be cleaned daily and any adhering materials scraped off with scrapers provided for that purpose alone; such floors shall be scrubbed at least once a week. Rule 304. — Interior surfaces shall be scrubbed as often as is necessary to keep them absolutely clean. [Note. — Except In rooms devoted to the manufacture of lee cream, floors of tongued and grooved maple are recommended.] VENTILATION [Supplementary to Labor Lau> J 86. See also below, rule 316] Rule 305. — Whenever bakery or confectionery products are fried in fat or candy is boiled over an open stove, a ventilating hood and pipe shall be pro- vided which shall effectively take off the smoke, gases and vapors; the pipe shall not be less than four (4) inches in diameter and shall be attached at the extreme top of hood; the hood shall be cone-shaped, shall not be raised 160 New York State Industhial Commissioit mcffe than six and one-half (6%) feet from the floor and its width and breadth shall at least equal the width and breadth of the stove to be ventilated. Kule 306. — Smoke dampers in ovens shall at all times be maintained in a serviceable condition. Rule 307. — Oven ashpits shall be provided either (a) with flue and damp- er, or (b) with ventilating hood and pipe not less than four (4) inches in diameter leading either to the outer air and extending to a point at least twenty (20) feet higher than the top of hood, or leading to the flue of the building. Rule 308.— Oven doors shall be provided with a ventilating hood of at least the same width as the doors and with pipe not less than four (4) inches in diameter, leading either to the flue of the building or to the outer air and extending to a point at least twenty (20) feet higher than the top of the hood, except (a) when indirect heating ovens are used; (b) when the steam flue of the oven is eight (8) inches or more in depth; or (c) when there are over the oven either louvered openings or pivot swings in skylights of four (4) square feet area per oven or satisfactory mechanical means «f ventilation. Rule 309. — Whenever a hood is used in complying with the requirements of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this rule, it shall be constructed of brick, cement or metal, shall extend not more than one (1) foot from the oven wall and shaU be cone-shaped, with pipe attached at extreme top of hood. SINKS [.Supplementary to Labor Law, § 88-a] Rule 310. — All sinks shall be made of non-absorbent material. Sinks shall be on iron supports, with metal flashing tightly fitted over the rear edges and extending at least one (1) foot in height over the entire length of the sink, unless the sink itself so extends. Sinks shall be installed anew whenever cracked or broken. In new installations iron sinks, unless galvanized or enameled, will not be permitted and, instead of flashing, shall have backs that extend as above. Rule 311. — No sink shall be wholly or partially enclosed with .woodwork. Rule 312. — There shall be at least one sink not less than thirty (30) inches long, twenty (20) inches wide and six (6) inches deep. Rule 313. — All sinks shall be provided with hot as well as with cold run- ning water. Rule 314. — All sinks shall be kept in a clean sanitary condition at all times; no waste matter shall be allowed to clog up the strainers. Rule 315. — Washtubs shall be made of, or entirely covered by non-absorb- ent material. In the latter case the joints shall be soldered. WINiDOWS [Supplementary to Labor Lam, § 86] Rule 316.— All windows shall be so arranged and maintained that they can be opened easily for purposes of ventilation. Industrial Code — Factoeies 161 refuse receptacles ISupplementary to Labor Law, i H3] Rule 317. — There shall be provided metal receptacles with tight-fitting covers, for ashes, refuse aid garbage. The contents of refuse and garbage receptacles shall be removed at least once a day. Rule 318. — No coal or waste matter shall be deposited or kept on the floor. SLEEPING ROOMS ISupplementary to Labor Law, { 113] Rule 319. — No sleeping room shall open into any workxaom or any room where the raw material or finished product is stored or sold. Rule 320. — Sleeping rooms shall be kept in a thoroughly sanitary condition at all times and be dry and well ventilated. SCREENS [Supplementary to Labor Law, | 113] Rule 321. — Doors, windows or other openings shall, during the period between May first and November first, be provided with wire screens of not coarser than 14 mesh wire gauge. Screen doors shall be self-closing. DRESSING ROOMS [Supplementary to Labor Law, S 88] Rule 32a. — A properly lighted and ventilated room shall be provided as a dressing room. If located in workroom, store or salesroom it shall be en- closed on all sides by a wall or partition extending from floor to ceiling. It need not be in the bakery or confectionery, provided it .is located in the same building. It shall contain at least sis (6) square feet of floor space for every person employed in any one shift exclusive of office force up to ten, and two and one-half (2%) square feet for every additional person. Rule 323. — Workmen shaill not change their clothes in any other place than the foregoing while in the factory building. Rule 324. — All lockers shall be constructed so as to permit thorough ven- tilation. None but metal lockers shall be installed after June 15, 1914. A hook shall be provided outside the locker for the work clothes of each person employed. WASHING FACILITIES [Supplementary to Labor Law, f 88, lubd. 2] Rule 325. — For every ten (10) employees or fraction thereof employed in any one shift, at least one (1) sink or stationary wash basin of non-absorbent material shall be provided, fitted with two spigots conveying hot and cold water. Troughs of non-absorbent material may take the place of sinks or wash basin, in which case there shall be at least two (2) feet of trough length and two (2) spigots for every ten (10) employees. These washing facilities need not be in a separate room, but shall be in the bakery or con- fectionery. Rule 326. — There shall be at all times provided by the employer a sufficient supply of toilet soap (preferably liquid) near each sink used for washing purposes; there shall also be provided by the employer nail brushes for the 162 New York State Industrial Commission workmen, and one clean towel daily for each employee. Paper towels may be used if supplied in unlimited Quantity. PERSONAL CLEANLINESS [Supplementary to Labor Law, % 113] Rule 327. — In case overalls or aprons are worn, bibs shall be attached. In no case shall bakery or confectionery products come in contact with the shirts or other garments that lie next to the bare skin of the workman. Rule 328. — Workmen shall wash their hands with soap and water on start- ing work, after meals, and each time after they have used the water-closet or urinal; advisable also when changing from one kind of work to another. SIGNS [Supplementary to Labor Law, §§ 84, 113, ani to Penal Law, ! lt7S. See alto. Rule 328, ahove'] Rule 329. — In addition to other signs required to be posted by the Labor Law there shall be posted in every bakery or confectionery signs in English and foreign languages, prepared and furnished by the Department of Labor. These shall state (a) the provision regarding washing, as per Rule 328 of this code; (b) the prohibition of the use of tobacco in any form, as per the pro- vision of section 113 of the Labor Law; (c) section 84 of the Labor Law regarding spitting; (d) the penalty for a violation of these rules. OPERATING METHODS [Supplementary to Laior Law, 5 113] Rule 350. — Dough-troughs, proof or steam boxes and pan or bread racks shall be mounted on casters or rollers. Rule 331. — Wooden bread boxes, roll and bread boards', work tables and dough-troughs shall be smoothly finished, free from holes, cracks or crevices. Rule 332. — All machines and utensils and all proof or steam boxes shall be thorouglily cleaned after each day's work. Rule 333. — ^AU tools, apparatus or utensils used in making or in the direct handling of ice cream, including freezers, vats, mixing cans or tanks and all piping shall be thoroughly cleaned after use and rinsed with boiling water or sterilized with live steam. Rule 334.— Open sifting of ashes is prohibited. Ashes may be sifted in enclosed sifters in other than work hours. Rule 335.— Ashpits shall be provided with solid metal doors whieh, except in indirectly heated ovens, must be kept closed when grates are dumped. These doors may be provided with holes of a size not larger than to admit poker and watering hose. [NoTB. — It is recommendea that provision be made for dumping drop or swivel — grates from the outside by means of cable or chain. Where this is Impracticable, double-swinging doors with semi-circular holes on their inner edge are recommenaed, to be closea after poker has engaged the grate.] Rule 336.— Wetting of ashes shall only be done in ashpits and when door is closed. Industrial Code — Factoeies 163 Rule 337. — Swab-tubs shall be of metal and shall be kept empty when not in use. They shall be cleaned and supplied with fresh water after each cleaning of oven. Sanitary swabs shall be provided. Rule 338. — Ice-boxea shall be kept thoroughly clean and shall be properly drained. Rule 339. — The use of live coal in proof or steam boxes is prohibited. CARE OF RAW MATERIAL AND FINISHED PRODUCT [Supplementary to Labor Law, § 113] Rule 340. — No bakery or confectionery or place where the raw material or finished product of same is kept or stored shall be under or connect either directly or indirectly with a stable or other building where horses, fowl or other animals are housed or kept. No raw material shall be kept or stored in a stable or such building. Rule 341. — All finished or partly finished product, except when in baskets or boxes ready for shipment, and all raw materials in opened bags or unsealed containers other than barrels, shall be stored or kept on platforms, shelves or racks not less than fifteen (15) inches from the floor and two (2) inches from any side wall; if the platforms, shelves or racks be on casters or rollers they shall be raised at least four (4) inches from the floor and shall be kept at least two (2) inches from any side wall. Rule 342. — Unless barrels are tapped, they shall be provided with metal covers having rims extending downward over the edges. Rule 343. — All baskets, boxes and other containers, that are used for carry- ing, storing or delivering the finished product, shall be kept thoroughly clean at all times. Rule 344. — All hand-carts, wagons, automobiles or other vehicles used for the delivery of the finished product shall be kept thoroughly clean at all times. They shall be so arranged that contents are thoroughly protected from dust and flies. LABELS AND PASTERS ISupplementary to Labor Law, % 113] Rule 345. — No label or paster shall be stuck on bread or other bakery or confectionery goods with gum. In no case shall labels or pasters be affixed in any manner after baking. No newspapers or other second hand paper shall be used for the purpose of lining tins or wrapping up bread or other bakery and confectionery goods. MEDICAL CERTIFICATES IBuppUmentary to Labor Law, { 113-a] Rule 346. — For every person who works in any bakery, confectionery or mercantile establishment, in the manufacture, preparation, packing, storage, sale or delivery of bakery or confectionery products, the occupier shall have in his possession a medical certificate of not more than six months' standing. The foregoing provision shall not apply to the sale or delivery of bakery or confectionery products if wrapped or in cartons. Such certificate shall 164 New Yoek State Industrial Commission be on a form prescribed by the Public Health Council of the State of New York and furnished by the Commissioner of Labor, and shall certify that the person employed is free from such contagious, infectious, communicable or skin diseases as the Public Health Council may deem necessary for the safe- guarding of the public health. Such certificate shall be exhibited to the Commissioner of Labor on demand. Nothing herein contained shall affect the right of the Commissioner of Labor to require medical examination in accordance with section 113-a of the Labor Law. This rule shall go into effect when and if the Public Health Council requirei the issuance of such certificates by local health officers without charge. Compare the following from chapter 2 of the Sanitary Code established by the Public Health Council: Regulation 39 — Handling of food forbidden in certain cases No person affected with any commnnlcable disease shall handle food or food products Intended for sale, which are likely to be consumed raw or liable to convey Infective material. No person who resides, boards, or lodges in a household where he comes In con- tact with any person affected with baclllary dysentery, diphtheria, encephalitis lethargica, epidemic, or septic sore throat, para-typhoid fever, scarlet fever, poliomyelitis, acute anterior (infantile paralysis), or typhoid fever, shall handle food or food products intended for sale. No waiter, waitress, cook, or other employee of a boarding house, hotel, restau- rant, or other place where food is served, who is affected with any communicable disease, shall prepare, serve, or handle food for others In any manner whatsoever. No waiter, waitress, cook, or other employee of a boarding house, hotel, restau- rant, or other place where food Is served, who lodges or visits In a household where he comes In contact with any person affected with baclllary dysentery, diphtheria, encephalitis lethargica, epidemic or septic sore throat, para-typhold fever, scarlet fever, poliomyelitis, acute anterior (Infantile paralysis), or typhoid fever, shall pre- pare, serve or handle food for others In any manner whatsoever. EXISTING CELLAR BAKERIES IBupplementwry to Labor Law, % 116] Rule 347. — In case any bakery that was legally operated in a cellar on January 1, 1914, shall be discontinued or unused for a period of more than four consecutive months, it can thereafter be reopened as a bakery only by complying with the provisions of section 116 of the Labor Law as to future bakeries. The occasional operation of a bakery for the purpose of evading this rule shall not be deemed a continuance or use thereof. The " Certificates of Exemption " issued by the Commissioner under section 116 of the Labor Law shall include this rule. RULES APPLYING TO BUILDING WORK [165] RULES 1800-1270: ERECTION, REPAIR OR DEMOLITION OP BUILDINGS IBupplementary to Labor Law, §§ 18-20; effective April 15, 1920.] GENERAL Rule 1200. These rules shall be deemed to relate to the construction, alteration, repair, painting, cleaning, pointing and demolition of buildings. Rule 1201. The term " approved ", shall mean approved by the Com- mission. Rule 1202. The moving of ladders, railings, scaffolds, or any scaffolding device from their original positions without authority from the responsible person in charge shall be prohibited. Rule 1203. No person shall willfully remove or render inoperative any safeguard or sanitary convenience provided for his protection or comfort. Rule 1204. Every employee shall be responsible for carrying out all rules which immediately concern or affect his conduct and shall use safety devices furnished for his protection. Rule 1205. All machines and parts of machines shall be guarded in accordance with rules relating to dangerous machinery as set forth elsewhere in the Industrial Code. Rule 1206. All ladders, scaffolds, ramps, railings and guards shall be constructed and installed in a substantial manner. Rule 1207. All lumber dimensions given herein are minimum dressed. LADDERS Rule 1208. Definitions. The term "portable pole ladder" shall mean a ladder the side rails of which are made from one small tree split through the center and dressed. The term " portable square side ladder " shall mean a ladder the side rails of which are made from sawed timber. The term " extension ladder " shall mean a ladder consisting of two or more parallel sections traveling in guides or brackets so arranged that it may be adjusted to variable lengths. The term " portable step ladder " shall mean a ladder with flat steps so constructed aa to be self supporting. The term "sectional ladder" shall mean a ladder consisting of two or more sections so constructed that the sections may be secured to each other. The term " trestle ladder " shall mean an "A" shaped trestle ladder whose parts, each equivalent to a straight ladder, are hinged at the top to form angles with the base. The term "extension trestle ladder" shall mean an "A" shaped trestle ladder whose parts, each equivalent to a straight ladder, form equal angles and constitute the base, with an additional straight ladder which is adjust- able perpendicularly and provided with a device to lock it to the base. Rule 1209. (a) The use of broken or weak ladders, or ladders with weak or missing rungs, is prohibited. (b) Side rails, when of wood, shall be straight grained and sound. Lumber with knots greater than one-half (%) inch in diameter shall not be used. Spruce, Oregon pine, Norway pine, yellow pine, or approved wood of equal strength shall be used. [167] 168 New Yoek State Industeial Commissiok i(c) EungB, when of wood, shall be straight grained and absolutely free from knots. White ash, oak, hickory, or approved wood of equal strength shall be used. (d) Bungs shall be inserted in holes in the side rails, and securely fastened, with a, uniform distance between rungs. (e) Ladder shall be erected, equipped, or guarded to prevent slipping of ladder. (f) Portable step ladders shall be limited to sixteen (16) feet in height. Portable step ladders of a greater height may he permitted on application to the Industrial Commission and when in its opinion it is safe to do so. (g) Ladders leading to platforms, temporary floors, etc., shall extend not less than thirty-four (34) inches above the platform or floor they serve. (h) All ladders shall be so constructed as to carry safely the load to be placed thereon. The following types of ladders shall be constructed in accordance with the following schedules. The sizes and dimensions given are minimum dressed. SCHEDULES Note. — Material of different sectional dimensions may be used, if of equal strength to that given in these schedules. Rule 1210. Portable Pole Ladders Inside width for all lengths Choss Section of Kails Rungs Bottom Top Center Ends Up to 12' At top rung — 12" . . . At each succeeding rung — \" wider irx2|" irx 3" lf"x3i" irx3f" i/x2r l-"x2i" irx2f" li"x 3" W ir H" ir V More than 12' and up to 18' More than 18' and up to 24' More than 24' and up to 30' V r Longer ladders shall have side rails of proportionately larger dimensions. Rule 1211. Masons' Portable Pole Ladders Inside width for aU lengths Cross Section op Bails BUNQS Bottom Top Center Ends From 16' to 20'.... More than 20'and up to 25' More than 25' and up to 30' At top rung — 13" . . . At each succeeding nmg — J" wider irx4" 2"x4i" 2rx4r if"x3r lf"x3|" Ifx 4" IJ" ir 11' Longer ladders shall have side rails of proportionately larger dimensions iNDUSTEtAL CoDE BuiLDING WoEK 169 Rule 1212. PoBTABu: Sqttaee Side Ladders Inside width for all lengths Cross Section or Rails RtTNOS Bottom Top Center Ends Up to 16' At top ning — 12" . . . At each succeeding rung — J" wider l|"x2f" li"x2|" irxS" irx3i" irx2'' li''x2i" irx2i" ii"x2r li" W IV W V i" More than 16' and up to 19' More than 19' and up to 26' More than 26' and up to 30' Longer ladders shall have side rails of proportionately larger dimensions. Rule 1213. Masons' (Poetable Square Side Ladders Lengths . Inside width for all lengths Cross Section of Rails Rungs Bottom Top Center Ends From 16' to 20' More than 20' and up to 25' More than 25' and up to 30' At top rung — 12' . . . At each succeeding rung — J ' wider . . . irxSf" li"x4" 2"x4r irx3r irx3r 2"x4'' li" W li" Longer ladders shall have side rails of proportionately larger dimensions. Rule 1214. Masons' Portable Cleat Ladders Length Inside Width Cross section of rails Cross section of cleats Bottom Top From 10' to 12' 20" 21" 23" 26" 28" 17" 18" 20" 23" 24" 2"x4' 2"x4" 2J"x5" 2i"x5" 3"x6" /x3» IVTriT-p thfln 1 2' and ud to 16' -"x3' Mnrp than 16' and ud to 20' i"x4" Mnrp than 20' and ud to 24' Fx4'' "I\/TnrA fliflrt 24' and ud to 30' 5'x4" Cleats shall be of straight grained and sound spruce, yellow pine, or wood of equal strength. Cleats shall be housed into rails one-half (%) inch, and shall be nailed to each rail with three ten-penny wire nails. Sovmd knots in 170 New York State Industeial Commission rails and cleats, which must not exceed one-half ( % ) inch in diameter, shall be one-half ( % ) inch or more from edges of rails or cleats. Rule 1215. Extension Laddebs Length Rungs, diameter From 20' to 26' More than 26' and up to 32' More than 32' and up to 38' More than 38' and up to 42' More than 42' and up to 46' 11" w w w If Longer ladders shall have side rails of proportionately larger dimensions. Each ladder shall be equipped with two (2) automatic locks of an approved type (preferably of the spring type). Locks shall be of such con- struction as to make the extension ladder equal in strength to a ladder constructed of continuous side rails. All parts of the lock shall be of malleable iron or other approved material except spring and bushing, which shall be of non-corrosive material. Locking devices other than as specified herein may be approved on applica- tion to the Industrial Commission. All other iron parts of the ladder shall be of malleable or wrought iron. The ladder shall be equipped with a galvanized malleable or wrought iron shackle and pulley. Rule 1218. PoETABLE Step Ladders Length Cross section of side rail Cross section of steps or treads Cross section of back leg When Rungs ABE Used Center Ends TTp to 8' f'xsr J'x3J" rx3f" rx3j" rx3i" Vxzr rxii" l"xli" ii"x2r li" W 4" More than 8' and up to 12' More than 12' and up to 16' t i' The above dimensions are for a maximum working load of one thousand (1,000) pounds. Lumber shall be No. 1 clear spruce or other approved wood of equal strength. Metal parts shall be malleable or wrought iron. Bracing. Rungs or bars shall be of strength equal to that of an oak or ash rung one and one-eighth i(l%) inches in diameter. Steps shall be Industrial Code — Building Work 171 reinforced and secured to side rails by other means, in addition to nails. Tlie back and' front shall be secured to each other in such a, manner that ■when open the ladder shall have a proper pitch and all parts shall be of a material sufBciently strong to sustain required load. Rule 1217. 'Sechonai, Ladders Minimum size side rails — three (3) inches by one and one-eighth (1%) inches. Minimum size rimgs — one and one-eighth (1%) inches diameter. Lumber shall be No. 1 clear spruce, Oregon pine, Norway pine, or other approved wood of equal strength. Rungs shall be mortised through the side rails and securely fastened thereto. The sections shall be not over ten (10) feet, preferably six (6) feet in length. The connection joint shall be not less than one (1) foot. The grooved ends of the sections shall be reinforced with a metal plate of not less than No. 18 U. S. gauge properly secured thereto. Rule 1218. Trestle Ladders Sides — one and one-eighth (1%) inches by two and three-quarters (2%) inches for ladders up to ten i(10) feet in length. Rungs — one and one-quarter (1%) inches in diameter of oak or ash, or other approved wood of equal strength. Longer ladders shall have sidte rails of proportionately larger dimensions. Lumber shall be No. 1 clear spruce, Oregon pine, Norway pine, or other approved wood of equal strength. Metal parts shall be of malleable or wrought iron. Rungs shall be mortised through the sides and securely fastened thereto. Rule 1219. Extension Trestle Ladders Base Ladders. Sides — one and three-eighths (1%) inches by two and five- eighths (2%) inches, for ladders up to ten (10) feet in length. Rungs — one and one-eighth (1%) inches in diameter of oak or ash, or other approved wood of equal strength. •Rungs shall be mortised through the sides and securely fastened thereto. Extension Section: Sides — one and three eighths (1%) inches by two and three-eighths (2%) inches. Rungs — one and one-eighth (1%) inches in diameter of oak or ash, or other approved wood of equal strength. Rungs shall be mortised through sides and securely fastened thereto. Lumber for extension trestle ladders shall be No. 1 clear spruce, Oregon pine, Norway pine, or other approved wood of equal strength. Metal parts shall be of malleable or wrought iron. Locking device for securing the extension section to the base shall be of an approved design. 1Y2 New Yoek State Industeial Commission SCAFFOLDS Rule 1220. SwiNGiNO Scaffolds a. Fittings: 1. Every scaflFold, swung or suspended from an overhead support, which is ten ( 10 ) feet or more above the ground or floor, shall have a railing of wood not less than one and three-quarter (1%) inches by two and three-quarter (2%) inches, or other approved material of equal strength, properly secured at intervals of not more than twelve (12) feet, such railing to be at least thirty-four (34) inches above the floor or floors, or main portion of scaffold and extending its entire length. 2. A toe board of wood not less than four i(4) inches in height, shall extend along the outside of the scaffold and shall be secured thereto. 3. Such scaffold shall be not less than twenty-seven (27) inches in width and have supports or hangers at intervals of not more than twenty-two (22) feet. Hangers shall be of either iron or steel, of one continuous piece and of such construction that the platform will rest on the hanger, A life line shall be provided. 4. Bope or ropes used for .supports shall be manilla or cotton of the best grade, not less than three-quarters (%) of an inch in diameter, properly spliced into standard six (6) inch ball bearing, roller bearing or bush blocks. Steel cable of approved strength with approved blocks may be used. 5. All ropes, cables and blocks supporting scaffolds, shall be capable of sustaining at least four times the maximum weight of the material and men to be placed on the scaffold. 6. All ropes shall be carefully tested before each operation and every thirty days thereafter, if the operation exceeds that period of time. A record of such test shall be kept, such record to specify the time and place of the test and the names of at least two persons witnessing the test. 7. All iron work shall be of the best grade and the forging done with care and tested before being used. 8. Means shall be provided to prevent scaffold from swaying. b. Ladder Type Platforms: 1. General. Platforms shall be of first class construction, showing evidence of care and judgment in selection of stock and manufacture and shall con- form to the schedule below. 2. Sides. They shall be of the best clear spruce, or other approved mate- rial of equal strength. 3. Bungs. They shall be round and of straight grained oak, ash or hickory. That part of the rungs mortised in the sides shall have a mini- mum diameter of seven-eighths {%) of an inch. In the mortising, the workmanship shall be good and no splitting of the sides or rungs shall be allowed. 4. Iron Rods. They shall pass through the sides and be riveted over washers at both ends. 5. Flooring. It shall be of spruce strips or other approved material with upper surface dressed. The strips shall be spaced not more than flve-eighths (%) inch apart, except at the rails where the space may be one (1) inch. Industrial Code — Building Wokk 1Y3 SCHEDULE All sizes are minimum dressed Inside width Cross section ends Sides middle RUNOS Ikon Rods Length No. Diam- eter No. Diam- eter Flooring 15' 16' 18' 20' 24' 25' 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" 24" irx2r 17x21" 11" X 3' lFx3" irx3" lf"x3" irx3|" irx3|" irx4" irx4" irx4r l|"x4i" 10 11 12 13 16 17 1—" 1 If 1 " 14" 1 " 1 1ff 4 4 4 4 5 5 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" \" x3" i"x3" i"x3" i"x3" rx3" rx3" c. other Platforms: Any other platform shall be constructed of solid timbers or planking of sufficient strength to support n, load of four times the weight of the material and men to be placed thereon. Rule 1221. Suspended Scaffold Definition. The term " suspended scaffold " shall mean a platform sus- pended by cables and operated by hoisting machines. Outriggers shall be equal in strength to six (6) inch I beams. The plat- form shall be suspended by steel cables securely fastened to the outriggers and the cables shall be securely fastened to each end of the putlogs, which carry the platform or to hoisting machines which are fastened to ends of the putlogs. The platform shall be secured against slipping. Putlogs shall be not more than ten i(10) feet apart. Putlogs may be of wood, provided they are equal in strength to four (4) inch by five (5) inch straight-grained spruce timber, free from knots that affect the strength of the wood. The platform shall be not less than four (4) feet wide, and made of not less than two (2) inch planks properly secured and laid close. The outside of the platform shall be provided with a substantial railing of iron or wood not less than forty-two (42) inches high, and provided with a toeboard not less than nine (9) inches high. The space between the toeboard and the railing shall be filled in with wire netting of not more than three-quarter (%) inch mesh. An overhead protective covering shall be maintained at such times as the platform is in use, at a height of not more than nine (9) feet above the working platform. All working parts of hoisting machines shall be exposed so that defective parts, if any, can be easily seen. All metal parts shall be of high grade steel or iron, of approved type, and shall be carefully inspected before men are allowed to work on scaffold. Rule 1222. Built Up Scaitolds None but skilled workmen shall be employed in the erection of scaffolds, and tb" work shall be under the supervision of a man who thoroughly under- 174 ITew Toek State Industrial Commission stands the dangers that are involved, and who knows and will take such precautions as are necessary to insure safety. No scaffold shall be altered by removing uprights, braces or other sup- porting members, except under the supervision of the contractor or his agent responsible for the scaffolds. In no case shall the strength of the scaffold be impaired. Scaffolds shall not be overloaded. Material shall not be delivered nor allowed to accumulate to such an extent as to subject the scaffold to a strain which it is not intended to support. All scaffolds shall be constructed of sound pine, spruce or other approved wood of equal strength. Members of iron or steel of equal strength may be used. All nails shall be driven full length. Eunways or ladders shall be erected to platforms of scaffolds five (5) feet or more in height. Where a scaffold crosses an opening which extends five i(5) feet or more above the platform, a guard rail shall be erected across the opening, three feet above the platform. Rule 1223. The following schedules of design and dimensions shall be used for all scaffolds more than fourteen (14) feet in height. Materials of different sectional dimensions may be used, but they shall be of equal strength to that given in these schedules. Spacinga may be increased if the cross section of the material and the cross-bracing to be used is increased sufficiently to give strength and rigidity equal to that required by the schedules, a. Schedule^ of Scaffolds More than Fourteen (14) Feet in Seight: Plasterers General Brick- layers Stone masons Posts — End Posts — Middle . Runners Bearers — ^Top . . Bearers 3"x4" 3"x4" ij"x4r Splice pieces Braces Spacing posts — longitudinal . Spacing posts — transverse . . Spacing sections — vertical . . Distance, wall to posts Planking Railing Toeboard 1 2" X 9" li"x4" rx44" 6' 12' 6' 22" i"x9" 3" X 4" 3"x4" l}"x4i" IJ" X 9" li"x4J" lj"x4" lFx4" 6' 12' 6' 6" 22" li"x9" 4"x4" ' ii'''x 9" ■ ■ 2" X 9" li"x4" li" X 9" 10' 10' 9' 31" 2"x9" irx4r 2" X 9" 4"x6" 4"x4" li" X 9" ■"2'''x9'' li"x4" li" X 6' li"x9" 6' 10' 9' 31" 2"x9" li"x4i" 2"x9'' Scaffolds over sixty (60) feet in height: Plasterers: End posts 4" x 4". Bricklayers : End posts 4" x 6" half way up. Stone Masons : End posts '6" x 6". Middle posts 4" x 6". Scaffolds over eighty (80) feet in height: General: End posts 4" x 4" half way up. Middle posts 4" x 4" half way up. Industrial Code — Building Work 17o b. Special Adjustable Scaffolds: Special adjustable scaffolds shall be not more than fourteen (14) feet in height and constructed as follows: Dimensions Standards 2" x 4" Brackets at base of standards %" x 6" Braces 2" x 4" Cross pieces (adjustable) 2" x 8" Platforms shall be not less than one and one-quarter (1%) inches in thick- ness. When platform is one and one-quarter (1^4) inches in thickness, the distance between supports shall be not more than six (6) feet. When platform is two (2) inches in thickness, the distance between sup- ports shall be not more than eleven (11) feet, provided- however, that hem- lock may be used, when the distance between supports is not more than nine (9) feet. The cross pieces shall be so constructed as to provide for a single plank platform for masons or bricklayers to stand upon, a double plank platform for tenders, and an elevated plank platform for holding materials. All liunber shall be straight grained and sound, spruce, cypress, white pine or other approved wood of equal strength, free from unsound knots. Ends, braces and cross pieces shall be bolted with bolts not less than one- half (%) inch in diameter and top of standards shall be banded with three (3) inch by one-eighth (Vs)' inch band iron. All supporting and tie bolts shall be not less than three-quarters (%) of an inch in diameter. Rule 1224. HOESE Scaffolds Horse scaffolds shall be not more than fourteen (14) feet in height. Sound square-edged lumber, of pine, spruce or other approved material of equal strength shall be used. Platform shall be not less than one and one- quarter (1%) inches in thickness. There shall be no opening in platforms excepting those necessary for passage of workmen and material. Where material one and one-quarter (1%) inches in thickness is used for platforms, the distance between supports shall be not more than six (6) feet. Where material two (2) inches in thickness is used for platforms, the distance between supports shall be not more than eleven (11) feet, provided however, that hemlock may be used, when the distance between supports is not more than nine (9) feet. a. Horses for masons' and bricklayers' scaffolds shall be constructed as follows : Dimensions Bearers 3" x 4" Legs ^ ^ ", ^ ^^ " Braces 1% -^ ■* Half diagonal braces IW'^^Vi" Materials of different sectional dimensions may be used if of strength equal to that given. 176 New York State Indtjsteial Commission b. Horses for other than masons' and bricklayers' scaffolds shall be con- structed as follows: Dimensions Bearers 1%" x 9" Legs 1%" X 4%" Braces 1%" x 4%" Half diagonal braces extending from leg to center of bearer. . . . I14" x 4%" Distance between legs not over 11' Materials of different sectional dimensions may be used if of strength equal to that given. Rule 1225. Otjtbiggeb Scaffolds Outriggers shall be of sound yellow pine or spruce not less than three ,(3) inches by ten (10) inches or other approved material of equal strength. Out- riggers shall not project more than six (6) feet from the outer face of build- ing and shall be well braced and secured to prevent tipping or turning. The platform shall be of sound yellow pine, spruce or other approved material of equal strength, not less than two (2) inches thick, laid close. The outside of the platform shall be provided with a substantial railing of iron or woodl^ not less than forty-two (42) inches high, and provided with a toeboard not less than nine (9) inches high. The space between the toeboard and the railing shall be filled in with wire netting of not more than three-quarters {%) inch mesh. Rule 1226. Ironwoekebs' Scaffolds For riveting, drilling or other work on structural steel where flooring has not been completed, a scaffold shall be used suspended or fastened by manilla rope not less than one and one-quarter (1%) inches in diameter and so secured to the beams or girders as to prevent slipping or tipping. All ropes shall be free from acid flaws or other imperfections. The needle beams shall be not less than four (4) inch by six (6) inch spruce or other approved lumber of equal strength and shall be free from knots or other imperfections. The platforms of the scaffold in the interior of the building shall be not less than two (2) feet, six (6) inches wide and the platforms on the outside not less than three (3) feet, six (6) inches wide, made of plank two (2) inches or more in thickness, or spruce or other approved lumber of equal strength, free from knots or other imperfections. They shall be secured by suitable cleats or drop bolts to prevent them from slipping, tipping or collapsing. Scaffolds, as specified in this rule, shall be erected' by men using same. Rule 1227. Runways Inclined runways, where erected for the use of workmen, shall be not less than twenty (20) inches in width, and supported so as to prevent deflection and springing action. Cleats eight (8) inches or more in length shall be securely fastened on such runways not more than sixteen (16) inches apart. Runways extending from story to story, which are used in place of stair- ways shall have on open sides railings not less than thirty-six (36) inches in height. Industrial Code — Building Work 177 STAIRWELLS AND STAIRS Rule 1228. "Standard Railings,'' when used in connection with stairwells and stairs, shall be wood railings, shall be not less than forty-two (42') inches in height, and shall be provided with intermediate rail between top rail and floor and constructed in a substantial manner, smooth and free from pro- truding nails and splinters. The uprights shall be not less than two (2) inches by four i(4) inches or equivalent cross section, spaced not more than eight (8) feet apart. The top rail shall be not less than two (2) inches by four (4) inches or equivalent cross section and mid-rail not less than seven- eighths (%) inch by four (4) inches. Rule 1229. " Standard Toeboard " shall be not less than seven-eighths (%) inch by sir (6) inches placed on edge. Rule 1230. The installation of stairways in new buildings shall be started as soon as floor conditions will permit. Rule 1231. Stairwells, until permanently enclosed, shall be guarded on all open sides with standard railings and toeboards. Rule 1232. Stairways on which the treads have to be filled in later with cement or other filling material shall have wooden treads not less than seven-eighths (%) inch thick, full width of the tread, firmly fitted in place and replaced when worn below the level of the metal nosing. Where skeleton iron stairs are installed, they shall have wooden treads and landings not less than two (2) inches thick. All treads and landings shall be free from protruding nails and splinters. Rule 1233. Temporary wooden stairways or permanent stairways, on which the permanent guard rail has not been erected, shall be provided on all open sides with temporary guard rails thirty-six (36) inches in height, measured vertically from the center of the tread and shall be constructed in a strong and substantial manner. Rule 1234. In all buildings seventy-five i(75) feet or over in height, where permanent stairways have not been erected, at least one line of temporary stairs shall be installed. Such temporary stairways shall have treads two- (2) inches by ten (10) inches, stringers three (3) inches by ten (10) inches, with two stringers for stairways three (3) feet or less in width and three stringers for stairways from three (3) to five (5) feet in width. They shall have guard rails thirty-six (36) inches in height measured vertically from center of treads, constructed in a strong and substantial manner. ELEVATOR HOISTWAYS Rule 1235. All elevator hoistways, when not enclosed with solid partitions and doors, shall be guarded on all open sides by standard railings and standard toeboards, as specified in Rules 1228 and 1229. Where a permanent or temporary elevator car has been installed and used during construction for carrying passengers, the hoistway shall be completely enclosed in partitions not less than eight (8) feet high, and all openings therein fitted with doors, which shall be locked on the hoistway side; and the car shall be fully and substantially inclosed on all sides, including the top, except as required for entrance. When there is a car in operation and persons are employed in an adjacent shaft, such car shall be equipped with a bell or other signal which shall sound a warning while the car is in motion and persons are so employed. 178 New Yoek State Ix^jjuoiJiiJu^ vjumm.xiso±ui> During the construction of the walls enclosing the hoistway, and the parti- tion walls therein, and the installation of the overhead machinery, there shall be provided at all timeai when persons' are employed in the hoistway, an overhead protective covering for such persons so employed. FLOOR OPENINGS Rule 1236. All openings in floors throughout the building (except such as are necessary to be open for immediate use) shall be guarded by standard railings and standard toeboard, as specified in Kules 1228 and 1229. Where structural steel is being erected, the derrick floor shall be entirely planked over. Such planking shall extend three (3) feet beyond the building line3 on all exposed sides, and prior to the removal of the planking, the person responsible for such removal shall see that the planks are thoroughly cleaned, so that there can be no possibility of articles of any kind falling on persons working below. In buildings five stories or more in height, the planking shall be not less than three ( 3 ) inches thick. Rule 1237. Two sides of all material hoist shaftways shall be enclosed at each floor to a height of not less than eight (8) feet, with wire netting of not less than No. 10 U. S. standard gauge and with not more than one and one-half (l^/^) inch mesh. Such wire netting shall be secured to uprights so spaced as to afford a strong and substantial guard. Wood slats laid horizon- tally may be used instead of wire netting, openings between slats not to exceed one and one-half (1%) inches. The guard shall extend two (2) feet beyond each side of the shaftway. At the two sides of hoistway used for handling material, there shall be adjustable bars three (3) feet high bolted at one end to the guard and placed not less than two (2) feet from the edge of the shaft opening. Such bars shall be not less than two (2) inches by three (3) inches, made of spruce or other approved material of equal strength. A standard toeboard shall be installed on sides not used for handling material. RAMPS Rule 1238. Ramps extending from story to story shall be equipped with guard rail not less than thirty-six (36) inches high, beginning at a point four i(4) feet above the lowest landing. When used for wheel-barrows, ramps shall be not less than three (3) feet wide, firmly cleated together and secured at each end to prevent ramp from sliding. On such ramps the two outer planks shall be provided with cleats to aff'ord foothold. ARTIFICIAI, LIGHTING Rule 1239. In all parts of the building where persons are at work and on all stairways, light shall be maintained so that ten-point type can he read. SANITATION Rule 1240. Toilet facilities, as hereinafter specified, shall be provided in every building in the course of construction. Rule 1241. If temporary closets are provided, they shall be maintained until the permanent closets ai-e installed and in operation. Rule 1242. For every thirty persons or less, regularly employed in the building construction, there shall be one privy or closet space not less than twcntv-oight (28) inches wide. Industrial Code — Building Work 179 Rule 1243. Every privy or closet space shall be enclosed on three sides by solid partitions to a height of not less than six (6) feet. The entrance shall be provided with a dwarf door securely hinged and hung. A solid top shall also be provided. Rule 1244. For buildings four stories or less in height, privies or other approved types of closets may be located without the limits of the building, but not to exceed one hundred (100) feet therefrom. Privy vaults shall be emptied or incinerated to prevent overflowing. Dry sand, fine dry earth, lime or other approved means shall be provided for every privy or closet, and shall be used at frequent intervals to deodorize the contents of the vault. Rule 1245. In buildings more than four stories high, in which the perma- nent closets have not been installed, there shall be provided dry closet or closets with removable receptacles or cans which shall be emptied whenever necessary to prevent overflowing. Dry sand, fine dry earth, lime or other approved means shall be provided and shall be used at frequent intervals to deodorize the contents of the receptacle. Provided, however, that other approved toilet facilities may be permitted at the discretion of the Industrial Commission. Toilet facilities shall not be further removed from the workmen than four stories. Rule 1246. All waste must be disposed of in accordance with any rules of the State Department of Health and regulations of the Public Health Council relating thereto. Rule 1247. The owner of the building shall be responsible for the sanitary maintenance of all privies or closets, except where the responsibility is trans- ferred by contract to a contractor employed on the construction of the building. Rule 1248. Drinking water shall be supplied to persons employed in build- ings during the course of construction. HOISTING APPARATUS Boilers: Rule 1249. Boilers shall be regularly inspected by a competent person and shall be equipped with necessary devices to secure proper working conditions. Engines: Rule 1250. Hoisting engines shall be firmly fastened and braced. Every hoisting engine shall be equipped with proper brakes to sustain its maximum load in any position. Electric hoists shall have all friction levers, controller handles and foot brakes properly insulated when working parts of the derrick may form a circuit with a live wire. Protection: Rule 1251. For the operators' protection from falling objects, substantial roofs shall be erected over boilers, motors and engines. All boilers, motors and engines shall be inclosed on three sides from November 1 to April I. Material Platform Hoists: Rule 1252. All material platform hoists shall be made of sound, seasoned timber with proper iron or steel braces and fittings, or entirely of iron or steel. Whatever the construction, the hoist shall be of sufficient strength for the rated capacity. 180 New Yoek State Industeial Uommissiow Wien running between guide postsj with overhead sheave beams, the sheave beams shall be of sufficient size and strength to carry- superimposed loads, and the guide posts shall be of seasoned pine or other approved material of equal strength. Guide posts and sheave beams shall be securely reinforced, fastened and braced. Platform hoists shall be provided with overhead covering of not less than No. 16 U. S. standard gauge wire mesh or wooden slats not less than three- quarters ( % ) of an inch in thickness ; no opening in such covering shall exceed three-quarters ( % ) of an inch in at least one direction. Sections of the cover may be arranged to swing upwards for handling bulky material. Derricks: Rule 1253. Derricks shall be constructed of sound, seasoned timber, with proper iron or steel braces and fittings, or entirely of iron or steel, and shall be of proper strength and size for the work to be performed. All hand power derricks shall be equipped with an efficient friction brake and shall be provided with a device of sufficient strength to hold the load in any position. Rule 1354. All wire cables, chains, ropes and blocks shall be of sufficient size and strength to safely raise, lower or sustain the superimposed load in any position. The maximum allowable working load of new cables, chains and ropes shall be based on manufacturers' tables. Cables or ropes must be attached to drimas in a manner not to interfere with proper winding. Cables shall be secured with at least three clamps, or fastenings of approved type. Ropes shall be securely fastened at both ends. All cables or ropes leading from engines or through floor openings shall be substantially guarded. Signals: Rule 1255. Bell, whistle or electric signals shall be provided on all hoist- ing machines, except hoists for derricks where the operator has a clear and unobstructed view of the derrick and the signalman, in which case a manual system of signaling may be used. a. The following signals shall be used in connection with all hoisting machines : ( 1 ) One bell or whistle to raise. (2) One bell or whistle to stop (if in motion). (3) Two bells or whistles to lower. (4) Three bells or whistles to go slow. b. When derricks are used, the following signals shall be used: (1) One bell to raise. (2) One bell to stop (if in motion). (3) Two bells to lower. (4) One bell to raise boom. (5) Two bells to lower boom. Note. — The above signals are used with two different sounding bells. Industrial Code — Buidding Work 181 If swing lines are used on booms: ( 1 ) Three bells or whistles shall be to the right. (2) Three bells or whistles shall be to stop. (3) Four bells or whistles shall be to the left. A copy of the signal code shall be posted in a conspicuous place on each construction job where hoisting machines or derricks are used. c. All cords, wires or other devices used in connection with signal systems, shall be protected against unauthorized or unintentional use. OXY-ACETYLENE AND OTHER GAS WELDING AND CUTTING PEOCESSES I (Not for Lighting.) As a safeguard against fires and accidents in building construction and demolition, the following rules shall be observed in the use of welding and cutting processes utilizing combustible gases, such as acetylene, hydrogen, carbo-hydrogen, Blau gas, and so forth, in connection with oxygen. Rule 1856. For gases under pressure: Only cylinders which comply with Interstate Commerce Commission Shipping Container Specifications shall be used. a. Specification No. 3 applies to cylinders for liquefied gases whose charg- ing pressure at 70° F. exceeds three hundred (300) pounds per square inch. b. Specification No. 3-A applies to cylinders for nonliquefied gases whose charging pressure at 70° F. exceeds three hundred (300) pounds per square inch. c. Specification No. 8 applies to cylinders for the shipment of acetylene. Note. — The abbreviated marking " I. C. C. No. " may be employed on the cylinders to signify their compliance with the specifications in question. Rule 1257. In the storage of charged cylinders, care shall be taken to prevent tampering by unauthorized persons or damage by falling objects. Rule 1258. Charged cylinders when not in use shall not be stored near boilers, furnaces or forges, when in use, or readily inflammable material. Rule 1259. Cylinders when moved from one portion of a, structure to another shall be protected with such caps for valves as are required by the Interstate Commerce Commission Specifications. Rule 1260. Cylinders when in use shall be located as close to the work as is consistent with the work being performed so as to avoid undue lengths of hose. Rule 1261. Cylinders in use on structures shall be carefully lashed in place where there is likelihood that they may fall to a lower floor or to the ground. Rule 1262. Each cylinder connected for use with a blowpipe or torch shall have an automatic regulator or reducing valve attached directly to the cylinder valve with or without an adapter. Rule 1263. Cylinder valves shall be shut and pressure released from the reducing or regulating valves, when cylinders are connected to welding or cutting equipment but not in use. Rule 1264. When an acetylene cylinder is in use, the cylinder valve key shall be left in place on the valve spindle. Rule 1265. Oily or greasy substances shall be kept from oxygen cylinders, valves and apparatus. 182 New Yoek State Industrial Commission Rule 1266. When burning or cutting, protection by a sMeld of incom- bustible material shall be aflforded persons directly below the point of operation. Rule 1267. Suitable eye protection shall be provided for the workmen actually employed in the welding or cutting operations. Rule 1268. Welding and cutting blow pipes or torches, regulating or reducing valves, pressure gauges, acetylene generators (when permitted), hose and couplings shall be of a type approved by the Industrial Commission. Appliances referred to in this rule will be acceptable while listed as Standard by Underwriters' Laboratories. Rule 1269. If necessary to store calcium carbide on the premises, the then current regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, relating thereto, shall be followed. Rule 1270. Acetylene generators shall not be used on any building con- struction or demolition operation except after investigation and permit by the Industrial Commission. When permitted, they shall be located on the ground or on a platform on the ground. Such generators shall not be used in con- fined unventilated spaces or in close proximity to flame or where they cannot be easily charged by natural light. Care must be taken to prevent acetylene generators from freezing and being tampered with. The then current regula- tions of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, as to the operation of such generators, shall be followed. SUGGESTIONS FOR USING OXYGEN IN CONNECTION WITH COM- BUSTIBLE GASES FOR WELDING AND CUTTING (Not Mandatory.) a. Handling Cylinders: 1. Do not handle cylinders of compressed gas roughly. When unloading them from freight cars or trucks, lower them carefully to the ground or platform and do not drop them. 2. If a crane or hoist is employed for lifting or lowering cylinders when possible, use cradle instead of slings so as to reduce the possibility of drop- ping. Electric magnets should never be used for lifting cylinders. b. Storing Cylinders: 1. Full cylinders should be stored in well-ventilated, cool locations, away from elevators or gangways where they cannot be knocked over and where heavy articles cannot fall upon them. 2. In storing full cylinders they should have protection from the weather. 3. Do not allow open lights or flames of any kind to be placed where full cylinders are stored. 4. Always close the cylinder yalve even though the cylinder is considered empty. c. Care of Cylinders and Apparatus: 1. Do not use cylinders of compressed gas as a receptacle for tools and do not hang a blowpipe with its hose from the regulator on a cylinder so that the blowpipe is hanging alongside the cylinder. There is always a chance that the blowpipe may have been left burning slightly and the flame might play on the cylinder. Industeial Code — Building Work 183 2. Be sure that a gas-tight joint is made between the regulator and the cylinder valve. To make sure of this, release the pressure adjusting screw on the regulator and open the cylinder valve slowly and close the needle valve on the outlet of the regulator or on the inlet of the blowpipe. Then test the connection with soap and water. Bubbles will show a leak. If there is a, leak, shut off the gas at the .cylinder valve before tightening the joint. 3. Tests for leaks should never be made with an open flame. Use soap and water. Bubbles will show the point of leak. 4. Welding and cutting equipment such as blowpipes, torches and regulating or reducing valves should be stored and taken care of when not in use. 5. When a new cylinder of compressed gas is connected to the apparatus, be sure to open the valves on the blowpipes or torches a sufficient time before lighting to purge both lines of hose of any mixture that may be present. 6. If the workman is in doubt or the apparatits does not appear to be functioning properly, the workman should close the cylinder valves and call the foreman for instructions. 7. The hose connecting blowpipes to gas outlets should be of good quality rubber, having a sufficient number of plies of fabric to withstand the service for which it is employed and should be capable of sustaining a test pressure of at least 400 pounds per square inch maintained for five minutes. 8. See that the connections between the hose and the fittings are sound. Suitable clamps or binding wire should always be employed. 9. Lengths of hose should be protected from being run over or trampled on and should be kept free from tangles and kinks. d. Special Suggestions for Acetylene Cylinders: 1. Always store acteylene cylinders on their ends and do not lay them down. Always use the cylinders in this upright position, never when lying on their sides. 2. No device or attachment facilitating or permitting mixtures of air or oxygen with acetylene, prior to consumption, except at the burner or in a standard torch or blowpipe, should be allowed. 3. Do not tamper with the fuse plugs or other fittings which form parts of cylinders. 4. To get the full flow of gas from an acetylene cylinder it is unnecessary to open the cylinder valves more than 1% turns. When a cylinder is in use, always have a wrench handy to tighten the cylinder valve, stuffing nut and the connection between the regulator and the cylinder valve. Keep the valve key on the valve spindle or stem when the cylinder is in use. 5. On an acteylene cylinder the threading of the cylinder valve is frequently left handed. Do not force the threads so that they will be crossed. When the threads do not fit, see that the proper adapters are used. 6. Cylinders Containing Combustible Gases Other Than Acetylene: 1. If an expansion tank is used between the main supply cylinder and the point of consumption, the expansion tank must be fully equivalent in strength to the original cylinder in which the gas is received. 184 New Yoek State Industeial Commission 2. On a hydrogen cylinder the threads on the cylinder valve are frequently left-handed. Do not try to force them. Use suitable adapters. f. Special Suggestions for Oxygen Cylinders. 1. Do not tamper with or attempt to repair oxygen valves, and never use a wrench on them. 2. Always operate oxygen cylinders with the valves wide open. This will prevent leakage aroimd the stem. RULES APPLYING TO CANNERIES [185] RULE 1: EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN IN CANNERIES IBupplementarp to Labor Law, S 78, subd. 3 ; originally adopted and effective, June 27, 1913 ; readoptei with verbal changes from year to year.} Rule I. — Pursuant to subdivision 3, section 78 of the Labor Law, and upon application to be made by the employer to the Industrial Commission, women eighteen years of age and upwards may be employed or permitted to work in canning or preserving perishable products in fruit and canning establishments between the twenty-fifth day of June and the fifth day of August, nineteen hundred and nineteen, in excess of ten hours in any one day and sixty hours in any one week, but not in excess of twelve hours in any one day nor sixty-six hours in any one week nor six days in any one week, upon compliance with the following regulations: A woman may be so employed: 1. At any process or part of the work which does not require continuous standing while at work, except that she shall not be so employed in the processes of labeling or packing cans; 2. Provided that every floor on which such woman is employed be drained free of liquids; but whenever any such floor cannot be kept entirely free from liquids, slat platforms shall also be furnished upon which such woman may rest her feet while at work; 3. Permits granting exemption under these rules and regulations shall be revocable by the Industrial Commission for violation of any of the above regulations. [187] RULES 200-232: SANITATION OF CANNERY LABOR CAMPS [Supplementar]/ to Labor Law, 5 9S; effective June 1, 1914 : for sanitation of labor campa m general see Sanitary Code, pp. 191—193, poat.J CONSTRUCTION Roof, Walls and Floobs Rule aoo. — The roof and the walls of every dwelling, shack, tenement, bar- racks or living quarters oi any kind or description must be so constructed as to be watertight. Rule 301. — In new structures, the floor of every room used for sleeping purposes must be built of wood, asphalt or concrete with smooth finish of non- absorbent cement; if built of wood it must be raised at least one foot from the ground and the boards used therefor must be planed, tongued and grooved and at least seven-eighths (%) inch in thickness; if built of asphalt or con- crete, it must be laid on a solid foundation other than earth, and must be at least two (2) inches in thickness. All such work must be executed in a thorough workmanlike manner. Rule 202. — In existing structures the floor, if built of wood, must be raised above the ground a sufficient distance to allow free circulation of air beneath it. Rule 203. — The floor of all such living quarters must be kept in good repair. If any floor is broken, or has such cracks or knot-holes that it cannot be kept in a dry and sanitary condition, it must be repaired or replaced by a new floor. IWTEBIOB PABHTIOIfS Rule 204.— In every existing structure the interior partitions must be at least ten (10) feet in height or must extend to the ceiling or roof. In every structure hereafter erected, every such interior partition must extend to the ceiling or roof. Every interior partition must be solid and without open cracks or knot-holes. Are Space and Windows Rule 205.— In every room used for sleeping purposes there must be pro- vided not less than four hundred (400) cubic feet of air space for each person except that not less than two hundred (200) cubic feet may be provided for each child under fourteen (14) years of age. Rule 206. — All living quarters other than tents must be built with windows. Every room must have at least one window opening directly to the outer air. Every window must be set with glass and so constructed that it can be easily opened. Every window-opening must have an area of at least four (4) square feet and be at least one (1) foot high. Every window-opening must be pro- tected by mesh, wire netting or other screening to prevent the entrance of any person, but not to interfere with the free circulation of air. [Note. — This rule Is to prevent trespass while encooiraglng the opening of windows for ventilation.] Rule 207. — In every existing room used for sleeping purposes having not more than one window a transom opening not less than two (2) feet by six (6) inches must be cut to the outer air. Such transom opening must be kept open to admit air but may be covered with wire netting or other screening. [188] IlTDUSTEIAL CoDE FaCTOEIES 189 Rule 208. — In every structure hereafter erected, unless ventilation through the roof is provided, there must be a window or door-opening in at least two walla of every room, one' of which may open upon a hall or passageway opening to the outer air. KrrCHEIT AND DlNINQ-EOOM Sule 2og. — There must be maintained in connection with all living quarters kitchen and dining-room accommodation under shelter, which shall have seats for at least 50 per cent of all persons dwelling in such living quarters, who are not otherwise provided with such accommodations under shelter separate from their sleeping rooms. Beds Rule 210. — Beds, cots or bunks must be provided in every room used for sleeping purposes, in sufficient numbers for the occupants of the room. Every such bed, cot or bxmk must be raised at least twelve ( 12 ) inches from the floor. No bed or bunk may be placed on© above the other. Rule 211. — ^No bed, cot or bunk may be placed at any time nearer than two (2) feet from the side of any other bed, cot or bunk in the same room. Privies and Watee-closets Rule 212. — Separate privies or water-closets must be provided for each Bex, and at the entrance clearly marked " Men " or " Women," in English and the principal native language of the persons living in the camp. No person shall be allowed to use or frequent a privy or water-closet assigned to the opposite sex. Rule 213. — No privy may be located less than twenty-five (25) feet dis- tant from any living quarters, and the entrance to every privy must be not less than twenty (20) feet distant from the entrance to a privy assigned to the opposite sex. One privy or water-closet which is readily accessible must be supplied for every twenty (20) persons of each sex occupying the living quarters. For more than one hundred (100) persons, one privy or water- closet may be supplied for every twenty-five (25) persons. Rule 214. — The entrance to every privy or water-closet compartment must be screened by a vestibule or by a stationary screen at least two (2) feet wider than the entramce door, extending to a height of at least six and one- half (6%) feet. Rule 215. — Every privy vault must be watertight and fly-proof and the walls of every privy vault hereafter built must extend not less than twelve (12) inches above the surface of the surrounding ground. Rule 216. — Every privy must be ventilated by an unobstructed opening to the outer air, other than the door, which has an area of at least one hundred and forty-four (144) square inches. Every privy must be provided with a door. Every window and ventilating opening of a privy must be protected by metal screens which will prevent the entrance of flies, and every door must be provided with a self-closing device to keep it closed. Watee StlPPLT Rule 217. — Water must be supplied for drinking and washing purposes in every camp. It must be obtained from a source and in quantities satisfactory to the Commissioner of Labor. Every employer must furnish such water at the liT^'ic nnarters nrovided for his employees. 190 New York State Indfsteial Commission Rule 218. — Where there is no stream or lake accessible for bathing, and no baths are provided for the use of the camp, shacks or sheds, separate for each sex, removed from each other and at all times accessible must be pro- vided for bathing purposes. Rule 219. — Tubs and water for laundry purposes must be provided in or adjacent to all living quarters. Deainaoe Rule 220. — The premises and surrounding ground of all living quarters and areas or passageways connected therewith must be kept thoroughly drained so that no stagnant water can collect or remain thereon. Rule 221. — Readily accessible slop sinks must be provided to carry off all liquid waste. The pouring of such waste upon the ground near the living quarters is prohibited. All waste must be disposed of in such a way as not to contaminate the water supply of the camp, and in accordance with any rules of the State Department of Health and regulations of the Public Health Council relating thereto. MAINTENAKCE Housing Rule 222. — No room located more than one floor above the ground floor in any house of frame construction may be used for sleeping quarters without the written consent of the Commissioner of Labor. Rule 223. — At least two (2) rooms must be provided for every family com- posed of husband and wife and one or more children above the age of ten (10) years. Rule 224. — Sleeping accommodations must be provided in rooms which shall be separate for each sex for aU males and females other than those who are housed together with their own irmuediate families. Beds and Bedding Rule 225. — At the beginning of every season all living quarters and all beds, cots or bunks, mattresses, pillows and covers must be entirely clean and free from all vermin. The Commissioner of Labor may at any time thereafter order the immediate cleansing and disinfection of such premises and articles, or destruction of such articles. Refuse and Gaebage Receptacslbs Rule 226. — Metal, sheet-iron or sheet-iron lined receptacles, or other recep- tacles of solid construction, with covers so constructed and arranged as to prevent the entrance of flies and other insects, must be placed adjacent and convenient to all living quarters. All refuse and garbage must be placed therein, and at least every other day or whenever the receptacle is full, must be destroyed by fire or removed to a safe distance from any building or dwelling and so deposited as not to create a nuisance. Industeial Code — Factoeies 191 Pkities Rule 227. — Every privy vault must be emptied at least once a month, and at more frequent intervals if necessary. In no case must it be allowed to overflow. Removable metal receptacles or cans may be used instead of privy vaults if they are watertight and emptied whenever necessary to prevent overflowing. Dry sand, fine dry earth, lime or sawdust must at all times be provided in a receptacle in every privy and used at frequent intervals to deodorize the contents of the vault. Rule 228. — Every privy must be cleaned by the thorough removal of all excreta to a safe distance from any building or dwelling, and such excreta must be so deposited and so disposed of on or beneath the surface of the ground as not to create a nuisance or permit the collection of flies or other insects. Cleanliness Rule 229. — Every dwelling, shack, tenement, barracks or living quarters of any kind or description and every part thereof and all the premises, slop ginks and privies connected therewith must at all times be kept in a clean and sanitary condition and free from dirt, filth, garbage and rubbish. Caeetakeb Rule 230. — In every camp composed of ten (10) or more persons there must be at least one ( 1 ) employee whose specific duty it shall be to enforce the rules as to cleanliness and the removal of dirt, filth, garbage, rubbish and excreta. Duties of Employes Rule 231. — Every employer operating a factory and furnishing to the employees thereof any living quarters, shall be responsible for the enforct- ment of every rule herein contained. Duties or Employees Rule 232. — Every person living in any living quarters to which these rules apply shall also be responsible for the carrying out of all provisions which immediately concern or affect his conduct. With the foregoing proTislons of the Industrial Code applying to cannery labor cami>s should be read also the provisions of Chapter V of the Sanitary Code, established by the State Public Health Council for labor camps in general, which are as follows : Labor Camps Regulation 1. Pollution of waters prohibited. All persons living in the open or in camps, tents, or other temporary shelters shall exercise every proper and reasonable precaution to dispose of their wastes so that springs, lakes, reservoirs, streams and other watercourses shall not be polluted. Regulation 2. Notice of labor or construction camp to be occupied by five or more persons to be given health oflScer. Every railroad or other corporation, con- tractor, lumberman or other person who shall establish, construct or maintain any labor or construction camp to be occupied by five or more persons, and the person in charge of any temporary living quarters on wheels or otherwise that shall be provided for five or more workmen, shall at once notify the health ofBcer of the town or village in which the camp or quarters are to be located, by telephone, telegraph or letter, of the presence and location of such quarters or camp. 192 New York State Inbttsteial Commission Regulation 3. Health officer to inspect and pass on location and sanitary con- ditions of camps. It sliall be the duty of each health officer when notified of the establishment of any camp with temporary buildings, on wheels or otherwise, in his jurisdiction promptly to inspect and determine the propriety of the location of the camp and of its sanitary conditions. If the location or manner of operation of the camp be found by him to be detrimental to the public health he shall cause the camp to be removed or the manner of Its operation to be corrected. Regulation 4. Permit required for labor or construction camp to be occupied by more than ten persons for more than six days. No railroad or other corporation, contractor, lumberman or other person shall establish, construct or maintain any labor or construction camp to be occupied by ten or more .persons for a period of more than six days without a permit from the local health officer. Whenever any such camp shall be vacated, the person in charge thereof shall forthwith notify the local health officer and surrender to him the permit therefor. Regulation 5. Application required for permit. Application for such permit shall be made in writing to the local health officer. The application shall state the exact situation of the proposed camp, the type of camp to be established, the approximate number of persons to be maintained, the probable duration of stay, the proposed source of water supply for the camp, and the proposed method of sewage and garbage disposal. Regulation 6. Conditions of Issuance of permit ; may be revoked. If the local health officer Is satisfied after inspection that the proposed camp will not be a source of danger to the health of others or to its inmates, he shall issue the necessary permit in writing in a form to be prescribed by the state commissioner of health. In case the local health officer declines to issue the permit an appeal may be taken to the state commissioner of health, who may grant a permit. Any such permit may be revoked for cause by the local health officer or by the state commissioner of health, after a hearing. Regulation 7. Health officer to be notified of the name of the person responsible for sanitary condition of camp. It shall be the duty of the owner, manager or foreman of a labor or construction camp occupied by twenty or more persons to detail one person who shall be responsible for the sanitary condition of the camp, and to notify the local health officer of the name of such person. Regulation 8. Copy of this chapter to be posted. There shall be furnished by the health officer and conspicuously posted in every camp a copy of this present chapter of the sanitary code or of such parts thereof as icay be considered neces- sary by the state commissioner of health. Regulation 9. No building, tent or car in any camp to be nearer than fifty feet of water's edge of public water supply. In every camp or temporary quarters the nearest part of any building, tent, car or shed shall be at least fifty feet in a horizontal direction from the water's edge of any stream, lake or reservoir, except in the case of the Hudson river below the city of Albany, the waters of which are used for a public water supply. Regulation 10. Suitable privy or other toilet facilities to be provided and used. For every camp there shall be provided convenient and suitabUe privy op other toilet facilities approved by the local health officer, which the occupants of the camp shall be required to use instead of polluting the ground. Regulation 11. Construction of privies more than two hundred feet from the water's edge. If such privy be more than two hundred feet from the water's edge of any spring, stream, lake or reservoir forming part of a public or private water supply, it shall consist of a pit at least two feet deep, with suitable shelter over the same. No such pit shall be filled with excreta to nearer than one foot from the surface of the ground and the excreta in the pit shall always be covered with earth or ashes. If the camp is to be occupied for more than six days between May 1 and November 1 the shelter and pit shall be enclosed In fiy netting. Regulation 12. Construction and care of privies located between fifty and two hundred feet from the water's edge. If such privy be between fifty and two hun- dred feet from the waters of a spring, stream, lake or reservoir forming part of a public or private water supply, there shall be no pit, but the excreta shall be received in a water-tight tub or bucket and periodically, as often as may be found neces- »ary, shall be taken away and disposed of. Such privy shall be properly screened liTDtrsTKiAL Code — rACTORiES 193 against flies and kept In a clean and sanitary condition ; the palls or buckets shall not be allowed to fill so that they overflow or spill In carrying, and the construction of the privy shall be such that the convenient removal and replace- ment of the tubs or buckets Is facilitated. Regulation 13. Disposal of wastes from privies. The palls or buckets used in privies located between fifty and two hundred feet from the water's edge, as referred to In Regulation 12, shall when not more than three-quarters filled be removed from the privy and carried at least two hundred feet from the water's edge and the contents there either burned or burled In a trench at least two feet deep so that when buried there shall be at least one foot of earth cover. The tuba or buckets immediately after being emptied shall be rinsed out with a suitable disinfectant as particularly prescribed for such purposes by the special rules and regulations of the state department of health and the rinsing fluid shall also ba emptied into the trench. Regulation 14. Garbage to be disposed of in suitable manner. All garbage, kitchen wastes and other rubbish in camps shall be deposited In suitable covered receptacles which shall be emptied dally or oftener If necessary, and the contents burned, burled or otherwise disposed of in such a way as not to be or becomt offensive or insanitary. Eegulatlon 15. Water rules to be observed. Whenever a camp Is established on the banks of a spring, lake, reservoir, stream or other watercourse which Is a source of water supply protected by water rules formulated by the state commis- sioner of health, no bathing or washing by the occupants of said camp shall be allowed in said springs, lakes, reservoirs, streams or other watercourses, and all said water rules shall be strictly observed. There shall be furnished by the local health officer and conspicuously posted in such camp a copy of said rules or parts thereof as may be considered necessary by the state commissioner of health. Regulation 16. Location and drainage of stables regulated. No stable or other shelter for animals shall be maintained within one hundred feet of any living quarters in a camp, nor within one hundred and fifty feet of any kitchen or messroom therein. No drainage from such stable or shelter shall be permitted to empty directly into any spring, lake, reservoir, stream or other watercoursa forming part of a public or private water supply. Regulation 17. Camps to be kept and left In clean and sanitary condition. All tents, cars, and buildings in, and the grounds surrounding, camps shall at all times be kept and when definitely vacated be left in a clean and sanitary condition. Regulation 18. Person in charge of camp to report cases of disease presumably communicable. It shall be the duty of the person In charge of any labor or other camp to enforce' Regulation 6 of Chapter II of the sanitary code, reading as follows: " It shall be the duty of every visiting nurse and public health nurse and of the person In charge of any labor or other camp, having knowledge of any person affected with any disease presumably communicable, who by reason of the danger to others seems to require the attention of the public health authori- ties, to report at once to the local health officer, within whose Jurisdiction such case occurs, all facts relating to the Illness and physical condition of such affected person." Regulation 19. Isolation of cases of communicable disease ; cases not to be re- moved without permission of health officer. Whenever n case of disease presumably communicable shall occur in any labor or construction camp It shall be the duty of the person in charge of the camp Immediately to Isolate the case. Such Isolation shall be maintained in a manner approved by the local health officer. The person in charge of the camp- shall not allow the case to leave or be removed from such camp without the permission of the local health officer. Eegulatlon 20. Duty to enforce regulations on person In charge. It shall be the duty of the superintendent, foreman or other person in charge of a camp to see that all regulations of this chapter are faithfully observed. Eegulatlon 21. Supplementary rules and regulations. Labor and construction camps shall be subject to such special and supplementary rules and regulations, not Inconsistent herewith, as may from time to time be made by the state com- missioner of health. Eegulatlon 22. Date of taking effect and territory where effective designated. Every regulation in this chapter shall take effect throughout the state of New York except in cities on the first day of January, 1915. RULES APPLYING TO COMPRESSED AIR WORK [195] RUCES 1150-118»: WORK IN COMPRESSED AIR [Supplementary to Labor Law, §§ 134-a-134-e; effective Maa-ch, 1, 1920.] GENERAL TUNNELS AND CAISSONS Rule 1150. Wtenever work is in progress in the construction of which men are employed in compressed air, there shall always be present some one competent person, representing the person, firm or corporation carrying on the work, or the contractor for the particular section or subdivision thereof, who shall be responsible in all respects for full compliance with all pro- visions of the Labor Law and the rules of the Industrial Code relating to work in Compressed Air, and who for that purpose shall have authority to require all persons employed on the work to comply with such provisions. The term " permitted to work or remain therein " shall not be deemed to include the time required to pass from normal air to point of work or return therefrom to normal air. All machines and parts of machines shall be guarded in accordance with rules relating to dangerous machinery, as set forth elsewhere in the Indus- trial Code. Hours of Labor Rule 1151. Hours of labor shall be as follows: (a) When the air pressure in any compartment, caisson, tunnel or place in which men are employed is greater than normal and less than twenty-two pounds to the square inch, no employee shall be permitted to work or remain therein more than eight hours in any twenty-four hours and shall be per- mitted to work under such air pressure only if he shall during such eight hours return to the open air for an interval of at least thirty consecutive minutes, which interval his employer shall provide for. (b) When the air pressure in any compartment, caisson, tunnel or place in which men are enaployed is twenty-two pounds or over and less than thirty pounds to the square inch, no employee shall be permitted to work or remain therein more than six hours in any twenty-four hours, such six hours to be divided into two periods of three hours each, with an interval of at least one hour between such periods. (c) When the air pressure in any such compartment, caisson, tunnel or place is thirty pounds or over and less than thirty-five pounds to the square inch, no employee shall be permitted to work or remain therein more than four hours in any twenty-four hours, such four hours to be divided into two periods of two hours each, with an interval of at least two hours between such periods. (d) When the air pressure in any such compartment, caisson, tunnel or place is thirty-five pounds or over and less than forty pounds to the square inch, no such employee shall be permitted to work or remain therein more than three hours in any twenty-four hours, such three hours to be divided into periods of not more than one and one-half hours each, with an interval of at least three hours between such periods. (e) When the air pressure in any such compartment, caisson, tunnel or place is forty pounds or over and less than forty-five pounds to the square nQ7i 198 New York State Indttsteial Commission inch, no employee shall be permitted to work or remain, therein more than two tours in any twenty-four hours, such two hours to be divided into periods of not more than one hour' each, with an. interval of at least four hours between such periods. (f) When the air pressure in any such compartment, caisson, tunnel or place is forty-five pounds or over and less than fifty pounds to the square inch, no employee shall be permitted to work or remain therein more than, ninety minutes in any twenty-four hours, such ninety minutes to be divided into two periods of forty-five minutes each, with an interval of not less than five hours between such periods. The limits of hours as herein specified shall apply according to the maxi- mum pressure attained at any time during any period. Decompression Rule 1152. No person employed in compressed air shall be permitted to pass from the place in which the work is being done to normal air, except after decompression in the intermediate lock as follows: A stage decompression shall be used in which a drop of one-half of the maximum gauge pressure shall be at the rate of five pounds per minute. The remaining decompression shall be at a uniform rate and the total time of decompression shall equal the time specified for the original maximum pressure. (a) Where the air pressure is greater than normal and less than fifteen pounds to the square inch, decompression shall be at the minimum rate of three pounds per minute. (b) Where the air pressure is fifteen or over and less than twenty pounds to the square inch, decompression shall be at the minimum rate of two pounds per minute. (c) Where the air pressure is twenty pounds or over and less than thirty pounds to the square inch, decompression shall be at the minimum rate of three pounds every two minutes. (d) Where the air pressure is thirty pounds or over to the square inch, decompression shall be at the minimum rate of a pound per minute. The time of decompression shall be posted in each man lock. (See Form.) Gauges Rule 1153. When the pressure exceeds seventeen pounds to the square inch, when practicable to do so, a recording gauge to show the rate of decom- pression shall be attached to the exterior of each man lock. The dial shall be of such size that the amount of rise or fall in the air pressure, within any five minutes, shall be readily shown. There shall be on the outer side of each working chamber at least one back pressure gauge, which shall be accessible at all times and shall be kept in accurate working order. Additional fittings shall be provided? so that test gauges may be attached at all necessary times. Back pressure gauges shall be tested every twenty-four hours and a record kept of such test. A competent man shall be placed in ehaige of the valves and gauges which regulate and show the pressure in the working chamber. He shall not be employed more than eight hours in any twonty-four. At no time shall he operate more than two separate air linss. Industrial Code — Compeessed Aie 199 Daily Inspections Rule 1154. While work is in pn^ress, a competent person designated there- for shall make a regular inspection at least once every working day of all engines, boilers, steam pipes, drills, air pipes, air gauges, air locks, dynamos, electric wiring, signaling apparatus, brakes, cages, buckets, hoists, tracks, cables, ropes, timbers, supports and all other apparatus and appliances ; and he shall immediately upon discovery of any defect, report same in writing to the person present in charge. Lighting Rule 1155. All lighting in compressed air chambers shaJl be by electricity only. Wherever practicable there shall be two independent lighting systems with independent sources of supply. The exterior of all lamp sockets shall be entirely non-metallic. All portable incandescent lamps used shall be guarded by a wire cage large enough to enclose both lamp and socket. All incandescent lamps shall be so placed that they cannot come in contact with any combustible material. Only heavy insulated or armored wire shall be used. Travel Rule 11 5G. No employee shall ride on any loaded car, cage or bucket nor walk up or down any incline or shaft while any car, cage or bucket is above. Intoxicated Persons Rule 1157. No person addicted to the use of intoxicating drink shall have charge of any explosives, boiler, engine or hoist, and no person under the influence of liquor shall be allowed on any part of the work. Explosives Rule 1158. Only experienced men who have been selected and regularly designated by the engineer or superintendent in charge and whose names have been posted in the field office or at the magazine, shall handle, transport, prepare or use dynamite or other high explosives. Blaster Rule 1159. There shall be one blaster in charge of blasting in each section or in each separate working chamber therein, and be shall enforce his orders and directions and personally supervise the fixing of all charges and all other blasting operations and shall use every precaution to insure safety. Character of Explosives Rule 1160. The composition of explosives shall be such as to cause the least amount of injurious fumes. Storage of E3q)losives Rule 1161. Explosives shall be stored in the city of New York in accord- 200 New Yobk State Indttsteial Commission once with the ordinances and rules of such city and elsewhere in accordance with the provisions of Article 15-a of the Labor Law. Loading Rule llffiJ. Detonators shall be inserted in the explosives only as required for each round of hlasting. Detonators shall not be inserted in the explosives without first making a hole in the cartridge with a sharpened stick. No holes shall be loaded except those to be fired at the next round of blasting. All explosives remaining after loading a round must be removed from the heading or caisson before any wires are connected. Wood only shall be used when tamping. All lights used when loading shall be of an enclosed type. If electric flash lamps are used, they must be completely insulated. Blasting Hllle 1163. In a tunnel the blasting wires shall be placed on the opposite side from the electric light and power lines and the wires shall be properly insulated. After each blast these wires shall be disconnected in front of and behind the shield, or if there is no shield at least two hundred feet from the heading or in caissons, at the top of the caissons. They shall be connected again only by the blaster just before setting off a blast. The switch used in setting off the blast shall be placed in a, box and shall remain disconnected from the lighting and the firing lines at all times until the arrival of the blaster, who shall personally make these connections and set off the blast. The box containing the switch shall be locked at all times except when a shot is being fired and the key shall be in the possession of the blaster only. The switch shall have a spring of sufficient strength to throw it open when the blaster's hand is removed. The blaster in charge of loading the holes shall fire the blast and, after the blast, make a personal inspection and see that the men do not return to work until he reports it safe for them to do so. Scaling Rule 1164. After the bUst is fired, loosened pieces of rock shall be scaled from the roof and sides of the excavation and after the blasting is completed, the entire working chamber shall be thoroughly scaled. Removal of Loose Material Rule 1165. The foreman in charge shall inspect the working chamber and have all loose rock or ground removed and the chamber made safe before proceeding with the work. Drilling Rule use. Drilling must not be started until all remaining butts of old holes are examined for unexploded charges. Exhaust Valves Rule 1167. Exhaust valves shall be provided, having risers extending to the upper part of chamber, if necessary, and shall be operated at such times Industeial Code — Compressed Air 201 as may be required and especially after a blast, and men shall not be required to resume work after a blast until the gas and smoke have cleared. Fire Prevention Rule 1168. All reasonable precautions shall be taken against fire, and provisions shall be made so that water lines shall be available for use at all times. Fire hose connections with hose connected shall be installed in all power plants and work houses. There shall be fire hose connections within reasonable distance of all caissons. Fire hose shall be connected at either side of a tunnel bulkhead, with at least fifty feet of hose with nozzle con- nection. Water lines shall extend into each tunnel with hose connections every two hundred feet and shall be kept ready for use at all times. Conununication Rule 1169. Suitable means of communication shall be maintained at all times between the working chamber and the power house and the surface, and wherever possible telephones shall be installed. Wash and Rest Rooms Rule 1170. (a) Lockers. All men shall have individual lockers of reason- able size, preferably metal lockers. (b) Dryroom. A separate dryroom shall be provided where working clothes may be dried within reasonable time. This room shall be well heated. (c) Baths. One shower bath fitted with regulating valves shall be provided for every eight men coming off shift. (d) Wash basins. One basin and stopper shall be provided for every eight men coming off shift. Running water shall be supplied. (e) Toilets. One toilet and one urinal shall be provided for every twenty men employed on each shift. (f) Water supply. A sufficient amount of hot and cold water shall be supplied at all times. i(g) Temperature. A minimum temperature of seventy degrees Fahrenheit shall be maintained at all times in wash and dressing rooms. (h) Coffee and utensils. A sufficient supply of hot coffee and sugar shall be supplied to men working in compressed air at the termination of shifts and during rest periods. Coffee must be heated by means other than direct steam. Coffee containers and cups shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition at all times. All containers shall be kept covered at all times. Sanitation and Ventilation Rule 1171. Absolutely no nuisance shall be tolerated in the air chamber; containers shall be provided when necessary. No smoking shall be permitted in the air chamber. No animals shall be permitted in. the air chamber. The supply of fresh air to the working chamber shall be sufficient at all times to permit work to be done without danger or discomfort. All air supply lines shall be supplied with check valves and carried as near to the 2Q2 New Toek State Industrial (Jommissios face as practicable. The air shall be analyzed by the contractor as required and a record kept of the same. Care shall be taken to keep all parts of tunnel, caissons and other working compartments, including lockers, dryrooms, restrooma and other equipment in a sanitary condition and free from refuse or decaying matter. Medical Attendance and Regulations Rule 1173. Any person or corporation carrying on any work in the prosecu- tion of which men are employed or permitted to work in compressed air, shall employ one or more duly licensed physicians, who shall have had experience in compressed air work, whose duty it shall be to strictly enforce the following: (a) No person shall be permitted to work in compressed air before he shall have been examined by the physician, and reported to the person in charge thereof to be physically fit to engage in such work. (b) In the event of absence from work of an employee for ten or more successive days for any cause, he shall not resume work until he shall have been re-examined by the physician and his physical condition reported to be such as to permit him to work in compressed air. (c) No person known to be addicted to the excessive use of intoxicants shall be permitted to work in compressed air. (d) No person not having previously worked in compressed air shall be permitted to work in a pressure exceeding seventeen pounds without having first been tested by the physician in the medical lock, nor shall any such person be permitted to work imder any pressure for longer than one-half of a day period until he shall have been re-examined by the physician and found to be physically fit for such work. (e) After a person has been employed continuously in compressed air for a period of two months, he shall be re-examined by the physician and he shall not be permitted to work until such re-examination has been made, and he has been reported as physically qualified to engage in compressed air work. i(f) The physician shall at all times keep a complete and full record of examinations made by him, which record shall contain dates on which examinations were made and a clear and full description of the person examined, his age and physical condition at the time examined, also a statement as to the time such person has been engaged in like employment. A uniform examination blank, which shall contain the record of examinations in every case of compressed air workers, shall be used by each medical examiner, and the record of such examinations shall be kept on file at the place where the work is in progress and shall be subject to inspection by the Industrial Commission. (g) A medical lock shall be established and maintained in connection with all work in compressed air when the maximum pressure exceeds seven- teen pounds. Such lock shall be not less than five feet in height and shall be divided into two compartments. Each door shall be provided with a bull's eye and fitted with air valve so arranged to be operated from within and without. Such lock shall be kept properly heated, lighted and ventilated, and shall contain a gauge, a telephone and cot. guch lock shall be under the control of the physician in charge and there shall be maintained in close Industrial Code — Compressed Aie 203 proximity a first-aid room, which shall contain a bath tub and all medical and surgical appliances necessary for first aid in case of accident. (h) An identification badge shall be furnished to all employees advising police ofScials that the employee is a compressed air worker; stating location of medical lock, and stating that in case of emergency, an ambulance surgeon shall remove the patient to the medical lock and not to the hospital. (i) All cases of compressed air illness shall be reported to the Industrial Commission on a imiform blank furnished by the Commission and copies of all such reports shall be kept on file at the place where the work is in progress. (j) When the air pressure exceeds seventeen pounds or when fifty or more men are employed, the physician herein required shall be in attendance at all times while the work is in progress. Signal Codes Rule 1173. Any code of signals used shall be printed and copies thereof, in such languages as may be necessary to be understood by all persons affected thereby, shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place near entrances to work places and in such other places as may be necessary to bring them to the attention of all persons affected thereby. Effective and reliable signaling devices shall be maintained at all times to give instant communication between the bottom and top of the shaft. The following code of signals shall be used for the operation of any car, cage or bucket: 1 bell — stop if in motion or hoist if not in motion. 2 bells — lower. 3 bells — run slowly and carefully. On all work in compressed air, where the whistle and repeating rap are used, the following code shall be used: 1 whistle or rap — hoist. 1 whistle or rap with a rattle — hoist slowly. 2 whistles or raps — come to stop at once. 3 whistles or raps with a rattle — lower slowly. 4 whistles or raps — open high pressure. 4 whistles or raps with a rattle — shut off high pressure. 5 whistles or raps — call person in charge. 6 whistles or raps ■ — • lights are out. 7 whistles or raps — lights are all right. 8 whistles or raps — emergency call. In all cases reply signals, repeating the original signals, must be made before proceeding. Additional signals to meet local conditions may be adopted. The minimum size of type to be used in notices shall be not less than one inch in height. Posted Copies of the Labor Law Rule 1174. Copies of such sections of the Labor Law, as apply, shall be printed in such languages as will be understood, and furnished by the Indus- trial Commission to the person in charge and posted by him in a conspicuous place at the entrance to each work place. 204 New Yoek State Inditsteial Commission TUNNELS Hoisting and Haulage Rule 1175. Cages shall he used in the shafts wherever practicable for hoisting men and materials during construction and all precautions shall be taken to insure safety. These precautions shall include safety catches of best design, landing dogs on all landings and effective devices for the prevention of over-winding. A proper safety device for blocking cars shall' be provided at all landings and also for blocking cars on cage. All parts of the hoisting apparatus, cables, brakes, guides and fastenings shall be of the most substantial design and shall be arranged for convenient inspection. The efficiency of all safety devices shall be established by satis- factory tests before the cages are put into service and at least once eivery three months thereafter. Every cage shall be provided with a tested safety catch of sufficient strength to hold the cage with its maximum load at any point in the shaft in the event that the hoisting cable should break. Cages shall be provided with strong protective roofs and shall be inclosed on two sides and shall have hanging chains or other similar devices for hand holds. The cage openings at all landings shall be guarded by automatically operated gates or bars or by a trap door cover automatically operated. No operator of any tunnel shall use any rope or cable for hoisting or lowering men when such hoisting or lowering is done by any means other than human or animal power, unless such rope or cable shall be composed of metal wires, with a factor of safety determined as hereinafter set forth; provided, however, that such metal wires may be laid around a, hemp center. The factor of safety of all such cables shall in no case he less than five. No head or angle sheave of a diameter less than sixty times the diameter of the cable used shall be used for the hoisting or lowering of men. In all grade tunnels there shall be provided a safety derailing device approved by the Industrial Commission placed as near each working face or lock as may be practicable. A red signal light shall be provided at the location of all derailing devices. All locomotives shall be equipped with proper headlight and bell. Bulkheads ■Rule 1176. Whenever the air pressure in a tunnel heading exceeds twenty- two pounds per square inch above atmospheric pressure, two air chambers shall always be in use, except for such time as may be necessary when headings are being started from shafts. Intermediate bulkheads may be required by the Industrial Commission and the distances from such intermediate bulkheads to the heading shall not be greater than that prescribed by the Industrial Commission. In all tunnels sixteen feet in diameter or over, hanging walks shall be provided from working face to nearest lock. An overhead clearance of six feet shall be maintained and suitable ramps provided under all safety screens. Safety Screens Rule 1177. In the construction of tunnels twelve feet or more in diameter, when the tunnel heading extends beyond the shore line, screens shall be Industeial Code — Compeessed Aie 205 installed when necessary, in which case screens shall at no time oe at a distance of more than two hundred feet behind the face. Locks Rule 1178. Each bulkhead in tunnels of twelve feet or more in diameter or equivalent area, shall have at least two locks in perfect working condition, one of which shall be used as a man lock. The man lock shall be large enough so that those using it are not compelled to be in a cramped position, and shall not be less than five feet in height. The emergency lock shall be large enough to- hold an entire heading shift. All locks used for decompression shall be lighted by electricity and shall contain a pressure gauge, a time-piece, a glass " bull's eye " in each door or in each end, and shall also have facilities for heating. Valves shall be so arranged that the locks can be operated both from within and from without. Record of Decompression Rule 1179. Where air pressure reaches seventeen pounds, a record of all men working in the air chamber shall be kept by a man detailed for that purpose, who shall remain outside the lock near the entrance. This record shall show the period of stay in the air chamber of each person and the time taken for decompression. Shafts and Ladders Rule 1180. In each shaft there shall be a covered stairway at least two and one-half feet wide leading from the bottom of the shaft to the surface. In lieu of this, however, in case it is not practicable to construct such a stairway, a ladder shall be installed with landings at every twenty feet of sufficient width to permit men to pass. All stairways and ladders shall be kept clear and in good condition at all times. The distance between the centers of the rungs of a ladder shall not exceed fourteen inches and shall not vary more than one inch in any one ladderway. The length of the ladder rungs (width of ladder inside of stringers) shall not be less than twelve inches. The rungs of a ladder shall in no case be leas than four inches from the wall or other obstruction in the shaft or opening in which the ladder shall be used. Under no circumstances shall any ladder inclining backward from the vertical be installed. At all landings where it is necessary to cross from one side of the shaft to the other, passageways shall be provided and shall be kept free from all obstructions and properly lighted. Transportation From Magazine to Work Rule 1181. No greater quantity of explosives than that which is required for immediate use shall be taken into the working chamber. Explosives shall be conveyed in a suitable covered wooden box painted red. Detonators shall be conveyed in separate boxes similarly constructed and painted. During transportation, explosives and detonators shall be kept not less than twenty-five feet apart. Explosives and detonators shall not be taken down the shaft on the same cage. The box shall be held in the hands of the carrier and under no circumstances placed on the floor of the cage. After blasting is completed all explosives and detonators shall be returned 2'0'6 New Yoek State Industrial Commission at once to the magazine, observing the same rules as when bringing them to the work. When locking explosives and detonators into the air chamber, they .shall be kept at opposite ends of the lock. No men other than the lock tender and the carriers shall be in the lock. Between firing rounds, the explosives and detonators shall be deposited separately on wooden platforms, not less than twenty-five feet apart, and not less than six hundred feet from the heading, on the side of the chamber opposite the electric light and power line, under the supervision of a competent man. All electric light wires must be removed from the immediate vicinity of the blast, and all electric light wires must be removed from the heading and the current turned off from the shield, if one is used. The removal of lamps from their sockets shall not be deemed compliance with this rule. Compressor Plants Rule 1182. A good and sufficient air plant for the compression of air shall be provided to meet not only ordinary conditions, but emergencies, and to provide margin for repairs at all times. Provision must be made for storing in tanks at each boiler house enough feed water for twelve hours' supply, imless connection can be made with two independent and separately sufficient sources of supply. This plant shall be capable of furnishing to each working chamber a suffi- cient air supply for all pressures to enable work to be done as nearly as possible in the dry. When electric power is used for running compressors supplying air for compressed air tunnel work and such power is piu"chased from a local central station or power company — (a) There shall be two or more sources of power from the power company's stations to the compressor plant. Such power feeders shall each have a capacity large enough to carry the entire compressor plant load and normal overload. The feeders shall preferably run from separate generating plants or substations and be carried to the compressor plant over separate routes and not through the same duct lines and manholes, so that the breakdown of one feeder shall not cause an interruption on the other feeder. (b) There shall be duplicate feeder bus-bars, and feeder connections to the bus-bars shall be such that either feeder can feed to each separate bus- bar set, individually, or simultaneously to both sets. (c) There shall be at least two compressors so connected to the bus-bars that they can be operated from either set of busses. The compressors shall be fed from different bus-bar sets, in such a way that a breakdown of a feeder or bus-bar would interrupt the operation of only part of the com- pressor plant. (d) Duplicate air feed pipes shall be provided from the compressor plant to a point beyond the lock. CAISSONS AND PLACES OTHER THAN TUNNELS Locks and Shafts Rule 1183. All shafting used in pneumatic caissons shall be provided with ladders, which are to be kept clear and in good condition at all times. The distance between the centers of the rungs of a ladder shall not exceed IwDusTEiAL Code — Compeessed Aie 207 fourteen inches and shall not vary more than one inch in any one piece of shafting. The length of the ladder rungs shall not be less than nine inches. The rungs of the ladder shall in no case be less than three inches from the wall or other obstruction in the shafting or opening in which the ladder shall be used. Under no circumstances shall a ladder inclining backward from the vertical be installed. A suitable ladder shall be provided from the top of all locks to the surface. All man shafts shall be lighted at a distance of every ten feet with a guarded incandescent lamp. All outside caisson air locks shall be provided with a platform not less than forty-two inches wide, and provided with a guard rail forty-two inches high. All caissons in which fifteen or more men are employed shall have two locks, one of which shall be used as a man lock. Man locks and man shafts shall be in charge of a man whose duty it shall be to operate said lock and shaft. All caissons more than ten feet in diameter shall be provided with a, separate man shaft, which shall be kept clear and in operating order at all times. Locks shall be so located that the distance between the bottom door and water level shall be not less than three feet. Safety Screens Rule 1184. Wherever, in the prosecution of caisson work in which com- pressed air is employed, the working chamber is less than twelve feet in length, and when such caissons are at any time suspended or hung while work is in progress, so that the bottom of the excavation is more than nine feet below the deck of the working chamber, a shield shall be erected therein for the protection of the workmen. Transportation of Explosives Rule 1185. No greater quantity of explosives than that which is required for immediate use shall be taken into the working chamber. Explosives shall be conveyed in separate boxes similarly constructed and painted and taken separately into the caisson. After blasting is completed, all explosives and detonators shall be returned at once to the magazine, observing the same rules as when conveyed to the work. In the working chamber of caissons, all electric light wires must be pro- vided with a disconnecting switch, and this switch must be thrown to dis- connect all current from wires in the working chamber before electric light wires are removed or before the charge is exploded. CompTessoT Plants Rule 1186. A good and sufficient air plant for the compression of air shall be provided to meet not only ordinary conditions, but emergencies, and to provide margin for repairs at all times. This plant shall be capable of fiirnishing to each working chamber a sufficient air supply for all pressures to enable work to be done as nearly as possible in the dry. Duplicate air feed pipes shall be installed on all caissons. Every efiFort shall be made by the best available means to keep the tempera- ture in the working chamber below one hundred degrees Fahrenheit. 208 New York State Industbial Commission Sinking of Caissons Rule 1187. No caidson shall be dropped by the mesthod of removing the air pressure therein, for a greatet depth than twenty-four' inches, and then only by the person in charge at the time. Bracing Rule 11&8. All caissons shall be properly and adequately braced before loading with concrete or other weight. FORM TO BE POSTED IN EACH MAN LOCK Time of Decompression for This Lock pounds to pounds in minutes. pounds to pounds in minutes. Total minutes. This form must be posted in man locks at all times. For copies of rules report to physician in charge. Superintendent. FORM TO BE USED BY PHYSICIAN Medical Examiner's Report of Workers Under Compressed Air No Location Name Residence Age Nationality Color Single .... Married .... Widower .... Children .... How many , Compressed Air Experience: When Where Pressure , Compressed air illness When Character Previous illness State fully habits with regard to the use of (a) Alcohol i(b) Tobacco When last attended by a physician and for what cause Signature of Applicant. Height Weight Sight Hearing Pulse Character Is the character of the heart's action free and clear 1 Are its sounds and rhythms regular and normal|? Are there any indications of disease of this organ or of the blood vessels? Circumference of chest (a) Forced expiration (b) Forced inspiration Number of respirations Is the respiratory murmur clear and distinct ? ^^. Industrial Code — Compeessed Aie 209 General appearance and carriage Blood pressure (a) Systolic (b) Diastolic Are the muscular and nervous system apparently in a healthy state? Is there any swelling of face, abdomen or lower extremitiesi? Has he a hernia ? What is the specific gravity of his lu-ine ? (a) Albumen (b) Sugar Full or half shift. Accepted Eejected Kemarks Date , 19 M. D. Medical Sxaminer. Ee-examined , 19 Eemarks , M. D. Ee-examined , 19 Remarks , M. D. Ee-examined , 19 Remarks , M. D. Ee-examined , 19 Eemarks , M. D. FORM TO BE USED IN REPORTING COMPRESSED AIR ILLNESS Location Date Name Check No Address Country df birth Color Age iSingle, married, widower or divorced Present occupation How long has he worked in compressed air ? Date employed by present employer Present employer Present attack Air pressure lbs. Time of shifts From to From to Time of decompression First Lock Minutes Second Lock Minutes Character of illness Onset of illness: Date , 19 Time A. M. P. M. How long after leaving lock did symptoms appear? Treatment ...........•....•.•.•■••■*••••••• ^ Medical lock decompression lbs. to lbs. in minutes lbs. to lbs. in minutes lbs. to lbs. in minutes Relieved: Yes. No. Signed : 210 New Yoek State Iitdusteial Commission SUGGESTIONS FOR THE GUIDANCE OF COMPRiSSED AIR WORKERS ( 1 ) Never go on shift with an empty stomach. (2) Be temperate — avoid all alcoholic liquors. (3) Eat moderately. (4) Sleep at least seven hours daily. I (5) Keep the bowels regular. (6) Take extra outer clothing into the tunnel when going on shift and wear it during decompression to avoid chilling during that period. (7) To stimulate circulation, move limbs freely during decompression. (8) Decompress slowly, for this means safety and freedom from com- pressed air illness. (9) Drink hot coffee and take a warm shower bath and a brisk rubdown after each shift. (10) Report at once to the physician in charge any compressed air ill- ness; do not give men suffering from compressed air illness any intoxicating liquor. (11) If taken sicli away from plant, communicate at once with the physi- cian in charge, Dr , Telephone, I (12) Wear your identification badge so that it will be known what to do with you in an emergency. (13) Stay about the works for at least one-half hour after locking out. (One hour is more desirable.) (14) See that you are re-examined, as required by the rules of the Indus- trial Code (regular employees must be re-examined after two months' con- tinuous employment or after an absence of ten consecutive days). Employees not previously employed in compressed air must be re-examined after first half-day period. (15) Do not work more than the two periods in any twenty-four hours. RULES APPLYING FOUNDRIES AND CORE ROOMS [211] RULES 550-599: EQUIPMENT, MAINTENANCE AND SANITATION OF FOUNDRIES AND EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN IN CORE ROOMS lEffeotive April IS. 1915.] IRON OR STEEL FOUNDRIES DKPINmONS Rule 550. — ^An iron or steel foundry shall mean a place where iron or steel or both metals are melted and poured into sand molds in the malting of cast- ings, together with all cleaning, coremaking, drying, wash rooms and toilet rooms, used in connection therewith. Rule 551. — The term " entrance," as used in these rules, shall mean main doorways opening directly to the outer air. The term "gangway," as used in these rules, shall mean well-defined passage-waya dividing the working floor of foundries but not the spaces between molds. Spaces between molds shall be divided into three classes, which shall be known as " buU-ladle aisles," " hand-ladle aisles '' and " buggy- ladle aiales." Rule 552. — Unless otherwise specified these rules shall, as to the subjects covered therein, exempt foundries from the provisions of rules relating to such subjects. I. Entbaitces and Windows ISupplementary to Labor Law. i ST. suid. 2.] Rule 553. — Entrances to foundries shall be protected from November first to April first of each year by a covered vestibule, either stationary or movable, which shall be so constructed as to eliminate draits and of such dimensions as to answer ordinary purposes, such as the passage of wheel-barrows, trucks and small industrial cars. This rule shall not apply to entrances used for railroad or industrial cars handled by locomotives or motors, or for traveling cranes, horse-drawn vehicles or automobiles; these entrances may remain open only for such time as is necessary for the ingress and egress of such cars, trucks and cranes, horse-drawn vehicles or automobiles. No locomotive shall be permitted to remain inside the foundry during the loading or xmloading of the cars. II. Ganowats [Bupplementary to Labor Law. § 97. auM. 3.] Rule 554. — ^Main gangways where iron is carried by hand, bull or truck ladles shall be not less than five feet wide. Truck-ladle gangways which are not main gangways shall be not less than four feet wide. Bull-ladle aisles be- tween floors shall be not less than three feet wide. Single hand-ladle or buggy- ladle aisles between floors shall be not less than eighteen inches wide. Where trolleys are used over molding floors for pouring metal, the aisles shall be of sufficient width to permit the safe ingress and egress of employees and the safe use of the ladles. Wihere it is necessary to occupy the central portion of the floor space in the production of moldings, continuous gangway space shall be provided. [ai3] 214 New Yoek State Industrial Commission Rule 555.^ — -During the progress of casting every gangway or aisle shall be kept entirely free from pools of water or obstructions of any nature. Every gangway shall be kept in good condition at all times. Every gangway where industrial tracks are used shall be constructed of a hard material of sub- stantial character and the top of the rail shall be flush with the floor. III. Removal op Smoke, Steam, Gases and Dttst [Supplementary to Labor Law, % 97, suM. 4] Rule 556. — Where smoke, steam, gases or dust arising from any of the operations of the foundry are dangerous to health and where a natural circu- lation of air does not carry off such smoke, steam, gases or dust, there shall be installed and operated hoods, ventilators, fans or other mechanifcal means of ventilation approved by the Commissioner of Labor. Rule 557. — Where fumes, gases and smoke are emitted from drying ovens in such quantities as to be detrimental to the health or comfort of employees, hoods and pipes or exhaust fans or other mechanical means shall be provided over the doors of such ovens; hoods and pipes will not be required where they would interfere with the operation of traveling cranes, but other effective means shall be provided for the removal of such smoke, gases and fumes. Rule 558. — The cleaning and chipping of castings shall be done in cleaning rooms except that where traveling cranes or where, in existing installations cars are used for conveying castings into such rooms, a separating partition shall be erected which shall be not less than twelve ( 12 ) feet in height. In existing installations, where the crane cage or crane girders will not permit the erection of a twelve-foot partition, the height of the partition may be re- duced sufficiently to permit of the clearance of same. Large castings may be chipped or cleaned by hand in the molding and casting room provided suffi- cient protection is furnished by the use of a curtain or screen or some other means equally good to protect employees who are otherwise employed therein. This rule shall not apply if mechanical contrivances are used for cleaning castings and the dust and particles arising therefrom are effectively removed at the point of origin by means of an exhaust system. Rule 559. — Where tumbler mills are used, exhaust systems shall be installed to effectively carry off the dust arising from the cleaning of castings, except where the mill is operated outside the foimdry. This rule shall not prohibit the use of a water barrel to clean castings. Sand blast operations shall be carried on in the open air or in a separate room used solely for such purpose. The milling of cupola cinders, when done inside the foundry, shall be carried on by an exhaust mill or water mill, each of a type approved by the Com- missioner of Labor. Rule 560. — The floor beneath and immediately surrounding the cupola shall slope and drain away from the base of same. Rule 561. — No cores shall be blown out of castings by compressed air unless such work is done outside the foundry or in a special room or dustproof en- closure approved by the Commissioner of Labor. Men employed in cleaning castings by compressed air or sand blast shall wear eye guards and helmets. Industrial Code — Factories 215 IV. Lighting and Heating ISitpplementar]/ to Labor Lav>, § 97, auhd. 5] Rule 562. — Where natural light is insufficient properly to light the foundry, artificial light of sufficient power shall be provided, in the discretion of the Commissioner of I^abor. Rule 563. — Interior walla of foundries shall be whitened, in the discretion of the Commissioner of Labor. Rule 564. — Proper and sufficient heat shall be provided and maintained in every foundry. Open fires may be used for the drying of molds or cores if coke containing less than one per cent of sulphur is used; also charcoal, gas or oils may be so used; where practicable, such drying of molds or cores shall be done at night. [Supplementarv to Labor Law, ! 97, aubd. 5] Rule 565. — All hand and bull-ladles shall be dried in ovens or outside of the foundry. A sufficient number of sheet iron shields shall be available in iron foundries for use in covering hand and bull-ladles. Rule 566. — Suitable facilities shall be provided for the thorough drying of employees' clothing. Such facilities may be located in the washroom, the locker room, or in a room used exclusively for such purpose. V. Sanitakt Conveniences in Foundries [Supplementary to Labor Law, % 97, aubd. 6] WATIEB CLOSETS Rule 567. — Water closets shall be provided in every foundry and for each Bex, according to the following table: Number of Number of persons closets Ratio 1 to 10 1 (1 for 10) 11 to 25 2 (1 for 12%) 26 to 50 3 (1 for 16%) 51 to 80 * (1 for 20) 81 to 125 5 (1 for 25) For every unit of forty-five or fractional part thereof in excess of one hun- dred twenty-five (125) persons employed, one additional water closet shall be provided. VI. Ubinai* Rule 568. — Where more than ten (10) and less than thirty (30) males are employed at one time there shall be provided one individual urinal; where more than thirty (30) and less than eighty f80) males are employed, two urinals shall be provided, and thereafter one individual urinal shall be pro- vided for every eighty (80) men employed or fractional part thereof. At least two (2) linear feet of trough or slab urinal shall be considered the equivalent of one individual urinal. 216 New York State Indttsteial CoMMissioisr VII. Washing Faciutibs and Washeooms Rule 569. — Wash basins with faucets for hot and cold -water shall be sup- plied according to the following table: Number of Number of persons wash basins Batio 1 to 8 1 (1 for 8) 9 to 16 2 (1 for 8) 17 to 30 3 (1 for 10) 31 to 45 4 (1 for 11%) 46 to 65 5 (1 for 13) For each additional twenty-five (25) employees at least one additional wash basin shall be supplied. Twenty (20) inches of sink shall be considered the equivalent of one wash basin. Rule 570. — Washrooms hereafter installed where twenty (20) or more men are employed shall be provided with at least one shower bath with an ample supply of hot and cold water, and for every additional one hundred (100) men one additional shower bath shall be provided. Rule 571. — Individual lockers, arranged for locking, shall be provided for employees and shall be placed in a room used exclusively for such purpose, in the washroom, the drying room, or at convenient places in the molding room. In cases of dispute the necessity for and the number of such lockers shall be determined by the Commissioner of Labor. Rule 572. — The general provisions of the Industrial Code shall apply in all matters not specifically covered in Bules 563 and 567 to 570 inclusive. VIII. Maintenance [Supplementary to Laior Law, § 97, sutd. 7] Rule 573. — Ladles, shanks, tongs, slings and yokes used in the pouring of molten metals shall, prior to their use, be inspected daily as to their safety, by the men preparing and using same, and in addition a regular inspection as to their safety shall be made once a month by a man designated for that pur- pose. A monthly inspection shall also be made of the chains and cables on counterweights used in connection with drying ovens. Reports of such inspec- tions shall be made on forms prescribed by the Commissioner of Labor, and shall be kept on file for his examination. Rule 574. — ^All fire ways connected with drying ovens, when built in the floor, shall at all times be protected by either a substantial protecting cover or a standard rail as defined in, rules relating to dangerous machinery. Rule 575. — All trap doors shall be guarded when open, either by standard rails as described in Rule 574 or watchmen, and all pits shall be properly covered or railed when not in use, and sufiiciently guarded at other times. Rule 576. — All passageways and stairways shall be properly lighted, and inclined runways and stairways, charging decks and platforms shall be safe- guarded with standard rails as described in Rule 574. Industrial Code — Factokies 217 Rule 577.— All pouring ladles of 2,000 pounds' capacity or more shall be equipped with a geared device for tilting same. All pouring ladles shall be so constructed that the center of gravity shall be below the bail, and shall be equipped with a clip to prevent overturning. Rule 578. — Trunnions on flasks shall be capable of sustaining the loads they are required to handle. Trunnions hereafter constructed shall be carefully designed to carry the load they are to handle and constructed with a factor of safety of at least ten ( 10 ) , including bolts where they are used. The diameter of the button shall be equal to the diameter of the groove plus one and one- half times the diameter of the sling used to handle the flask. Inside corners shall be well fllletted and in order to prevent the sling slipping off or riding the button, the radius of the corner between groove and button shall be ap- proximately equal to the radius of the sUng used, the remainder of the inside edge of the button to be straight. All trunnions constructed after April 15, 1915, shall bear the date of their construction. Rule 579. — The use of high explosives on the foundry premises for the break- ing of castings is prohibited unless effective protection is provided. Rule 580. — The breaking of castings by the use of a drop inside the foundry during working hours is prohibited. Where a drop is used for the breaking of castings outside of the foundry a permanent shield of heavy planking or other effective protection shall be provided. Rule 581. — Every employee shall use safety devices furnished for his protec- tion by the employer, where there is a hazard connected with his employment. IX. Eegtjlations fob Coeemaking Rooms in Which Womew are Employed [Supplementary to Lalor Law, § 93, iuT>d. 4] Rule 582. — Where rooms in which core ovens are located adjoin rooms where cores are made by females and where the making of cores and the baking of cores are simultaneous operations, the partition between such rooms shall be constructed of concrete, hollow tile, brick, metal, or wood covered with metal, or other material approved by the Commissioner of Labor, and there shall be in such partition only such openings as are required by the nature of the business. Rule 583. — All openings in partitions between the core oven room and the room in which females are employed shall be vestibuled with a revolving device or double doors which shall be self-closing, or any other self-closing device equally effective, which shall be approved by the Commissioner of I/abor. Such device shall be kept in such condition that gases, fumes and smoke shall be effectually trapped. Rule 584. — No female shall be allowed to handle cores which have a tempera- ture of more than one hundred and ten (110) degrees Fahrenheit. Rule 585. — No female shall be permitted to make or handle cores when the combined weight of core, core box and plate at which she is working exceeds twenty-five (25) pounds. 218 I^EW YoEK State Ikdusteial Commissioit BRASS FOtJNDRIES Debinitions. Rule 586. — A brass foundry shall mean, a place where brass, aluminum, copper, tin, zinc, gold, silver, or composition metals containing any of the foregoing metals are melted or poured into sand molds in the making of castings, except that foundries where aluminum only is melted shall be cov- ered by rules governing iron and steel foundries. The term cellar when used in these rules shall mean a room or part of a, building which is one-half or more of its height below the level of the curb on the ground adjoining the building (excluding area-ways). The term basement when used in these rules shall mean a room or part 0} a 'building which is one-half or more of its height above the level of the curb, Eegtilaeions. Kule 587. — The rules relative to dust, smoke, gases or fumea, ventilation, sanitation, heat, light, gangways and aisles, safety appliances, washrooms, cleaning rooms, drying and locker accommodations, as specified for iron and steel foundries, shall apply to brass foundries, except that main gangways shall be not less than four (4) feet wide and gangways between molds on spill troughs shall be not less than three (3) feet wide. Rule 588. — When the crown plate of an upright melting surface is elevated above the surrounding floor in excess of twelve (12) inches, the furnace shall be equipped with a platform with a standard rail; such platform shall be constructed of metal or other fireproof material, and shall extend along the front and sides of the furnace, flush with the crown plate and shall be at least four (4) feet in width and shall be clear of all obstructions during pouring time. If the platform is elevated above the floor in excess of twelve (12) inches the lowering from same of crucibles containing molten metal shall be by mechanical means. Rule 589. — When the combined weight of a crucible, tongs and molten metal exceeds one hundred (100) pounds, it shall be removed from the furnace and deposited on the floor by mechanical means. Rule 590. — When smoke finish is desired on molds made on benches or tubs, smoke boxes which shall eflfeotually trap the smoke shall be used; such bozei to be connected with flues to the outer air. Rule 591. — When molders work side by side at least five (5) feet of space sideways shall be allowed for each man, and a clear space of three (3) feet shall be provided back of each man. Rule 592. — Hoods shall be provided directly above all brass melting furnaces using gas or oil as fuel, which will effectually trap all gases and fumes gene- rated in the melting of the metal; such hoods shall be provided with outlet pipes to lead the gases or fumes to outer air. Ventilators shall be provided over all other furnaces used for melting braes or composition metal, to effectually remove the gases above the furnaces. Rule 593. — Brass foundries shall be provided with natural light from at least two sides or from at least one side, and skylights in roof. Rule 594. — All persons removing pots containing molten metal from furnaces or handling such pots shall be provided with protection for legs and feet. Industeial Code — Factories 21)9 Rule 595. — Gangway dirt and floor scrapings shall not be riddled in the room where workmen are employed, unless it is so dampened as to prevent dust arising therefrom. Rule 596. — Stoves used for drying molds, when located in the rooms used by workmen, shall be surrounded by a casing of fireproof material, to the full height of the stove. Rule 597. — No brass foundry shall hereafter be constructed with a clearance less than fourteen (14) feet between the lowest point of the ceiling and the floor, except that where a peak, saw-tooth, monitor or arch roof is constructed the side walls may be of a minimum height of twelve (12) feet. FOUNDRIES IN GENERAL FoTUBE Cellab Foundeies Rule 598. — No foundry shall hereafter be located in a cellar or basement unless the ceiling shall be at least fourteen (14) feet in height, measured from the finished floor to the under side of the ceiling; and, if the foundry is lo- cated or intended to be located entirely in the front part of the building, unless the ceiling shall be in every part at least six ( 6 ) feet six ( 6 ) inches above the curb level of the street in front of the building; or, if the foundry is located or intended to be located entirely in the rear part of the building, or to extend from the front to the rear, unless the ceiling shall be not less than three (3) feet above the curb level of the street in front of the building, and the foundry shall open upon a yard or court which shall extend at least six (6) inches below its floor level; nor unless proper and adequate provision shall be made for lighting and ventilation. Existing Cellab Fotjndbies Rule 599. — In case any foundry that was legally operated in a cellar or base- ment on January 1, 1915, shall be discontinued or unused for a period of more than four (4) consecutive months, it can thereafter be reopened as a foundry only by complying with the provisions of the rules relating to future foundries. The occasional operation of a foundry for the purposes of evading this rule shall not be deemed a continuance of use thereof. RULES APPLYING TO MILLING ESTABLISHMENTS [221] RULES 650-664: MILLING INDUSTRY AND MALT HOUSE ELEVATORS [Under authority of Labor Laic, § 20-b, effective April 15, 1915.] Rule 650.— Application. Tliese rules shall apply to all establishments com- monly known as flour, feed, and cereal mills, and to malt house elevators where such elevators are specifically referred to. Rule 651. — New construction. In mill buildings proper, where beams are part of a truss, the open space or room shall be ceiled below the truss. Where steel " I " beams are used, they shall be entirely enclosed so as to prevent the collection of dust. If beams support floor joists, the space between the joists on top of the beam and below the floor shall be blocked in solid with wood or other material, according to the construction. The entire construction shall be of such a character as to eliminate horizontal ledges on walls or ceilings. Rule 652. — In existing mills, all interior openings from boiler rooms and engine rooms shall be provided on either side of the wall with approved auto- matic self-closing fire doors. When the boiler room or engine room is situated in the basement or cellar, the walls and ceilings shall be fire proof and shall have no openings to the mill proper except for the transmission of power, light, heat and water. In new mills, the boiler room shall connect only with the engine room and the engine room shall be separated from the mill proper by an vmpierced fire wall parapeted three (3) feet, having no openings except those necessary for the transmission of power, light, heat and water. Rule 653. — In plants hereafter H^ected, heating and grain tempering shall be only by steam, indirect hot air, or hot water, generated at a point separated from the milling rooms proper, so that no open flames shall come in contact with the air of the mill. In existing plants, where heating furnaces of any description, including tempering furnaces and stoves, are located within the mill proper, the points at which fuel is charged and ashes removed shall be closed off from the air of the mill by a fireproof enclosure, vented to the outside air, the entrance to which enclosure shall be kept closed, except for ingress and egress, and notice to that effect shall be posted on the door. No unprotected flues, from such apparatus, shall be allowed to pass through the mill proper. Rule 654. — Electric generator sets shall be either in engine rooms or in a room similarly cut off, as provided in Eule 652. In future installations direct current motors unless located in the engine room shall be of the enclosed type. Existing installations of direct current motors or generators outside the engine room of mills shall be in a dust-proof enclosure properly ventilated to the outer air. Rule 655. — niimiination in all mills and in all elevators that form parts of mills shall be by approved electric lighting, except that in existing mills lo- cated in a tovfn or village where there is no electric light service, a system of lighting shall be installed which shall meet the approval of the Industrial Board. The use of safety lamps approved by the Industrial Board will be permitted. Rule 656. — All belt conveyors for receiving grain shall be provided at the points of charge and discharge with a hood connected with an exhaust fan r2231 224 New Yoek State Industeial Commissiok of sufficient capacity to remove or prevent the escape of all dust arising from the conveyor and such fan shall be kept in operation when the conveyor is in use; this rule shall not apply to the point at which a railroad car hopper dis- charges on to a belt conveyor. Rule 657. — Tops of grain garners over scales shall be covered with wood, metal, or other impervious material, said covers to be tight fitting to prevent entirely the escape of dust. This rule also applies to malt house elevators. Rule 658. — Until grain is thoroughly cleaned, hoppers for weighing shall he provided with tight fitting covers of wood, metal or other material impervious to dust and with flexible dust-proof connections to the bottom of the garner, if there is a garner. This rule shall apply only to weighing hoppers located indoors. This rule also applies to malt house elevators. Rule 659. — Before grain is ground or passes to grinding machines, foreign substances shall be removed by separators, or proper sieves and magnets. Rule 660. — Dust rooms or " stive " rooms are prohibited. A fan discharging dust shall discharge either to the outer air at such points where the dust shall not re-enter the mill or adjacent buildings, or to a dust collector, and the air vent or outlet of every cyclone dust collector shall discharge to the outer air or to another dust collector. All tubular dust collectors shall be maintained in a proper state of repair so as to prevent leakage of dust into the room. A fan which discharges into any dust collector shall be kept in operation at all times while the machine or machines with which it is connected are in op- eration. There shall be no direct connection between dust collectors and boiler rooms or incinerators. This rule also applies to malt house elevators. Rule 661. — The piping of all exhaust systems and all ducts shall be kept tight. This rule also applies to malt house elevators. Rule 662. — Mills and all buildings, structures and elevators, used in connec- tion therewith shall be kept thoroughly clean and free from dust. Dust shall be removed from floors and machinery daily, and all other parts of the mill, including fixtures, bearings, ledges, projections, side walls and ceilings, and all buildings, structures and elevators shall be cleaned and dust removed at least once a week. In every mill where more than ten (10) persons are em- ployed at least one (1) person shall be employed whose sole duty it shall be to attend to cleaning. In cleaning, such methods shall be used as will prevent the suspension of dust in the air. This rule also applies to malt house elevators. Rule 663.— No person in a mill shall carry or have upon his person matches, cigar lighters or contrivances or devices for lighting. Every mill shall be provided, at its entrance, with two (2) covered fireproof receptacles, one (1) for matches and the other for lighted cigars, cigarettes or pipe contents. Each of such receptacles shall be plainly labeled to show the purpose for which it is provided. No person shall enter such mill without first depositing in the receptacle provided any and all such matter. Notice to the effect that the carrying of matches is prohibited shall be posted in conjunction with the notice prescribed in section 83-c of the Labor Law, paragraph 3. This rule also applies to malt house elevators. Industeial Code — Jj'actoeies 225 Rule 664.— Approved two and one -half (2^4) gallon chemical extinguiahera shall be distributed throughout the building in the proportion of not less than one (1) to each two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet of floor area; extinguishers to be placed at readily accessible points and preferably near the usual working place of workmen. Three (3) pails and a fifty (50) gallon cask of water may be considered the equivalent of one (1) two and one-half (2^) gallon extinguisher. Near each electric motor or other large electric appliance, at least one (1) 1-quart chemical extinguisher of carbon tetrachloride type must be provided. This rule also applies to malt house elevators, but shall not apply to build- ings equipped with approved sprinkler system. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS OF THE INDUSTRIAL CODE Penal Law, Chapter 40 of the Consolidated Laws § 1275. Any person who violates or does not comply with any provision • • * of the Industrial Code, any rule or regulation of the Industrial Board of the Department of Labor or any lawful order of the Commissioner of Labor * * * is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction shall be punished, except as in this chapter otherwise provided, for a first ofiFenae by a fine of not less than twenty nor more than fifty dollars; for a second offense by a fine of not less than fifty nor more than two hundred and fifty dollars, or by imprisonment for not more than thirty days or by both such fine and imprisonment; for a third offense by a fine of not less' than two hundred and fifty dollars, or by imprisonment for not more than sixty days, or by both such fine and imprisonment. [As am'd by L. 1911, oh. 749; L. 1912, ch. 383; and L. 1913, ch. 349.] INDEX Aooidents to employees: Paob compreaaed air operations, first aid regulations, r. H72, subd. (g) 202 illness reports, r. 1172, subd. (h) 203 factories, first aid regulations, rs. 178-180 52 foundries, medical supplies, rs. 178-180 52 mercantile establishments, first aid regulations, rs. 178-180 52 Air (see Air space; Compressed air operations; Exhaust fans; Ventilation; Windows). Air space, canneries, sleeping quarters, r. 205 183 factories, waterclosets, rs. 117; 129 42, 44 mercantile establishments, waterclosets, r. 117 42 Aisles, factories, removal of obstructions, r. 25 IS Animals, bakeries, prohibited, i . 340 163 compressed air chambers, prohibited, r. 1171 201 labor camps, distance of stables or shelters, reg. 16 193 Ashes (see Waste). Automatic sprinklers in factories, rs. 2; 15, subd. (b) ; 75 9, 15, 16, 27 Badges, compressed air workers, identification, r. 1172, siibd. (h) 203 Bakeries and confectioneries (see also Factories) : animals prohibited in, connection with stables, hen houses, etc., prohibited, r. 340 163 cellar bakeries, definition and regulation, r. 347 164 cleanliness, rs. 300-347 159 clothing of employees, rs. 323; 324; 327 161, 162 commission's powers, sanitary code, r. 300 159 lighting, rs. SO; 322 23, 161 lockers for employees, r. 324 161 physical examination of employees, i . 346. 163 sanitary requirements, rs. 300-347 159 sleeping in, prohibited, r. 319 161 Barracks (see Labor camps) . Barriers (see Screens). Bar stock of machines, projecting and revolving, guards for, r. 899 141 Basements, bakeries , in r. 347 164 factories, cleanliness and repair, rs. 169-177 50 foundries in, definition , r. 686 218 discontinuance and reopening, r, 699 219 height, r. 598 219 mercantile establishments, employment of women and children, lighting, intensity minimum, r. 60 : 21 mill boiler or engine rooms in, fire prevention, r. 652 223 Bathing facilities, cannery labor camps, required, r. 218 190 compressed air operations, rs. 1170;. 1172, subd. (g) 201, 203 Beds, cots or bunks, cannery living quarters, rs. 210; 211 189 compressed air operations, medical locks, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 factories, female employees, r. 163 49 mercantile establishments, female employees, r. 163 ■ 49 Belts, grinding, polishing, etc., exhaust system, r. 715 118 guards for, rs. 887; 888 136 shifters, factories to provide, r. S95 138 Blasting (see Explosives). Blow-off pipes, boilers, r. 850, subds. 401-405 131 Boarding houses, communicable diseases, employees to be free from, r. 346; reg. 39 164 Boilers, fire prevention, mill buildings, rs. 652; 800-822; 850 123, 223 inspection and regulation, building operations, r. 1249 , 179 compressed air operations, r. 1154 199 factories, rs. 800-822; 850 123 mines, rs. 800-822; 850 123 quarries, rs. 800-822; 850 123 tunnels, rs. 800-822; 850 123 [227] 228 Index Paob Bolts on revolving Bhafting to be countersunk or covered, r. 884 135 Brass foundries, special rules governing, rs. 686-697 218 Breaking and Tni x ir g rolls, stopping devices required , r. 001 141 Breweries, lighting recommendations 23 Buffing wheels, equipment with hoods, pipes and fans, rs. 700-723 115 guards for, r. 897 139 lighting recommendations 24 safety suggestions . . . .- 145 Buildings, compressed air (see main title Compressed air operations). erection, repair, etc., safety requirements, rs. 1200-1270 167 factories, construction and inspection, rs. 600-513 103 existing buildings, rs. 4; 380 11, 70 smoking rooms, r. 15, subd. (b) 15 stairways, r. 2 9 mills and malt house elevators, construction, rs. 650-664 223 Bulkheads in tunnels, rs. 1176; 1178 204, 205 Burns in foundries, first aid supplies, rs. 178-180 52, 54 Cages, compressed air operations, rs. 1154; 1156; 1173; 1175 199, 203, 204 Caissons (see Compressed air operations) . Canneries, hours of labor, minors and female employees, r. 1 187 labor camps, sanitation, rs. 1; 200-232 187, 188, 191 Ceilings, bakeries, construction and repair, rs. 300-302 159 painting or limewashing, rs. 300; 301 159 factories, cleanliness, rs. 169; 170 50 sprinkler spacing, r. 75, subd. 13 30 mill buildings, construction, r. 651 223 Cellars, bakeries in, hereafter located, r. 347 164 foundries in, definition, r. 686 218 discontinuance and reopening, x, 699 219 height, r. 598 219 mill boiler or engine rooms in, fire prevention, r. 652 223 Celluloid eye shades, etc., factoriea»permitting smoking, prohibited, r. 15, eubd. (d) 16 Certificates of competency, boiler inspectors of insurance corporations, rs. 806-808 124 Children under sixteen (see also Minors over sixteen) : cannery sleeping quarters, air space, r. 205 ISS elevators, operation, i . 447 89 Cigar or cigarette factories, smoking in, r, 15, subd. (b) 15 Cleanliness, bakeries, rs. 300-304 159 cannery living quarters, r. 229 191 factories, rooms, buildings and premises, rs. 143; 166; 169-177 46,50 waterclosets, r. 166 50 labor camps, reg. 17 193 mercantile establishments, rooms, buildings and premises, r. 166 50 waterclosets, rs. 143, 166 46, 60 mills and malt house elevators, rs. 650-662 223 Clothing, bakery employees, bibs required, r. 327 162 place of changing, r. 323 161 cannery employees, tubs for laundering, r. 219 190 compressed-air operations, dry rooms, rs. 1170; 1171 201 factory employees, female operatives, recommendations 145 foundry employees, drying facilities, r. 666 215 Clutches of shafting, encasement, etc.,r. 884 135 required, r. 895 138 Cogs and gearing, boxing or casing, r. 886 135 Combustible materials (see Inflammable materials). Commission (see Industrial commission) . Communicable diseases, bakeries, prohibited employment of persons having, r. 346 ; reg. 39 ... . 164 food not to be handled by persons having, r. 346, reg. 39 164 labor camps, report of cases, reg. 18 X93 Compre&scd air operations: animals in air chamber, prohibited, r. 1171 201 badges, identification of workers, r. 1172, subd. (h) 203 Index 229 Compressed air operation — (continued) Paoii bathing facilities, required, rs. 1170; 1172, subd. (g) 201,203 bracing of caissons, r. 1188 208 bulkheads in tunnels, rs. 1176; 1178 204, 205 cages, construction, r. 1175 204 inspection, r. 1154 199 signal code, r. 1173 203 travel upon, 1. 1156 199 clothing, dry room for, rs. 1170; 1171 201 coffee and sugar, supply to employees, *. 1170 201 communication, means of, r. 1 169 201 comprrasor plants, rs. 1182; 1186 206, 207 cota, medical locks, r. 1172; subd. (g) 203 decompression, rates and posting thereof, r. 1152 198 doors, decompression locks, r. 1178 205 medical locks, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 dressing rooms, rs. 1170, 1171 201 electric power supply, r. 1182 205 employees, suggestions for guidance 210 explosives, handling, storage, use, etc., rs. 1157-1167; 1181; 1185 199, 205,207 fire precautions, r. 1168 201 first aid regulations, r. 1172, subd. (g) 202 forms 208, 209 foundries, use, r. 561 214 gages, decompression locks, rs. 1153; 1178 198, 205 medical locks, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 ■working chamber, r. 1153 198 banging walks in tunnels, r. 1176 204 heating, decompression locks, r. 1178 205 medical locks, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 washrooms and dressing rooms, r. 1170 201 working chambers, r. 1186 207 boisting, rs. 1154; 1156; 1173; 1175 199, 203, 204 hours of labor, rs. 1150; 1151; 1153 197, 198 Inspections, apparatus and appliances, rs. 1154; 1175 199, 204 physical examination records, r. 1172 202 Intoxicant3,personsusing, employment or presence, 18.1157; 1172, Bubd. (c) 199, 202 labor law provisions, posting, r. 1174 203 ladders in shafts, IS. 1180; 1183 205,206 lighting, rs. 1155; 1162; 1172, subd. (g); 1178; 1180; 1183 199, 200, 203, 205, 207 lockers for employees, rs. 1170; 1171 201 locks, rs. 1153; 1172, subd. (g); 1178; 1183 198, 203, 205, 207 decompression time, form for posting 208 jnachinery, safety regulations, r. 1 150 197 medical attendance and regulations, r. 1172 202 report forms 209 passageways, shaft landings, r. 1180 205 physical examinations, r. 1172 202 report forms 208 posting, decompression rates, r. 1152 198 form 208 labor law provisions, r. 1174 203 pressure gages, rs. 1153; 1172, subd. (g) ; 1178 198, 203, 205 Tailings, outside caisson air locks, r. 1 183 207 records, physical examinations, r. 1 172 202 time of workers, r. 1179 205 reports, defects in apparatus, inspector to make, r. 1154 199 illness cases, r. 1172, subd. (h) 203 Test periods, r. 1151 197 sanitation, rs. 1170; 1171 201 screens, rs. 1176; 1177; 1184 204,207 signal system, rs. 1154; 1173 199,203 230 Index Compressed air operations — (continued) Paqb sinking of caiBsons, r. 11S7 208 smoking in air chamber, prohibited^ r. 1171 201 stairways in shafts, r. 1180 205 suggestions to workers 210 supervision, r. 1150 197 telephone, use, rs. 1169; 1172. subd. (g) 201, 203 temperature, washrooms and dressing rooms, r. 1 170 201 working chambers, r. 1186 207 time pieces, decompression locks, r. 1178 205 valves, gas and smoke exhaust, r. 1167 200 ventilation, medical locks, r. 1172, eubd. (g) 203 working chamber, r. 1171 201 wash basins, required, r. 1170 201 waterclosets, r. 1170 201 water suppy,rs. 1170:1182 201,206 Confectioneries (see Bakeries and confectioneries). Connecting rods, factories, guards for, r. 890 138 Contagious diseases (see Communicable diseases; Health headings). Cooks, communicable disease a bar to employment, r. 346 ; reg. 39 164 Cots or couches (see Beds, cota or bunks) . Couches or beds for female employees, r. 163 49 Counterweights (see Elevators) . Couplings of shafting, encasement, etc., r. 884 135 Cranes, traveling, safety precautions, rs. 918-920 143 Cranks, factories, guards for, r. 890 138 Cuspidors, requirement in factory workrooms, r. 175 51 Cutting machines, operators' hands, guards against injury 140 Definitions, building operations, ladders, r. 1208 167 factories, terms applicable to, rs. 2; 15; 100; 182;400;875 9, 15,38,55,71. 133 foundries, terms applicable to, rs. 550; 551 ; 586 213, 218 mercantile establishments, terms applicable to, rs. 100; 182; 400 38, 55, 71 Derricks, building operations, safety requirements, rs. 1253-1255 180 Dining rooms and kitchens, cannery labor camps, r. 209 189 Diseases (see Communicable diseases; Health headings; Occupational diseases; Sanitation). Doors (see also Exits) : building operations, hoistways, r. 1235 177 waterclosets, r. 1243 179 compressed air operations, decompression locks, r. 1178 205 medical locks, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 factories, cannery labor camps, privies, r. 216 189 closing, fire retardation, r. 25 18 elevators, closing required, r. 401 73 construction and installation, rs. 444; 445 88 fire-doors defined, rs. 502; 507; 510; 513 104, 107, 112, 114 fire-escapes of existing buildings, r. 4 '.11 foundries, entrances, r. 653 213 female employees, workrooms, rs. 582; 683 217 hoists, trapdoors, requirements, r. 484 lOi hoistways, rs. 400-405 71 closing, required, rs. 400, 401 72 73 construction, rs. 420, subds. (j) and (1) ; 421, subd. (h) ; 422-424; 425, Bubds. (f) to (k) ; 426, Bubd. (h) ; 427-429 78, 80, 81, 83 counterweights, r. 436 gg fireproof requirement, r 502 g5 dumbwaiters, r. 479 gg height and width, rs, 422; 427 80 83 dumbwaiters, r. 479 gg inside operation, r. 413 7g locking and interlocking requirements, rs. 420; 421; 425; 426; 434; 435; 439-444- 479:481 78,81,85,87,98 manually operated, keep shut signs, r. 405 7^ Index 231 i^oors — (continued) factories — (continued) hoistways — (continued) Faqb operation, r. 402 73 required, rs. 410; 430 76, 84 trapdoors, construction and operation, rs. 417—419 77 railings, r. 417 77 mill boiler and engine rooms, r. 652 223 stairway partitions, r. 2 9 unlocking, before work, r. 25 18 waterclosets, rs. 105-110; 114; 142 39, 41, 46 mercantile establishments elevators, closing, required, r. 401 73 construction and installation, rs. 444 ; 445 88 hoists, trapdoors, requirements, r. 484 101 hoistways, rs. 400-405 71 closing, required, rs. 400; 401 72, 73 construction, rs. 420, subds. (j) and (1) ; 421 subd. (h) ; 422-424; 425, subds. (f) to (k); 426, subd. (h); 427-429; 502 78. 80, 81, 83, 85 counterweights, r. 436 86 fireproof requirement, dumbwaiters, r. 479 98 height and width, rs. 422; 427 80, 83 dumbwaiters, r. 479 98 inside operation, r. 413 76 locking and interlocking requirements, rs. 420; 421; 425; 426; 434 ; 435 ; 439-444 ; 479; 481 78, 81, 85, 87, 98 manually operated, keep shut signs, r. 405 74 operation, r. 402 73 required, rs. 410. 430 76,84 trapdoors, construction and operation, rs. 417-419 77 Drainage (see Plumbing and drainage). Dressing rooms, bakeries and confectioneries, rs. 322-324 161 compressed air operations, rs. 1170; 1171 201 factories, rs. 50, subd, (c), par. 3; 158-163; 166; 168 21, 48, 50 mercantile establishments, female employees, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 158-163; 166; 168 21,48,50 Drinking water, factories, r. 164 50 mercantile establishments, r. 164 60 Dumbwaiters, factories and mercantile establishments, construction, plana and teets, r. 409 7 hoistways, etc., rs. 478-480 97 term defined, r. 400 71 Dust, foundry milling processes, protection of employees, rs. 556-561 214 machinery creating, equipment with hoods, pipes and fans, rs. 700-723 115 mill buildings, prevention and removal, rs. 650-662 223 operations creating, equipment with exhaust fans, rs. 700-723 113 washing facilities, r. 149 47 Electric switchboards, factory fire alarm systems, r. 375 67 Electricity, compressed air operations, r. 1182 206 elevators, operation, rs. 459-465 , 03 Elevated runways (see Runways). Elevators (see also Cages; Hoistways; Signal systems; Vehicles) : building operations, rs. 1235; 1237 177, 178 factories, bumpers or buffers,!. 451, subd. (e);T. 455 91,92 cables, safety factors, r. 466 94 car-leveling device, terms defined, r. 400 72 carriage elevators, term defined, r. 400 71 use limitations, r. 467 94 carrying capacity, rs. 446; 450 89, 90 escalators, r. 483, subd. (c) 100 signs showing, r. 405 73 children, operation by, r. 447 89 clearances, rs. 451-454 90 construction, plans and tests, r. 409 74 232 IiTDEx Elevators — (continued) factories — (continued) Page counterweights, bumpers or buffers, r. 451, subd. (e) ; r. 455 91, 92 guarding, rs. 475-477; 896 97, 139 guide rails, requirements, r. 482 98 definitions of terms, r. 400 71 doors, closing required, r. 401 73 construction and installation, rs. 444; 445 88 dumbwaiters, construction, plans and tests, r. 409 74 enclosure, r. 480 98 term defined, r. 400 71 electricity, operation by, rs. 459-465 93 escalators, construction and operation, rs. 409; 483 74,99 term defined, r. 400 72 fire alarm signal systems not to cut off power, r. 375 61 fire drills, use, r. 25 19 freight elevators, employees, transportation, r. 408 74 passengers not permitted, sign showing, is. 405; 467 74,94 terms defined, r. 400 71 freight inclines, construction, plans and tests, r. 409 74 term defined, r. 400 72 guide rails, requirements, r. 482 98 hand-power elevators, construction and operation, rs. 468-473 95 term defined, r. 400 71 hoists, construetion and operation, rs. 409; 484 74, 101 inspection, r. 405 74 lifting capacity (see subtitle carrying capacity) . lighting, r. 50, subd. (c), pars. 2 and 3; r. 458 21, 22, 93 lowerators, construction, plans and tests, r. 409 74 term defined, r. 400 72 operators, age, r. 447 89 passageways, not to descend into, rs. 438; 451; 484 87,91, 101 to outsidea of buildings, required, r. 407 74 passenger elevators, terms defined, r. 400 71 plans and tests, r. 409 74 power-driven elevators, safety equipment, rs. 458-466 93 push-button elevators, interlocks and signals, r. 481 98 operators, age, r. 447 89 reconstruction, defined, r. 400 72 ropes, safety factors, r. 466 94 safeties required, location, rs. 456; 457; 459-464 92, 93 sidewalk elevators, construction, r. 474 96 terms defined, r. 400 71 signaling system, rs. 458; 481 93, 98 speed, escalators, r. 483, subd. (d) 100 walls and roofs, rs. 445; 448; 449 89, 90 mercantile establishments, bimipera of buffers, r. 451, subd. (e); r. 455 91,92 cables, safety factors, r. 466 94 car-leveling device, term defined, r. 400 72 carriage elevators, term defined r. 400 71 use limitations, r, 467 94 carrying capacity, rs. 446; 450 89, 90 escalators, r. 483, subd. (c) 100 signs showing, r. 405 73 children, operation by r. 447 g9 clearances, rs. 451-454 90 construction, plans and tests, r. 409 74 counterweights, bumpers or buffers, r. 451, subd. (e) ; r. 455 91, 92 guarding, rs. 475-477 97 gaiide rails, requirements, r. 482 gg definitions of terms, r. 400 7^ doors, closing required, r. 401 73 construction and installation, rs. 444; 445 aa Index 333 Elevators — (continued) mercantile establishments — (continued) PAOB dumbwaiters, construction, plans and teste r . 409 74 enclosure, r. 480 98 term defined, r. 400 71 electricity, operation by, rs. 459-465 93 escalators, construction and operation, rs. 409; 483 74, 99 term defined, r. 400 72 freight elevators, employees, transportation, r. 408 74 passengers not permitted, sign showing, rs. 405; 467 74, 94 terms defined, r. 400 71 freight inclines, construction, plans and tests, r. 409 74 term defined, r. 400 72 guide rails, requirements, r, 482 98 hand-power elevators, construction and operation, rs. 468-473 95 term defined, ■.. 400 71 hoiste, construction and operation, rs. 409; 484 74, 101 inspection, r. 406 74 lifting capacity (see subtitle carrying capacity) . lighting, r. 60, subd. (c), pars. 2 and 3; r. 458 21,22,93 lowerators, construction, plans and tests, i. 409 74 term defined, r. 400 72 operators, age, r. 447 89 passageways, not to descend into, rs. 438; 451; 484 87,91, 101 to outsides of buildings, required, r. 407 74 passenger elevators, terms defined, r. 400 71 plans and tests, r. 409 74 power-driven elevators, safety equipment, is. 458-466 93 push button elevators, interlocks and signals, r . 481 98 operators, age, r. 447 89 reconstruction, defined, r. 400 ' * ropes, safety factors, r. 466 9* safeties required, location, rs. 456; 457; 459-464 92, 93 sidewalk elevators, construction, r. 474 96 terms defined, r. 400 71 signaling system, rs. 458; 481 "3, 98 speed, escalators, r. 483, subd. (d) 100 walls and roofs, rs. 445; 448; 449 89,90 milling industry, regulations, rs. 656; 662 223. 224 Emergency rooms in factories, rs. 158; 163 *8, 49 Employees' responsibihty, building operations, r. 1204 167 cannery living quarters, r. 232 1^^ Employment, canneries, minors and women, rs. 1 ; 200-232 187, 188 Engines, factories, governor balls, enclosure, r. 892 l**® speed control, r. 892 1^8 stopping devices, r. 893 o*"'^""^on Escalators, factories and mercantile establishments, construction and operation, rs. 409;483. . 74,,99 term defined, r. 400 ^^ Excavation work (see Buildings; Compressed air; Mines; Quarries; Tunnels). Exhaust fans, factories, rs. 700-723 ^^^ dressing rooms, etc., r. 161 waterclosets, r. 133 ' foundries, rs. 556-559 ^^ mercantile establishmente, dressing rooms, etc., r. 161 .49 waterclosets, r. 133 ' • * " ' mill buildings, rs. 656, 660 ^23, ^24 Exits (see also Doors) : factories, elevators to outaides of buildings, r. 407 74 lighting, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 2 21 recommendations numbe. and location, existing buildings, rs. 4; 280 11, 70 obstruction prohibited, r. 380 70 smoking prohibited in rooms leading to, 1. 15, subd. (c) 16 unlocking, before work, r. 25 1® 234 Index Erits — (continued) Pagb mercantile establishments, elevators to outsides of buildingSt r. 407 74 lighting, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 2 21 recommendations 22 Explosives, compressed air operations, handling, storage, use, etc., rs. 1157-1167; 1181; 1185; 199. 205, 207 foundries, breaking of castings, restrictions, r. 579 217 smoking, premises containing, prohibited, r. 15, subd. (c) 16- Eyes, welding or cutting operations, protection, i. 1267 182 Factories, accidents (see main title Accidents to employees) . air space, canneries, sleeping quarters, r. 205 188 waterclosets, rs. 117; 129 42, 44 automatic sprinklers, rs. 2; 15, subd. (b) 75 9, 15, 16, 27 bakeries as factories (see main title Bakeries and confectioneries). basements, cleanliness and repair, rs. 169-177 50 boilers, inspection and regulation, rs. 800-850 123 buffing wheels, rs. 700-723; 897 115, 139 lighting recommendations 24 recommendations 145 buildings (see main title Buildings). canneries (see main title Canneries). ceilings, cleanliness, rs. 169 ; 170 50 sprinkler spacing, r. 75, subd. 13 30 child employees (see main title Children under sixteen) . cleanliness (see main title Cleanliness). commission's powers and duties (see main title Industrial comm^sion) . couches for female employees, required, r. 163 49^ cuspidors, required in workrooms, r. 175 51 definition of terms, rs. 2; 15; 100; 182;400; 875 9, 15, 38, 55, 71, 13a doors (see main title Doors). drainage (see.main title Plumbing and drainage). dressing rooms for female employees, rs. 60, subd. (c), par. 3; 158-163; 166; 168 21, 48, 60 drinking cups, common use prohibited, r. 165. 50 water supply, r, 164 50 dumbwaiters, r. 400 71 elevators (see main title Elevators). employees, responsibility, rs. 187, 876 59, 133 employment (see main title Employment). grinding wheels, rs. 700-723; 897 115, 139 lighting recommendations 24 recommendations 145 hand-rails (see main title Railings as guards), health of employees (see Health headings) . heating (see main title Heating), hoistways (see main title Elevators), hours (see main title Hoiu-s of labor) . inflammable materials, stairway precautions, r. 2 9 terms defined, rs. 2; 15 9, 15 labor camps, sanitation, rs. 200-232; reg. 17 188, 191, 19S lighting (see main title Lighting) . lockers for employees, r. 169 4& machinery (see main title Machinery). minor employees (see main title Children under Mxteen; Minors over sixteen). municipal ordinances and inspections, r. 195 58 night work (see main title Night work) . nurses, daUy visitation recommended, r, 180 52 obscene writing or marking prohibited, r. 168 50 occupants (see main title Occupants) . owners (see main title Owners). partitions (see main title Partitions), passageways (see main title Passageways), penalties (see main title Penalties). Index 235 FactorieB — (continued) Page permits (see main title Permits) . physical examinations (see main title Physical examinations) . physicians, daily visitation recommended, r. 180 52 planser, hoods, covering and guards, r. 897 141 plumbing (see main title Plumbing and drainage) . poisonous occupations (see m,ain title Poisonous occupations) . polishing wheels, rs. 700-723; 897 I 115, 139 lighting recommednations 24 recommendations 145 posting (see main title Posting of laws, licenses, permits, rules, etc.). pulleys, safety regulations, rs. 887, subds. 2, 3, par. (e) ; 888* 895 137. 138 railings (see main title RaiHngs as guards) . receptacles (see main title Receptacles) . rest periods (see main title Rest periods for employees) , roofs (see main title Roofs) . safety reqxiirements (see main title Safety) . sanitation (see main title Sanitation). saws, guards for, rs. 903-908 141 screens (see main title Screens) seats for female employees, required, r. 1 187 signal systems (see main title Signal systems). smoking in, r. 15 15 spitting on floors, etc , prohibited, rs. 175, 329 51, 162 stairways (see main title Stairways) , " tagging " (see main title *' Tagging ")• tenant-factories, defined and regulated, rs, 15, 50, 104, 708 15, 21, 39, 117 tenants (see main title Tenant's responsibility). tenement houses as factories (see main title Tenement houses) . vats and pans, r. 917 143 ventilation (see main title Ventilation). walls (see main title Walls), washrooms (see main title Washrooms) . waste (see main title Waste) . waterclosels (see main title Waterclosets) . water supply (see main title Water supply), windows (see main title Windows) . women employees (see main title Women employees) . workrooms (see main title Workrooms) . Fans (see Exhaust fans) . Feed pipes, boilers, r. 850, subd. 406 132 Feed rolls of machines, guards for, r. 900 141 Female employees (see Minors over sixteen; Women employees). Fire, building operations, gaa welding and cutting, safety regulations, rs. 1256-1270 181 compressed air operations, precautions, r. 1168 201 factories, alarm signal systems, rs. 25; 375 18, 60 automatic sprinkler systems, rs. 2; 15, subd. (b) ; 75 9, 15, 16, 27 buildings, construction, rs. 15; 500-513 15, 103 existing buildings, rs. 4; 380 11, 70 drills, rs. 25; 380 18. 70 fire-doors, defined, rs. 400; 602; 607 71, 85, 104, 107 tests, rs. 510, 513 112, 114 exhaust pipes for dust, etc., to have. r. 712 118 hoistways, dumbwaiters, r. 479 98 fire-escapes, rs. 4; 380 .^ 11. 70 ice and snow, removal, r. 25 18 fireproof materials, defined, rs- 500-513 103 tests, rs. 508-513 107 fireproof partitions, defined, rs. 400; 501; 504 71, 103. 105 tests, rs. 509; 512 HO. 114 fireproof windows, defined, r. 503 104 tests, r. 511 H* 236 Index JFire — (continued) factories — (continued) Pags incombustible material, defined, r. 15 15 non-inflammable material, defined, i . 15 15 smoking restrictions, r, 15 15 stairways, rs. 2; 3; 504 9, 10, 105 mercantile extablishments, elevators and boiatways, fire doors, construction and materials, r. 502 85 defined, r. 400 71 required, r. 479 98 fireproof partitions, defined, r. 400 71 mill buildings, regulations, rs. 653-655; 663; 664 223, 224, 225 Tirst aid, compressed air operations, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 factories, rs. 178-180 52 foundries, rs. 178-180 52 mercantile establishments, rs. 178-180 52 Flanges of wheels for grinding, polishing and buffing, r. 897 139 recommendations 150 Floors, bakeries, rs. 303; 304; 318; 322 ' 159, 161 building operatioi^, openings, and planking, rs. 1236; 1237 l78 canneries, employing women, drainage and platforms, r. 1 187 living quarters, construction, rs. 201-203 188 factories, cleanliness and repair, rs. 171 ; 172 51 dressing or emergency rooms, area, r. 158 48 fire drills, r. 25 18 fire-resisting construction, rs. SCO; 608 103, 107 hoistways, under sheaves, r. 437 86 slipping, preventive means, r. 916 143 washrooms, r. 157 48 waterclosets, rs. 115; 127 41, 43 mercantile establishments, dressing rooms, area, r. 158 48 hoistways, under sheaves, r. 437 86 washrooms, r. 157 48 waterclosets, rs. 115; 127 41, 43 Flour,feedandcerealmills,industriaIcoderulea,rs.l5,Bubd. {c);650-664 16,223 Fly wheels, factories, guards for, r. 889 137 Food, handling by employees with communicable diseases, prohibited, r. 346 ; reg. 39 164 manufacture, washing facilities, r. 150 47 waterclosets separate, rs. 110; 147 40, 47 Forge shops, smoking in, r. 15, subd. (b), par. (9) 16 Foundries, compressed air, use, r. 561 214 construction and maintenance, Ts. 112; 129; 550-599 41,44,213 female employees, rs. 682-585 217 lighting recommendations 24 ranitation and safety, ra. 550-599 213 smoking in, r. 15, subd. (b), par. (9) 16 Friction drives of machinery, guards for, r. 886 135 Fumes, gases and vapors, factories, Buotion devices, rs. 700-723 115 washing facilities, r. 149 47 foundries, exhaust fans, rs. 656-659; 587; 591 214, 218 femaleemployees, partitioiM to protect, rs. 582; 583 217 Gages, automatic sprinklers, water pressure, r. 75, subd. 22 34 boilers, factories, mines, tunnels and quarries, r. 815; 850, subds. 396-398 126, 130 compressed air operations, air pressure, r. 1153; 1172, subd. (g); 1178 198, 203, 205 Gangways in foundries, width, obstruction prohibited, 654; 555; 587 213, 214, 218 Garbage (see Waste) . Garnett machines, cleaning, oiling and guarding, r. 900 141 Gates (see Doors). Gearing and cogs, boxing or casing, r. 886 135 Goggles, grinding wheel operators, recommendations , 155 ■Governor balls, factory engines, *-. 892 138 Index 23T Grain products (see Milling industry). Pagb Grinding wheels, equipment with hoods» pipes and fans, rs. 700-723 115 guards for, r. 897 I39. lighting recommendations 24 safety suggestions I45. Guards on factory machinery, construction and installation, r. 878 133^ term ** guarded " defined, r. 875 133 Halls, factories, lighting, rs. 25; 50, subd. (c), par. 2 18, 21 obstructions, removal, r. 25 IS- mercantile establishments, lighting, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 2 21, 22 Hand rails (see Railings as guards) . Health (see Communicable diseases; Health headings following; Occupational diseases; Sanitation). Health boards and officers, local, labor camps, sanitation, regs. 2; 3 191, 192 Health of employees, canneries, women employees, r. 1 187 compressed air workers, suggestions 210' Heat, boilers for generating, inspection and regulation, rs. 800-822; 850 123 Heating, compressed air operations, rs. 1170; 1172, subd. (g); 1178; 1186 201,203,205,207 factories, dressing rooms, r. 162 ' .... 49 sprinkler supply tanks, r. 75, subd. 29 36- waterclosets, r. 146 46 workrooms, r, 714 118 foundries, r. 564 215 mercantile establishments, dressing rooms, r. 162 49' waterclosets, r. 146 46 mill buildings, r. 653 22a Hoisting (see also Cages; Elevators; Hoists; Hoistways; Signal systems; Vehicles) : building operations, safety regulations, rs. 1249-1255 179^ compressed air operations, rs. 1154; 1156; 1173; 1175 199,203,204 Hoists, factories and mercantile establishments, construction and operation, r. 484 101 tests, r. 409 74 term defined, r. 400 72 Hoistways (see also Cages; Hoists; Hoisting; Elevators; Signal systems) : factories, carriage elevators, guarding, r. 467 94 construction, rs. 451-454 90 definition of term " hoistway," r. 400 71 doors, closing required, PS. 400, 401 72 construction, rs. 420, Bubds. (j) and 0) ; 421, subd. (h) ; 422-424; 425; 426, subd. (h); 427-429 78, 80,81, 83 counterweights, r. 436 86 fireproof requirements, rs. 400; 479; 602 71,85.98 height and width, rs. 422; 427 80, 83 dumbwaiters, r. 479 98 inside operation, r. 413 76 locking and interlocking requirements, rs. 420; 421; 425; 426; 434; 435; 439-444; 479; 481 78,81,85,87,98 manually operated, keep shut signs, r. 405 74 operation, r. 402 73 required, rs. 410; 430 76,84 terms defined, r. 400 71, 73 trapdoor railings, r. 417 77 dumbwaiters, construction, rs. 478; 479 97 electric contacts, installation, rs. 440:442-444 87,88 requirements, r. 403 73 tampering with, prohibited, r. 404 73 term defined, r. 400 72 use,rs.420;421;425;426;434;435;479;481 78, 81,85, 98 emergency release, installation, rs. 441 ; 444 87, 88 required, r. 403 73 term defined, r. 400 72 use, rs. 420; 421; 425; 426; 434; 481 78, 81, 85- 238 Index fioistways — (continued) fireproof requirements — (continued) Paqh enclosures (see subtitle partitions) . flooring under sheaves, r. 437 86 hand-power elevators, guarding, r. 471 94 inspection, r. 406 74 interlocks, installation, is. 439; 442-444 87, 88 operation, r. 400 72 requirements, r. 403 73 tampering with, prohibited, t. 404 73 term defined, r. 400 72 use, rs. 420; 421 ; 425; 426; 434; 435; 479; 481 78, 81, 85, 98 partitions, constructioa and material, rs. 410-416; 430-432; 478; 484, Bubd. (b) 76 , 84, 97, 101 term fireproof partition defined, r. 400 71 trapdoors in place of, rs. 417-419 76 penthouses, materials and entrance, r. 433 84 plans, approval in advance, r. 409 74 reconstruction, term, defined, r. 400 72 sidewalk elevators, construction, r. 474 96 sprinkler systems, r. 75, subd. 13 30 trapdoors, construction and operation, rs. 417—419 77 mercantile establishments, carriage elevators, guarding, r. 467 94 construction, rs. 451-454 90 definition of term " hoistway," r. 400 71 doors, closing required, rs. 400; 401 72 construction, rs. 420, subd. (j> and (I) ; 421 subd. (h) ; 422-424; 425, Bubd. (0 to (k); 426, subd. (h); 427-429 78,80,81,83 counterweights, r. 436 86 fireproof requirements, rs. 400; 502 71, 85 dumbwaiters, r. 479 98 height and width, rs. 422; 427 80, 83 dumbwaiters, r. 479 98 inside operation,T. 413 76 locking and interlocking requirements, rs. 420; 421 ; 425; 426; 434; 435; 439-444; 479; 481 78, 81, 85, 87, 98 manually operated, keep shut signs, r. 405 74 operation, r. 402 73 required, rs. 410; 430 76, 84 terms defined, r. 400 71, 73 trapdoor raiUngs, r. 417 77 dumbwaiters, construction, rs. 478; 479. 97 electric contacts, installation, rs. 440; 442-444 87, 88 requirements, r. 403 73 tampering with, prohibited, r. 404 73 term defined, r. 400 72 use, rs. 420; 421; 425; 426; 434; 435; 479; 481 78, 81, 85, 98 emergency release, installation, rs. 441 ; 444 87, 88 required, r. 403 73 term defined, r, 400 72 use, rs. 420; 421; 425; 426; 434; 435 78, 81, 85 enclosures (see subtitle partitions) . flooring under sheaves, r. 437 86 hand-power elevators, guarding, r. 471 94 inspection, r. 406 74 interlocks, installation, rs. 439, 442-444 87 88 operation, r. 400 72 requirements, r. 403 73 tampering with, prohibited, r. 404 73 term defined, r. 400 72 use, rs. 420; 421; 425; 426; 434; 435; 479; 481 .78, 81, 85, 98 Index 239 Hoistways — (continued) mercantile establishments— (continued) Paqb partitions construction and material, rs. 410-416; 430-432; 478; 484, Bubd. (b) 76, 84. 97. 101 term fireproof partition defined, r. 400 71 trapdoors, in place of, rs. 417-419 76 penthouses, material and entrance, r, 433 84 plans, approval in advance, r. 409 74 reconstruction, term defined, r. 400 72 sidewalk elevators, construction, r. 474 96 trapdoors, conatruction and operation, rs. 417-419 77 Hoods, wheels for grinding, polishing and buflBng, r. 897 139 recommendations 146 Hotels, communicable diseases, employees to be free from, r. 346; reg. 39 164 Hours of labor, canneries, minor and women employees, r. 1 187 compressed air operations, rs. 1150; 1151 ; 1153 197, 198 Hydrostatic pressure test, boilers, rs. 802; 811; 850. subds. 378-384 123. 125, 127 Ice cream manufacturing shops, sanitary regulations, r. 333 162 Incombustible material, defined relative to factories, r. 16 15 Indecent writing (see Obscene writing or marking) . Industrial code provisions, penalties for non-compliance or violation 225 ' Industrial commission: boiler inspectors of insurance corporations, certificates, issue, rs. 806-808 124 compressed air operations, illness reports, blanks for, r. 1172, subd. (h) 203, 209 physical examination records, inspection, r. 1172 202 elevator and hoistways, inspection reports, forms and filing, r. 406 74 plans, approval in advance, r. 409 74 factories : fire drill forms, provision, r. 25 20 smoking rules and regulations, r. 15 15 waterclosets, rules and regulations, r. 10 14 freight elevators, employees, permits to carry, issue, r. 408 74 rules or orders, penalties for non-compliance or violation 225 Industrial poisonings (see Poisonous occupations) . Infectious diseases (see Commimicable diseases) . In flammable materials, factories, stairway precautions, r. 2 9 term " combustible " defined, rs. 2; 15 9, 15 term " non-inflammable " defined, r. 15 ^ 15 Injuries (see Accidents). Inspections, boilers, compressed air operations, r. 1154 199 factories, rs. 800-822; 850 123 mines, rs. 800-822; 850 123 quarries, rs. 800-822; 850 123 tunnels, rs. 800-822; 850 123 compressed air operations, apparatus and appliances, rs. 1154, 1175 199-204 physical examination records, r. 1172 202 factories, boilers, rs. 800-822; 850 123 elevators and hoistways, r. 406 74 labor camps, reg. 3 192 foundries, r. 573 216 labor camps, reg. 3 192 mercantile establishments, elevators and hoistways, r. 406 74 mines, boilers, rs. 800-822; 850 123 quarries, boilers, rs. 800-822; 850 123 tunnels, boilers, rs. 800-822; 850 123 Insiu-ance corporations, boilers in factories, inspection, conditions and reports, r. 806 124 Intoxicants, compressed air operations, persons using, employment or presence, rs. 1157; 1172, subd. (c) 199, 202 Jointers to be equipped with guards, r. 912 142 Keys on revolving shafting to be countersunk or covered, r. 885 135 Kitchens and dining rooms, cannery labor camps, r. 209 189 240 IlTDEX Labels (see also " Tagging "; " Unclean " labels): Page bakeries, prohibited practices, r. 345 163 first aid kits, bottles or other containers, r. 180 52 Labor camps, cannery living quarters, sanitation, rs. 200-232 18& communicable diseases, report of eases, reg. 18 193 sanitary code regulations 191 Ladders, building operations, cleat ladders, r. 1214 169 extension ladders, rs. 1208; 1215; 1219 167, 170, 171 material, construction, etc., rs. 1209-1219 167 moving without authority, prohibited, r. 1202 167 pole ladders, rs. 1208; 1210; 1211 167, 168 sectional ladders, rs. 1208; 1217 167, 171 square side ladders, rs. 1208; 1212; 1213 167, 169 step ladders, rs. 1208; 1209; 1216 167, 170 trestle ladders, rs. 1208; 1218; 1219 167, 171 compressed air operations, rs. 1180; 1183 , 205, 206 window cleaning, safety requirements, r. 5 13 Laundries, lighting recommendations 24 Lead poisoning (see Poisonous occupations). Licenses (see also Permits) : boiler inspectors of insurance corporations, r. 806 124 Lighting, bakeries, dressing rooms, r. 322 161 building operations, r. 1239 178 compressed air operations, rs. 1155; 1162; 1172, subd. (g) ; 1178; 1180; 1183 199, 200,^ 203, 205, 207 factories, dressing or emergency rooms, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 162 21, 49 elevators, rs. 50, subd. (c), pars, 2, 3; 458 21, 22, 93 emergency lighting, r. 50, subd. (f) 22 exits, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 2 21, 22 halls, rs, 25; 50. subd. (c), par. 2 18, 21, 22 intensity, minimum, r. 50 21 lamps, installation and shading, r. 60, subds. (d) and (e) 22 recommendations 26 passageways, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 2 21.22 roadways and yard thorofarcs, r. 50 subd. (c). par, 1 21, 22 stairways, rs. 25; 50, subd. (c), par. 2 18, 21, 22 storage spaces, r. 50, subd. (e), par. 2 21, 22 washrooms, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 154 21, 48 waterclosets, rs. 50, 8ubd. (c), par. 3; 139 21, 45 workrooms and work. r. 60, subd. (c) , pars. 4-8 21 foundries, rs. 562; 576; 687; 593 215,216,218 mercantile establishments, basements, i . 50 21 dreeing rooms, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 162 21, 49 elevators, r. 458 93 emergency lighting, r. 50, subd. (f) " 22 intensity minimum, r. 50 21 lamps, installation and shading, r. 50, subd. (d) and (e) 22 recommendations 26 roadways and yard thorofares, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 1 21, 22 storage spaces, r. 50, subd. (c), par, 2 21, 22 washrooms, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 154 21, 48 waterclosets, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 139 21, 45 working or traversed spaces, r. 50 21 mill buildings, r. 655 223 tenant-factories, r. 50 ..,,,,. 21 Liquor (see Intoxicants). Living quarters (see Labor camps) . Lockers for employees, bakeries, r. 324 161 compressed air operations, rs. 1170; 1171 201 factories, r. 159 49 foundries, r. 571 216 mercantile establishments, r. 159 4q Index 241 Fagb Lowerators, factories and mercantile establishments, construction, plans and tests, r. 409 74 term defined, i. 400 72 Machinery, compressed air operations, safety regulations, r. 1150 197 fire alarm signal systems, shutting down by, r. 375 j 60 health regulations, grinding wheels, etc., rs. 700-723; 897 115, 139 recommendations 145 safety regulations, rs. 875-920 133 building operations, r. 1205 167 Malt house elevators, fire preventive regulations, rs. 15, subd. (o) ; 650-664 16, 223 Manlocks (see Compressed air, subtitle locks). Manufacturing establishments (see Factories) . Matches, mill and malt house employees not to carry, r, 663 224 Medical examinations (seo Pl^rsical examinations). Medical locks, compressed air operations, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 Medical practitioners, compressed air operations, attendance and duties, r. 1172 202 report forms 208, 209 factories, daily visitation recommended, r. 180 62 Mercantile establishments in places of three thousand inhabitants or more: accidents (see main title Accidents to employees). air space, waterclosets, rs. 117; 129 42, 44 child employees (see main title Children imder sixteen). cleanliness of rooms, buildings and premises, rs. 143; 166 46, 50 commission's powers and duties (see main title Industrial commission) . couches or beds for female employees, required, r. 163 49 definition of terms, elevators and hoistways, r. 400 71 plumbing, r. 182 55 watercloset compartments, etc., r. 100 38 drinking water, supply and receptacles, r. 164 50 dumbwaiters, r. 400 71 employee, responsibility, r. 197 69 female employees, dressing roomc, rs. 158-163; 166; 168 48, 50 first aid. rs. 178-180 52 floors (see main title Floors) . food, handling by employees with communicable diseases forbidden, i . 346 ; reg. 39 164 heating (see main title Heating), lighting (see main title Lighting). lockers, women employees, r. 159 49 municipal ordinances, enforcement, r. 193 58 obscene writing or marking prohibited, r. 168 50 owners (see m.ain title Owners* responsibility) . partitions (see main title Partitions). plumbing and drainage, rs. 181-196 55 posting (see main title Posting of laws, licenses, permits, rules, etc.). sanitation, rs. 100-198 38 tenants (see main title Tenants' responsibility). towels, paper towels, receptacles, r. 156 48 ventilation (see main title Ventilation), washrooms and washing facihties, rs. 50, Bubd. (c). par. 3; 148-157; 161; 166; 184-196.. . .21 47, 49, 50, 66 waste and refuse, removal from floors and buildings, r. 177 52 waterclosets, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 100-147; 166-168; 185-196 21. 38, 50, 56 windows (see main title Windows). women employees (see main title Women employees). Metal planers, covering and clearance, r. 898 141 Milling industry, fire preventive regulations, ra. 15, subd. (c) ; 660-664 16, 223 lighting recommendations 24 Mines (see also Compressed air operations; Quarries; Tunnels) : boilers, inspection and regulation, ra. 800-822; 850 123 posting (see main title Posting of Jaws, licenses, permits, rules, etc.). Minors over sixteen (see also Children under sixteen) : elevators, operation, r. 447 89 Municipal corporations, mercantile establishments, ordinances, enforcement, i. 195 58 242 Index New York city (see also Municipal corporations) : Pagb factories, fire alarm systems and drills, r. 375 60 fire commissioner, powers, r. 375 60 Non-inflanmiable material, defined relative to factories, r. 15 15 Notices (see Posting of laws, licenses, permits, rules, etc.). Nurses, factories, daily visitation recommended, r. 180 52 labor or other camps, reports of conununicable diseases, reg. IS 193 Nuts on revolving shafting to be countersunk or covered, r. 884 135 Obscene writing or marking prohibited, factory waterclosets and dressing rooms, r. 168 50 mercantile establishments, waterclosets and dressing rooms, r. 168 50 Occupants, cannery living quarters, responsibility, r. 231 191 Oils (see Inflammable materials). Owner's responsibility, building operations, waterclosets, r. 1247 179 cannery living quarters, r. 231 191 factories, r. 198 59 fire drills, r. 25 18, 20 window cleaning, r. 5 13 labor camps, rega. 2; 20 191, 193 mercantile buildings, r. 198 59 window cleaning, r. 5 v 13 Oxy-acetylene welding and cutting, fire regulations, rs. 1256-1270 181 Painting of buildings, safety requirements, rs. 1200-1270 167 Pans, vata and tanks, factories, covers and railings, r. 917 143 Paper mill beater engines, tanks used with, r. 917, subd. (b) 143 Partitions (see also Walls) : bakeries, dressing rooms, r, 322 161 building operations, faoistways, rs. 1235; 1237 177, 178 waterclosets, r. 1243 179 cannery living quarters, construction, r. 204 188 factories, construction, fireproof partitions, defined, rs. 400; 501; 504 71, 103, 105 tests, rs. 609; 512 110, 114 dressing rooms, r. 159 49 hoists, r. 484, subd. (b) 101 hoistways, construction and materials, rs. 410-416; 430-432; 478 76, 84, 97 fireproof partitions, defined, r. 400 71 trapdoors in place of, rs. 417-419 77 stairways, rs. 2; 504 9, 105 washrooms, r. 151 47 watercloset compartments, rs. 10; 111; 112; 116; 145 14, 40, 41, 46 foundries, cleaning and chipping castings, rs. 558-561 214 women employees, workrooms, rs. 582 ; 583 217 mercantile establishments, dressing rooms, r. 159 49 hoists, r. 484, subd. (b) 101 hoistways, construction and materials, rs. 410-416; 430-432; 478 76, 84, 97 fireproof partitions, defined, r. 400 71 trapdoors in place of, rs. 417-419 77 washrooms, r. 151 47 waterclosets, rs. Ill; 112; 116; 145 40, 41, 46 Passageways, compressed air operations, r. 1180 205 factories, belts, upper and lower parts, etc., r. 888 I37 elevators not to descend into, rs. 438; 451 87 91 elevators to outsides of buildings, r. 407 74 hoists not to descend into, r. 484 jOl lighting, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 2 21 22 recommendations 22 stairways, rs. 2 ; 3 9 jq traveling cranes, r. 919 J44 foundries, lighting and railing, p. 576 216 mercantile establishments, elevators not to descend into, rs. 438; 451 87 91 elevators to outsides of buildin,';^?, x. 407. ,74 hoists not to descend into, r. 4S4 -^q^ .lighting, r. 50, subd. (c) , par. 2 21 22 recommendations 2? Index 243 Pasters (see Labels). Penalties: Page canneries, women employeest violation of rules, r, 1 187 industrial code provisions, non-compliance or violation 225 industrial commission's rules or orders, non-compliance or violation 225 Permits (see also Licenses) : bakeries, operation in cellars, r. 347 164 canneries, living quarters, sleeping in rooms more than two floors above groimd, i. 222. . . 190 women employees, overtime work, r. 1 187 factories, freight elevators, carriage of employees, r. 408 74 smoking, r. 15, eubds. (a) and (b) 15 labor camps, establishment, reg. 4 192 mercantile establishments, freight elevators, carriage of employees, r. 408 74 Physical examinations, bakery employees, r. 346 163 compressed air workers, r. 1172 i 202 report forms 208, 209 Physicians (see Medical practitioners). Piston rods, factories, guards for, r. 891 138 Placards (see Labels; " Tagging;" " Unclean "). Planers, hoods, covering and guards, r. 898 141 Platforms, factories, dry standing places, r. 172 51 Plumbiflg and drainage, cannery living quarters, rs. 220; 221 190 f^bry buildings, rs. 75, subds. 15-30; 172; 181-196 32, 61, 55 ^ waterclosets, r. 10 14 labor camps, reg. 16 193 mercantile establishments, rs. 181-196 55 Poisonous occupations, suction devices for removal of fumes, etc., rs. 717—723 118 washing facilities, zr. 149 47 Polishing wheels, equipment with hoods, pipes and fans, ra 700-723 115 guards for, r. 897 139 lighting recommendations 24 safety suggestions 145 Posting of laws, licenses, permits, rules, etc. : bakeries, sanitajy regulations, r. 329 162 boiler rooms, inspection certificates, r. 809 125 building operations, hoisting signal code, r. 1255 180 compressed air operations, decom.pression rates, r. 1152 198, 208, 210 labor law provisions, r. 1174 203 signal code, r. 1173 203 factories, boiler rooms, inspection certificates, r. 809 125 elevators, carrying capacity, r. 405 73 certificates of approval, r. 409 75 fire drills, captains, searchers, etc., names, r. 25 20 fire-escapes, signs against exit to certain, r. 380 70 freight elevators, passengers not permitted, rs. 405 ; 467 74, 94 hoists, riding prohibited, r. 484, subd. (d) 101 hoistways, doors manually operated, keep shut signs, r. 405 74 smoking permits and notices, rs. 15, subds. (a), (d) ; 663 15, 16, 224 washing of hands, notices, r. 150 47 labor camps, sanitary regulations, regs. 8; 15 192, 193 mercantile establishments, elevators, carrying capacity, r. 405 73 certificates of approval, r. 409 75 doors manually operated, keep shut signs, r. 405 74 freight elevators, passengers not permitted, rs. 405; 467 74, 94 hoists, riding prohibited, r. 484, subd. (d) 101 mills and malt house elevators, prohibition of smoking and matches, r. 663 224 mines, boilers, inspection certificates, r. 809 125 quarries, boilers, inspection certificates, r. 809 125 tunnels, boilers, inspection certificates, i . 809 125 Powder (see Explosives). Pressing machines, operator's hands, guards against injury, r. 902 141 244 Index Privies (see Waterclosets). Page Pulleys, factories, loose pulleys, required, r. 895 138 safety regulations, rs. 887; 888 : 136, 137 Punching machines, operator's hands, guards against injury, r. 902 141 Quarries (see also Mines; Tunnels): boilers, inspection and regulation, rs. 800-822; 850 123 Railings as guards: construction standards, building operations, rs. 1220-1225 172 hoistways, r. 418 77 machinery, pans, vats, etc. rs. 879; 880 133 runways, rs. 879; 800 133 use, building operations, floor openings, r. 1236 178 hoistways, r. 1235 177 scaffolds, rs. 1202; 1220-1225 167, 172 chain drives, r. 886, subd. (c) 136 charging decks, foundries, r. 576 216 compressed air operations, outside caisson air locks, r. 1183 207 connecting rods, r. 890 138 cranks, r. 890 138 elevated runways, rs. 576; 881 134, 216 escalators, required, r. 483 100 fire-escapes on existing buildings, r. 4 11 fly wheels, r. 889 137 foundries, rs. 575; 576 216 hoists, factories and mercantile establishments, required, r. 484 101 hoistways, building operations, r. 1235 177 floor under sheaves, r. 437 86 trapdoors, rs. 417; 418 77 metal planers, r. 898 141 pans, r. 917 143 passageways, foundries, r. 576 216 pita, foundries, r. 575 216 platforms, foundries, r. 576 216 runways, rs. 576; 881 134, 216 scaffolds, building operations, rs. 1202 ; 1220-1225 167, 172 window cleaning, r. 5 13 shafts, revolving, rs. 882; 883 . ; 134 stairways, building operations, rs. 1228; 1229; 1231; 1233; 1234 177 factories, rs. 173; 174 51 foundries, r. 576 216 tanks, r. 917 143 trapdoors, foundries, r. 575 216 traveling cage cranes, r. 918 143 vats, I'. 917 143 Railroads (see also Elevated railroads; Street railways: Subway railroads): labor camps, sanitation 191 Ramps (see also Runways) : building operations, r. 1238 178 timnels, compressed air operations, r. 1176 204 Receptacles, bakeries, coal, ashes and refuse, rs. 317; 318 161 finished products, rs. 341-344 163 cannery living quartars, rs. 226; 227 190, 191 factories, drinking water, r. 165 50 paper towels, r. 156 48 waste and rubbish, oleanliness, r. 176 52 fireproof requirement, rs. 15, subd. (d); 663. . . ; 1,6,224 labor camps, regs. 12-14 192, 193 mercantile establishments, drinldng water, covering and cleansing, r. 165 50 paper towels, i-. 156 48 mill and malt house elevator entrances, matches, cigar stubs, etc., r. 663 224 Records, compressed air operations, physical examinations, i. 1172 202 time of workers, r. 1179 205 factories, fire drills, r. 25 , , 20 Index 243 Refuse (see Receptaclea; Waste). Page Reports, boilers, defects, owners or users to make, r. 810 125 inspection, insiirance oonpanies to make, r. 806 124 location, owners or users to make, r. 801 123 compressed air operations, defects in apparatus, inspector to make, r. 1154 199 illness cases, r. 1172, subd. (h) 203 elevators and hoistways, inspection, r. 406 74 Respirators, lead dust processes, employers to furnish, r. 722 120 Rest periods for employees, canneries, women employees, r. 1 187 compressed air operations, r. 1151 197 Restaurants, communicable diseases, employees to be free from, r. 346; reg. 39 164 Roller-fed machines, guards for, r. 900 141 Rolls, braking and mixing, stopping devices required, r. 901 141 Roofs of cannery living quarters, watertight construction, r. 200 188 factories, fire resisting construction, rs. 500; 508 103, 107 Rope drives, factories, guards for, r. 887 136 Rubbish (see Waste). Runways, elevated, factories, r. 881 134 inclined, building operations, rs. 1227; 1238 176, 178 Safety (see Accidents; Boilers; Buildings; Elevators; Explosives; Factories; Fire; Hoisting; In- spection; Lighting; Machinery; Mines; Tunnels; Quarries; Railings as guards; Stairways). Sanding machins, guarding of , r. 913 142 Sanitation: bakeries, rs. 300-347 159 building operations, rs. 1240-1248 178 conveniences, willful removal, prohibited, r. 1203 167 canneries, living quarters, rs. 1 ; 200-232 188 women employees, floor platforms or drains, r. 1 187 compressed air operations, rs. 1170; 1171 201 factories, rs. 100-198; 169-177; 700-723 38, 60, 113 foundries, rs. 550-699 213 mercantile establishments, rs. 100-198 38 Saws, guards for, rs. 903-908 141 Scaffolds, built-up, rs. 1222; 1223 173, 174 f otirteen feet in height, over, r. 1223, subd. (a) 174 horse, r. 1224 173 ironworkers', r. 1226 176 moving without authority, prohibited, r. 1202 167 swinging, rs. 1220; 1223 172, 174 outrigger, r. 1225 176 special adjustable, r. 1223, subd. (b) 173 suspended, rs. 1221; 1223 173, 174 window cleaning, i . 5 13 Screens, bakery openings, r. 321 161 cannery labor camps, waterolosets, rs. 214; 216 189 windows, r. 206 188 compressed air operations, rs. 1176; 1177; 1184 204, 207 factories, fire-escape balconies, r. 4 11 flying particles, r. 877 133 waterelosets, rs. 105-110; 145 39, 46 foundries, cleaning and chipping castings, rs. 568-561 214 labor camps, privies, reg. 12 192 mercantile establishments, waterelosets, rs. 105-110; 145 39, 46 Seats, female employees, canneries, r. 1 187 Set screws on revolving shafting to be countersunk or covered, » . 886 135 Sewers (see Plumbing and drainage). Shafts of elevators, mines, etc. (See Elevators; Hoisting; Hoists; Hoistways); of machinery, revolving encasement, etc., rs. 882; 883 134 Shearing machines, operators' hoods, guards against injury , r. 902 141 Signal systems, building operations, elevator hoistways, r. 1235 177 hoisting machines, r. 1256 180 compressed air operations, rs. 1154; 1173 t 199, 203 246 Index Signal systems — (continued) Pagb factories, elevators, rs. 458; 481 93, 98 fire alarms, i. 375 60 traveling cranes, r. 918 144 mercantile establishments, elevators, rs. 45S, 481 93, 98 Signs (see Posting; " Tagging ")• Sinks (see Washrooms and washing facilities) Sixty-six hour rule, canneries, women employees, r. 1 187 Sleeping in bakeries, rs. 319; 320 161 cannery living quarters, air space, r. 205 188 rooms, location and occupants, rs. 222-225 190 Slipping on factory floors, preventive means, r. 916 143 Smoke (see Fumies, gases and vapors). Smoking prohibition, compressed air operations, r. 1171 201 factories, exception rules, r. 15, subds. (a) and (b) 15 explosives, premises containing, r. 15, subd. (c) 16 mills and malt house elevators, r. 663 224 Spitting on floors, etc., of factories, prohibited, rs. 175; 329 51, 162 Sprinklers, automatic, in factories, rs. 2; 15, subd. (b) ; 75 9, 15, 16, 27 Sprockets of machinery, guards for, r. 886 135 Stables or other animal shelters (see Animals) Stairways, building operations, rs. 1228-1234 177 compressed air operations, r. 1180 205 factories, combustible materials not to be stored about, r. 3 10 construction, rs. 2; 173; 174; 504 9, 51, 105 hand-rails required, rs. 173 ; 174 51 foundries, rs. 675; 676 216 ice and snow, removal, r. 25 18 lighting, rs. 25; 50, subd. (c), par. 2 18, 21, 22 foimdries, r. 576 216 obstructions, removal, r. 25 18 mercantile establishments, lighting, r. 60, subd. (c), par. 2 21, 22 Steam boilers (see Boilers). Stop valves, boilers, r. 850, subd. 399 131 Storage, bakery rooms, sanitation, ra. 319; 340-344 161, 163 factories, combustible materials, r. 3 10 lighting of spaces, intensity nainimums, r. 50, subd. (c), par. 2 21, 22 mercantile establishments, lighting spaces, intensity minimums, r. 50, subd. (c), par 2. .21, 22 Stores (see Mercantile ratablishments). Suction devices, removal of impurities from workrooms, rs. 700-723 115 Switchboards, factory fire alarm systems, construction and equipment, r. 375 67 Tagging (see also Labels) : boilers condenmed after inspection, r. 822 127 Tail rods, factories, guards for, r. 891 13g Tanks, factories, covers and railings, r. 917 143 sprinkler systems, r. 75 27 Tanneries, lighting recommendations 25 Telephones, compressed air operations, use, rs. 1169; 1172, subd. (g) 201, 203 Temperature (see Heating). Tenant-factories, defined and regulated, rs. 50; 104; 708 21, 39 117 sm.oking in, r, 15 15 Tenants' responsibility, cannery living quarters, r. 231 191 factories, rs. 5; 25; 198 13, 18, 20, 59 mercantile establishments, rs. 5; 198 13 69 Tobacco, use prohibited in bakeries, r. 329 Ig2 Toeboards (see Railings as guards for nlachines, etc.). Toilet rooms (see Waterclosets) . Towels, common use prohibited, rs. 149; 155 47 43 Trapdoors, factories and mercantile establishments, elevated cars, rs. 445, subd. (e) • 449 subd. (e) 89, 90 hoistways, rs. 417; 419 yy foundries, r. 575 216 Traveling cranes, safety precautions, rs. 918-920 J4g Index 247 Tunnels (see also Compressed air operations; Mines; Quarries): Page boilers, inspection and regulation, rs. 800-822; 860; 1154 123, 199 explosives, storage and handling, rs. 1157-1167 199 hoisting appliances, inspection and safety, rs. 1154; 1156; 1173; 1175 109, 203, 204 inspections r. 1175 204 locomotives, headlights and bells, r. 1175 204 signal systems, r. 1173 203 superintendence of work, r. 1150 197 IVelve hour rule, canneries, women employees, r. 1 187 Urinals (see Waterclosets) . Valves, automatic sprinkler systems, r. 75, subds. 23-28 35 factory machinery, safe access to, r. 894 138 Vapors (see Fumes, gases and vapors). Vats, pans and tanks, factories, covers and railings, r. 917 143 Vehicles (see also Cages; Elevators): bakery products, cleanliness and screening, rs. 341-344 163 Ventilation (see also Air space; Compressed air operations; Exhaust fans; Windows) : bakeries, rs. 305-309; 316; 320; 322; 324 159, 160, 161 cannery living quarters, rs. 202; 205-208; 216 188, 189 compressed air operations, medical locks, r. 1172, subd. (g) 203 working chambers, r. 1171 201 factories, rs. 714; 719 118, 119 dressing rooms, rs. 160; 161 49 waterclosets, rs. 10; 142 14, 46 foundries, rs. 556-561; 587; 591 214, 218 mercantile establishments, dressing rooms, rs. 160; 161 49 waterclosets, rs. 131-138 44 Vermin, bakeries to be free from, rat proof maintenance, r. 302 159 cannery living quarters to be free from, r. 225 190 Waiters, communicable disease a bar to employment, r. 346; reg. 39 164 Waitresses, communicable disease a bar to employment, r. 346; reg. 39 164 Walls (see also Partitions) : bakeries, rs. 300-302 159 cannery living quarters, watertight construction, r. 200 188 factories, elevator cars, rs. 445; 448 .^ 89, 90 waterclosets, r. 116 41 workrooms, cleanliness, IS. 169; 170 50 foundries, r. 563 215 mercantile establishments, elevator cars, rs. 445; 448 89, 90 waterclosets, r. 116 41 mill buildings, construction, r. 651 223 Washrooms and washing facilities: bakeries, rs. 310-315; 325; 326 160, 161 compressed air operations, r. 1170 201 factories, rs. 50, subd. (o), par. 3; 148-157; 161; 166; 184-196 21, 47, 49, 50, 56 foundries, rs. 569, 570 216 mercantile establishments, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3 ; 148-157 ; 161 ; 166 ; 184-196 21 47,49, 50,56 Waste, bakeries, ashes, sanitary regulations, rs. 334-336 162 receptacles, rs. 317; 318 161 canneries, labor camps, disposal, rs. 221; 226 : 190 compressed air operations, refuse or decaying matter, removal, r. 1171 202 factories, receptacles, cleanliness, r. 176 52 fireproof requirements, r. 15, subd. (d) 16 removal from floors and buildings, r. 177 52 labor camps, disposal, reg. 14 193 mercantile establishments, removal from floors and buildings, r. 177 52 water courses, pollution prohibited, reg. 1 191 Waterclosets, building operations, rs. 1240-1247 178 canneries, labor camps, rs. 212-216; 227; 228 189, 191 compressed air operations, r. 1170 201 factories, rs. 10; 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 75; 100-147; 166-168; 185-196 .... 14, 21, 27, 38, 50, 56 248 IwDiat Watercloaets — (contiaued) Page foundries, rs. 567, 568 215 labor camps, regs. 10-13 192 mercantUe estabishmenta, rs. 50, subd. (c), par. 3; 100-147; 166-168; 185-196. .21, 38, 50, 56 Water gages (see Gages). Water supply, bakeries, cleaning purposes, rs. 313, 325 160, 161 canneries, labor camps, rs. 217-219 189 compressed air operations, rs. 1170, 1182 201, 206 factories, automatic sprinkler system, rs. 2; 15, subd. (b) ; 75 9, 15, 27. poisonous occupations, washing facilities, r. 149 47 waterclosets, flushing, r. 10 14 foundries, rs. 569, 570 216 labor camps, reg. 9 192 water rules, posting and observance, reg. 15 193 Welding and cutting, building operations, fire regulations, rs. 1256-1270 181 Windows, bakeries, r. 316 IGO canneries, living quarters, rs. 206-208; 216 188, 189 factories, cleaning, safety requirements, r. 15 13 cleanliness, rs. 169; 170 50 closing, fire retardation, r. 25 18 dressing rooms, rs. 160, 161 49 fire-escapes of existing buildings, r. 4 11 fireproof windows defined, rs. 503, 511 104, 114 unlocking before work, r. 25 18 waterclosets, rs. 110, 131-138 40, 44 mercantile establishments, cleaning, safety requirements, r. 5 13 dressing rooms, rs. 160; 161 49 waterclosets, rs. 110; 131-138 40, 44 Women employees, canneries, conditions of work, r. 1 187 hours of work, r. 1 187 factories, couches or beds, required, r. 163 49 dressing or emergency rooms, rs. 158-163; 166; 168 48, 50 machine operatives, clothing recoxmnended 145 platforms or other dry standing plac^, r. 172 51 foundries, regtolations, rs. 682-585 217 mercantile establishments, couches or beds, required, r. 163 49 dressing rooms, rs. 158-163; 166; 168 48, 50 Wood-working machinery, guarding of, rs. 903-916 141 lighting recommendations 25 Workrooms of factories, cleanliness and repair, rs. 169-177 50 lighting, r. 50, subd, (c),pars. 4-8 21 Cornell University Library HD 3664.N7A39 1920 Industrial code, 1920. 3 1924 002 408 429